Product Detail Manual

100310-Catalog 100310-Catalog 100310-Catalog 784572 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

100412-Catalog 100412-Catalog 100412-Catalog 784572 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

219456-Catalog 219456-Catalog 219456-Catalog 784572 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

124999-Catalog 124999-Catalog 124999-Catalog Batch9 unilog cesco-content

126755-Catalog 1 126755-Catalog_1 126755-Catalog_1 Batch9 unilog cesco-content

2014-10-17

: Pdf 71996-Attachment 71996-Attachment Batch10 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 322 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Milbank® Commercial and

Industrial Products

MILBANK OVERVIEW

Charles A. Milbank

1879-1966

Bill Martin

1916-1998

Robert F. Waldrop,

1922-2002

Robert F. Waldrop, II

Chairman

Katrina Waldrop Henke

Vice Chairman

Milbank–Quality Metering Products for 80 Years

ilbank Manufactur-

ing Company was es-

tablished in 1927 by

Charles A. Milbank. Original-

ly, the company manufactured

high voltage switches; however,

by 1941 Milbank devoted itself

primarily to the manufacture of

sheet metal enclosures and related

equipment for the electrical gen-

eration and distribution industry.

Today we are an industry leader

in the manufacture of electrical

meter sockets. Through a national

network of manufacturer’s repre-

sentatives we provide wholesale

electrical distributors with quality

electrical products for the utility,

contractor, industrial and OEM

markets.

As the meter standards have

changed, Milbank has been suc-

cessful in adapting its product line

to these changes. Our full scale

engineering department designs

products to meet customer specifi-

cations and satisfy all utility require-

ments. Milbank’s employee base of

over 1,000 workers, along with our

five manufacturing facilities com-

prising almost 550,000 square feet

give us the flexibility to schedule,

produce, and ship orders quickly.

Currently, Milbank manufactures

over 10,000 different catalog items,

and this list continues to grow. Our

unique product offering includes:

Residential & Commercial Meter

Sockets; Residential & Commer-

cial Meter Pedestals; RV/MH

Power Outlets, Service Pedestals,

and Transformers; Commercial &

Industrial Electrical Enclosures;

Circuit Breakers; Disconnects &

Safety Switches; Safety Sockets;

Utility & Residential Secondary

Pedestals; Hubs, and related ac-

cessories. If you don’t find a unit in

this catalog to service your needs,

send us your specifications and we

will be happy to work with you.

Our success has come from a

loyal customer base that can rely

on us to build quality products at a

fair price in a timely manner. Our

willingness and ability to design

and produce new products to

meet our customer demands is an

important factor to remain compet-

itive in today’s electrical market.

Milbank has been serving the

electric utility & wholesale distri-

bution industries for 80 years with

innovative, quality engineered

products. So remember us for all of

your meter mounting and related

requirements, and we will be

happy to serve you as we have in

the past–with dependable service

and quality products!

We take great pride in being

one of the few family-owned busi-

nesses left in our industry. We are

a third generation run business and

truly believe that...

FAMILY MAKES A

DIFFERENCE!

COMMERCIAL SECTION .............. A1

NEMA & UL RATINGS ................ A2

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTALS ...........A3

Commercial Meter Pedestals Overview ..........A4

Applications & Accessories ...................A5

Catalog Number Logic.......................A6

ML Series–Main Load Center ..................A7

SL Series–Switched Load Center ...............A8

400 Amp Series ............................A9

IR Series–Irrigation Control ..................A10

BBS Series ...............................A11

Power Transfer Series–Metered & Unmetered.....A12

General Specifications......................A13

Commercial Meter Pedestal Drawings–

16" Metered & Unmetered...................A14

Commercial Meter Pedestal Drawings–

24" Metered & Unmetered...................A15

Commercial Meter Pedestal Drawings–

32" Metered..............................A16

Commercial Meter Pedestal Drawings–

32" Unmetered ...........................A17

Commercial Meter Pedestal Drawings–Metered...A18

Commercial Pedestal Worksheet ..............A19

Commercial Pedestal –

Application Samples ...................A20-A29

COMMERCIAL ENCLOSURES...............B1

SC1—Screw Cover Junction Boxes—

Type 1 ................................ B2-B5

HC1—Hinge Cover Junction Boxes—

Type 1 ...................................B6

LC1—Hinged Cover Panel Enclosure—

Type 1 ...................................B7

SC3R—Screw Cover Junction Boxes—

Type 3R .............................. B8-B10

HC3R—Hinged Cover Junction Boxes—

Type 3R .................................B11

TC3R—Hinged Cover Telephone

Cabinet/Panel Enclosure—Type 3R ............B12

CT3R—Current Transformer Cabinet / Panel Enclosure—

Type 3R .................................B13

WSC—Gasketed Screw Cover Junction Boxes—

Type 3, 4, 12, & 13 ........................B14

TFLC—Telephone Cabinet Covers—

Flush Mount —Type 1 ......................B15

TSC—Telephone Cabinet Covers—Type 1—

Surface Mount ............................B16

FLC–Blank Covers .........................B17

P Series Steel Back Panels – P Series

Wood Back Panels.........................B18

SBP Series Steel Back Panels – WB Series

Wood Back Panels.........................B19

GSC1 Lay-In Wireways Type 1 ............ B20-B22

GHC1 Lay-In Wireways Type 1 ........... B23-B24

GSC3R—Screw Cover Wiring Trough—

Type 3R ............................. B25-B27

Wireway Fittings—for Use with GSC1

and GHC1 Wireway ................... B28-B31

Wireway Fittings—for Use with GSC1

and GHC1 Wireway—Hole Seals .............B32

Accessories–Locks .........................B33

Accessories ..............................B34

Description Page Description Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRIAL SECTION................ C1

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES ................C3

Environmental Ratings, UL,

CSA Cross Reference ........................C4

IEC 529 Definition Of Protection Grades ......C5-C6

Modification & Drawing Requirements ..........C7

Type 12 – Junction Enclosures JIC

Screw Cover Enclosures......................C8

Type 12 – Junction Enclosures

Clamp Cover Enclosure ......................C9

Type 12 – Junction Enclosures JIC Wiring

Troughs with Lift-Off Covers .................C10

Type 12 – Junction Enclosures

Continuous Hinge Cover Enclosures ...........C11

Type 12 – Junction Enclosures – Large

Continuous Hinge Cover ....................C12

Type 12 – Junction Enclosures – JIC Wiring

Troughs Continuous Hinged Cover ............C13

Type 12 – Standard Oil – Tight Pushbutton

Enclosure............................C14-C15

Type 12 – Extra Deep Oil-Tight Pushbutton

Enclosure................................C16

Type 12 – Pendant Oil-Tight Pushbutton

Enclosure................................C17

Type 12 – Sloping Front Oil-Tight Pushbutton

Enclosures ...............................C18

Type 12 – Large Continuous Hinge Cover

Pushbutton Enclosure ......................C19

Type 12 – Slimline Oil-Tight Pushbutton

Enclosures ...............................C20

Type 12 – Oil-Tight Consolets ................C21

Type 12 – Single Door Wall Mount

Enclosures ...........................C22-C24

Type 12 – Double Door Wall Mount

Enclosures ...........................C25-C26

Type 12 – Flush Mounted Enclosure ...........C27

Type 12 – Two Door – Floor Mount

Enclosures ...........................C28-C29

Type 12 – Single Door & Dual Access –

Freestanding Enclosures.................C30-C31

Type 12 – Two Door & Two Door Dual

Access – Freestanding Enclosures .........C32-C33

Type 12 – Multi-Door Enclosures with

Sub Panels ...........................C34-C37

Type 12 – Disconnect Enclosures –

Wall Mount Single Door Disconnect

with Handles .........................C38-C39

Type 12 – Disconnect Enclosures –

Wall Mount Single Door Disconnect

without Handles ......................C40-C41

Type 12 – Disconnect Enclosures –

Wall Mount Single Door Disconnect ...........C42

Type 12 – Disconnect Enclosures –

Wall Mount Allen Bradley 1494F & D

Single Door Disconnect.................C43-C44

Type 12 – Disconnect Enclosures –

Floor Mount Double Door Right Flange ....C45-C47

Type 12 – Heavy-Duty Enclosures

Freestanding Disconnect With Sub Panel ....C48-C49

Type 12 – Heavy-Duty Enclosures –

Single & Double Doors Freestanding

Disconnect With Sub Panel ..................C50

Type 12 – Heavy-Duty Enclosures –

Three Door Freestanding Disconnect

with Sub Panel............................C51

Type 12 – Heavy-Duty Enclosures – Four Door

Freestanding Disconnect with Sub Panel ........C52

Type 12 – Heavy-Duty Enclosures –

Five Door Freestanding Disconnect

with Sub Panel............................C53

Description Page Description Page

Type 12 – Modular Enclosures............C54-C56

Multi-Door and Modular Enclosures

Disconnect Information .....................C57

Disconnect Enclosure Information .........C58-C64

Type 12 – Series 1 and Series 9 Consoles....C65-C67

Type 12 – Series 14 Consoles.............C68-C69

Type 4 – Junction Enclosures –

Clamp Cover Enclosures ....................C70

Type 4 – Junction Enclosures –

Continous Hinge Cover Enclosures ............C71

Type 4 & 4X Single Door –

Wall Mount Enclosures .................C72-C74

Type 4 – Double Door –

Floor Mount Enclosures .................C75-C76

Type 4 – Single Door –

Freestanding Enclosure .................C77-C78

Type 4 – Single Door Wall Mounted

Disconnect Enclosure ..................C79-C80

Type 4, 12 & 13 – Single Door –

Millennium Series Enclosures ............C81-C83

Type 4, 12 & 13 – Millennium Series

Enclosures – Slope Top – Stainless Steel .....C84-C85

Industrial Enclosure Accessories Drip

Shield & Rack Mounting Angle Kits ............C86

Industrial Enclosure Accessories Floor Stand,

Door Stop Kits & Touch Up Paint ..............C87

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Print Pockets & Folding Shelf .................C88

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Louver Skirt & Plate Kits.....................C89

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Louver Kit Filters & Window Kits ..............C90

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Hinged Window Kit & Replacement

Latches & Clamps .........................C91

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Handles – Custom Handle Kits –

Custom Latches & Clamps ...................C92

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Clamps – Latches – Oil Tight Hole Seals –

Grounding Kits ...........................C93

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Floor Mount & Freestanding Sub Panels.........C94

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Freestanding Side Sub Panels .................C95

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Mounting Hardware & End Plates .............C96

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Economy Swing Panel Kit ...................C97

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Semi-Adjustable Swing Panel Kit ..............C98

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Fully Adjustable Swing Panel Kit ..............C99

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Heavy Duty Swing Panel Kit ................C100

Industrial Enclosure Accessories –

Swing Panels ............................C101

Industrial Enclosure Accessories – Pedestal .....C102

Industrial Enclosures –

Exterior Color Chart..................C103-C104

Industrial Enclosures – Specials .........C105-C109

FIBERGLASS ........................ D1

FGJIC Series...............................D2

FRP NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13

FGJIC Series - JICPL ......................D3-D4

FRP NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13

FGJIC Series - JICLL ......................D5-D6

FRP NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13

FGJIC Series - JICNPL ....................D7-D8

Description Page Description Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FRP NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13

FGJIC Series - JICNWLL ..................D9-D10

FG Millennium Series -

FRP NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 -

1/4 Turn Handle Opening ...............D11-D12

FG Millennium Series -

FRP NEMA Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 -

with 2 Padlockable Latches ..............D13-D14

FG Accessories .......................D15-D17

THERMAL MANAGEMENT ..............E1

AIR CONDITIONING DESIGNED FOR

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES

NEMA TYPE.............................E3

Cooling Technology.......................E4-E7

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 1200 (900-1200 Btu/H) ................E8-E9

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 2000 (1700-2000 Btu/H) .............E10-E11

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3041 (2000-3000 Btu/H) .............E12-E13

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3141 (3000-4000 Btu/H) .............E14-E15

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3145 (5000-7000 Btu/H) .............E16-E17

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3241 (7000-8500 Btu/H) .............E18-E19

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3245 (9000-12000 Btu/H) ............E20-E21

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3341 (12000-14000 Btu/H) ...........E22-E23

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3541 (16000-18000 Btu/H) ...........E24-E25

Type 12 – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3641 (20000-24000 Btu/H) ...........E26-E27

Top Mounted Cooling Unit

DTT 6101 (1200-2000 Btu/H)

DTT 6201 (2500-4000 Btu/H) .............E28-E29

Top Mounted Cooling Unit

DTT 6301 (4000-5500 Btu/H)

DTT 6401 (5500-7000 Btu/H) .............E30-E31

Top Mounted Cooling Units

DTT 6601 (7000-10000 Btu/H)

DTT 6801 (12000-14000 Btu/H) ...........E32-E33

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3061 (2000-3000 Btu/H) .............E34-E35

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3161 (3000-4000 Btu/H) .............E36-E37

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3165 (5000-8000 Bth/H) .............E38-E39

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3261 (7000-8500 Btu/H) .............E40-E41

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3265 (9000-12000 Btu/H) ............E42-E43

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3361 (12000-14000 Btu/H) ...........E44-E45

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3561 (16000-18000 Btu/H) ...........E46-E47

Type 3R/4 – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3661 (20000-24000 Btu/H) ...........E48-E49

Type 4/4X – Outdoor Cooling Unit –

DTS 3081 (2000-3000 Btu/H) .............E50-E51

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3181 (3000-4000 Btu/H) .............E52-E53

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3185 (5000-7000 Btu/H) .............E54-E55

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3281 (7000-5800 Btu/H) .............E56-E57

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3285 (9000-12000 Btu/H) ............E58-E59

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3381 (12000-14000 Btu/H) ...........E60-E61

Description Page Description Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3581 (16000-18000 Btu/H) ...........E62-E63

Type 4/4X – Cooling Unit –

DTS 3681 (20000-24000 Btu/H) ...........E64-E65

4th Generation Filterfan®....................E66

Peltier Cooling Units (100-500W) –

PTM 100 / PTM 150 / PTM 500 ............E67-E68

4th Generation Filterfan®....................E69

Filterfan® – PF 11000 & PF 10000 . . . . . . . . . .E70-E71

Filterfan®

PF 22000 – Exhaust Filter PF 20000.........E72-E73

Filterfan® PF 32000 –

Exhaust Filter PF 30000 ..................E74-E75

Filterfan® Pf 42500 –

Exhaust Filter PF 40000 ..................E76-E77

Filterfan®

PF 43000 – Exhaust Filter PFA 40000........E78-E79

Filterfan® PF 65000 –

Exhaust Filter PFA 60000 .................E80-E81

Filterfan® PF 66000 –

Exhaust Filter PFA 60000 .................E82-E83

Filterfan® PF 67000 –

Exhaust Filter PFA 60000 .................E84-E85

Slimline Filterfan® PF33000 SL.............E86-E87

Slimline Filterfan® PF 65000 SL . . . . . . . . . . . .E88-E89

Slim Line Filterfan® PF 67000 SL ...........E90-E91

Filterfans® – 3rd & 4th Generation .............E92

Filterfans® – 3rd Generation..................E93

Roof Mounting Filterfan® –

PTF 60500 / 60700 / 61000 –

Top Exhaust PTFA 60000 .................E94-E95

HEATING ...........................F1

SL 025 Slimline Light........................ F2

DL 026 Dual Light.......................... F3

KL 025 Compact Enclosure Light ...............F4

HG 140 PTC Heater 15-150W ................F5

HVL 031 Fan Heater 100-400W ............... F6

HVL 046 Fan Heater 250 & 400W.............. F7

Heaters – FLH-TF Heater With Thermostat ........F8

CR 027 PTC Fan Heater – 400-650W ........... F9

KT 011 Small Thermostat ....................F10

DA 284 Vent Plug ......................... F11

DA 284S Stainless Steel Vent Plug .............F12

DA084 Vent Plug .......................... F13

SD 035 Enclosure Receptacle ................F14

Stegofix Self-Adhesive Mounting Aid ........... F15

PRODUCT INDEX................ G1-G11

Description Page Description Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Commercial Section

NEMA & UL RATINGS

NEMA & UL are standard writing organizations commonly recognized in the North American continent. The following ratings are based on similar application

descriptions and expected performance. UL requires enclosure testing by qualified evaluators. The Milbank Test Lab is certified in the UL Client Test Data Program.

They also send site inspectors to check manufacturer adherence to prescribed manufacturing methods and material specifications. NEMA does not require independent

testing, which leaves compliance totally up to the manufacturer.

RATING

NEMA

National Electrical

Manufacturers Association

(NEMA Standard 250)

Underwriters

Laboratories Inc.

(UL 50)

Canadian Standards*

CAN/CSA—C22.2

No. 94-M91

TYPE 1

Enclosures are intended for indoor use

primarily to provide a degree of protection

against limited amounts of falling dirt.

(NEMA Standard 7-15-1991)

Indoor use primarily to provide a degree of

protection against limited amounts of falling

dirt.

General purpose enclosure. Protects against

accidental contact with live parts.

TYPE 3

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use

primarily to provide a degree of protection

against rain, sleet, windblown dust, and

damage from external ice formation.

(NEMA Standard 7-15-1991)

Outdoor use primarily to provide a degree

of protection against rain, sleet, windblown

dust, and damage from external ice

formation.

An Enclosure for either indoor or outdoor

use, constructed so as to provide a degree of

protection against rain, snow, and windblown

dust; undamaged by the external formation of

ice on the enclosure.

TYPE 3R

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use

primarily to provide a degree of protection

against rain, sleet, and damage from external

ice formation.

(NEMA Standard 7-15-1991)

Outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of

protection against rain, sleet, and damage

from external ice formation.

An Enclosure for either indoor or outdoor

use, constructed so as to provide a degree of

protection against rain, snow, and windblown

dust, splashing and hose-directed water;

undamaged by the external formation of ice

on the enclosure.

TYPE 4

Enclosures are intended for indoor and

outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of

protection against windblown dust and rain,

splashing water, hose-directed water, and

damage from external ice formation.

(NEMA Standard 1-10-1979)

Indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a

degree of protection against windblown dust

and rain, splashing water, hose-directed

water, and damage from external ice

formation.

An Enclosure for either indoor or outdoor

use, constructed so as to provide a degree of

protection against rain, snow, and windblown

dust, splashing and hose-directed water;

undamaged by the external formation of ice

on the enclosure.

TYPE 4X

Enclosures are intended for indoor and

outdoor use primarily to provide a degree

of protection against corrosion, windblown

dust and rain, splashing water, hose-directed

water, and damage from external ice

formation.

(NEMA Standard 1-10-1979)

Indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide

a degree of protection against corrosion,

windblown dust and rain, splashing water,

hose-directed water, and damage from

external ice formation.

An Enclosure for either indoor or outdoor

use, constructed so as to provide a degree of

protection against rain, snow, and windblown

dust, splashing and hose-directed water;

undamaged by the external formation of ice

on the enclosure; resists corrosion.

TYPE 12

Enclosures are intended for indoor use

primarily to provide a degree of protection

against circulating dust, falling dirt, and

dripping noncorrosive liquids.

(NEMA Standard 7-15-1991)

Indoor use primarily to provide a degree of

protection against circulating dust, falling dirt,

and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

An Enclosure for either indoor use,

constructed so as to provide a degree of

protection against circulating dust, lint, fibers,

and flyings; dripping and light splashing

of noncorrosive liquids; not provided with

knockouts.

TYPE 13

Enclosures are intended for indoor use

primarily to provide a degree of protection

against dust, spraying of water, oil, and

noncorrosive coolant.

Indoor use primarily to provide a degree

of protection against lint, dust, seepage,

external condensation, and spraying of water,

oil, and noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use; provides a degree of protection

against circulating dust, lint, fibers, and

flyings; seepage and spraying of noncorrosive

liquids, including oils and coolants.

DISCLAIMERS

The definitions on this page are reproduced

with permission from NEMA. These

descriptions are not intended to be complete

representations of National Electrical

Manufacturers Association standards.

The preceding definitions were reproduced

with permission from Underwriters

Laboratories Inc. Enclosures for Electrical

Equipment. UL 50, Copywrite 1995.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) shall

not be responsible for the use of or reliance

upon a UL Standard by anyone. UL shall not

incur any obligation or liability for damages,

including consequential damages, arising out

of or connection with the use, interpretation

of or reliance upon a UL Standard.

*Our enclosures are tested to CSA Standards

by Underwriters Laboratories and bear the

CUL Listing Mark.

The definitions on this page are reproduced

with permission from CSA. These

descriptions are not intended to be complete

representations of CSA standards.

Commercial Meter Pedestals

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTALS OVERVIEW

Un-Strut

Your

Stuff...

Commercial Pedestals

• Attractive • Easy to install • Secure • Cost effective

STANDARD FEATURES –COMMERCIAL PEDESTALS

•Type3Rrainproof,vandal-resistantcabinetof

powder-coated steel (aluminum or stainless

steel also available)

•ULListedasIndustrialControlPanels(UL508)

•Isolated,lockable&sealableutilitymetering&

lug landing sections

•Lockablecustomersectionfordistribution&

control equipment with internal deadfront

•Printpocketinsidecustomersectiondoor

contains wiring schematics and installation

instructions

•MostloadcentersareUL

Listed for use with various

manufacturers’ circuit

breakers

•Allstainlesssteelexternal

hardware (screws, bolts,

hinges, handles, hasps and

sealing screws)

•MeetsEUSERC308andother

utility standards.

Ringless Socket Ring-type Socket

Utility Lug Landing Customer Interior

UL Listed as Industrial Control Panels (File E154253).

Strut and backboard design Commercial Pedestal

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

ilbank Commercial Pedestals are pad-mounted, weatherproof electrical

enclosures consisting of a utility pull section with optional meter socket, and

a customer section containing distribution and control equipment. Milbank

Commercial Pedestals

are an attractive,

secure, easy to

install and cost-

effective solution

when underground

remote site power

distribution and control

equipment is required,

replacing unsightly and

inefficient strut and

backboard structures.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

APPLICATIONS & ACCESSORIES

CP-TC7D

7-day time clock kit

CP-TC24H

24-hour time clock kit

CP-TCWIRE

Male four-pin connector

and wiring harness for use

with time clocks other

than shown

APPLICATIONS:

These units are ideal for controlling and metering:

• Trafficsignals

• Streetlighting

• Irrigation/sprinklersystems

• Celltowers/telephonevaults

• Pumpstations

• Temporarypowerforfairgrounds,swapmeets,outdoor

markets, portable offices, holiday lights, etc.

• Outdoorlightingforathleticfields,tennisandbasketballcourts,

parking lots, landscaping and subdivision entrances, etc.

AVAILABLE FACTORY-INSTALLED OPTIONS:

CP-16PDMNT-CALT

Pedestal mounting base for

16" pedestal

CP-24PDMNT-CALT

Pedestal mounting base for 24"

pedestal (includes mounting hardware)

CP-32PDMNT

Pedestal mounting base for 32" pedestal

(includes mounting hardware)

CP-16FPAD

Fiberglass pedestal

mounting base

for 16" pedestal (direct

buried)

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

•Metersockets–ring type or ringless, to 400 amp (unmetered

and dual-metered pedestals also available)

•MainandbranchbreakersorTfuses

•Distribution–copperloadcenters&panelboards

•Clocks/timers/relays

•Photoelectriccellsandcontrols

•Powerreceptacles–pin&sleeve,twistlockorstraightblade

•Contactors–definitepurpose,electricalormechanically

held, IEC and mercury types

•Surgeprotection&lightningarrestors

•Reserveinletgeneratorreceptaclewithinterlockedcircuit

breakers

•Motorstarters,relays

•Pushbuttoncontrols

•Thermostatcontrols,fansandheatingstrips

•Powerblocksandterminalblocks

•Steel,aluminumandplywoodbackboards

•Transformers

•Interlockdevicesforcircuitbreakers

•Availableinsteel,aluminum(rawpaintedoranodized)

or stainless steel construction with powder-coated finish

available in 8 standard colors or special ordered RAL colors.

•Availableforapplicationsupto400amp,120V,208V,

240V, 277V, 480V – 1Ø or 3Ø.

ACCESSORIES

K3865

Fifth terminal kit

for use with ringless

lever bypass meter

sockets

CP-ABK5/8

Anchor bolt kit

(includes four 5/8 -

13" x 18" anchor bolts)

105J

Fifth terminal kit for use

with ring-type meter sockets

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC

Logic description subject to change and factory interpretation.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

NOTE:

Due to size and regulatory constraints, not all combinations will result in a valid catalog number.

1. METER SOCKET

0 – No Socket

1 – 1 Ring Type Socket (w/Test Bypass)

2 – 2 Ring Type Sockets (w/Test Bypass)

3 – 2 Ring Type Sockets

(1 w/Test Bypass, 1 w/out Test Bypass)

4 – 1 Ring Type Socket (No Test Bypass)

5 – 1 Ringless Socket (w/Lever Bypass)

6 – 2 Ringless Sockets (w/Lever Bypass)

7 – 1 Ringless Socket (No Test Bypass)

8 – 1 Bolt On Meter (w/Manual Bypass)

9 – 1 Ringless Socket (KK Horn Bypass)

A – 2 Ringless Sockets (KK Horn Bypass)

B – 1 Ring Type Socket (w/Test Switches)

C – 1 Ringless Type Socket (w/Test Switches)

6. ENCLOSURE SIZE

A – 16"W x 17"D x 48"H

B – 24"W x 17"D x 48"H

C – 24"W x 30"D x 48"H

C – 16"W x 5"D x 46"H (CP2B)

D – 44"W x 24"D x 60"H

D – 12"W x 9"D x 64"H (CP3A)

E – 16"W x 17"D x 41"H

F – 12"W x 9"D x 64"H

G – 16"W x 17"D x 48"H

H – 24"W x 17"D x 48"H

J – 16"W x 17"D x 32"H

K – 32"W x 20"D x 60"H

L – 16"W x 17"D x 48"H

M – 24"W x 17"D x 41"H

N – 16"W x 6"D x 46"H

X – 24"W x 24"D x 48"H

Y – 32"W x 24"D x 48"H

3. SYSTEM VOLTAGE

0 – 120V, 1Ø, 2W (4 Jaw)

1 – 120V/240V, 1Ø, 3W (4 Jaw)

2 – 208Y/120V, 1Ø, 3W (4 Jaw + 105J)

3 – 240/480V, 1Ø, 3W (4 Jaw)

4 – 480Y/277V, 1Ø, 3W (4 Jaw + 105J)

5 – 208Y/120V, 3Ø, 4W (7 Jaw)

6 – 240∆/120V, 3Ø, 4W (7 Jaw)

7 – 240∆V, 3Ø, 4W (5 Jaw)

8 – 480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W (7 Jaw)

9 – 480∆V, 3Ø, 3W (5 Jaw)

A – No Rating

B – 480∆/240V, 3Ø, 4W (7 Jaw)

C – 120/240V, 1Ø, 3W (5 Jaw)

D – 240/480V, 1Ø, 3W (5 Jaw)

E – 480V, 1Ø, 2W (4 Jaw)

4. MAIN DISCONNECT

0 – No Main (Up to 6 Disconnects Max)

1 – (1) Circuit Breaker Main

2 – (2) Circuit Breaker Mains

3 – (1) T-Fuse Pullout Main

4 – (3) Circuit Breaker Mains

5 – (Obsolete)

6 – (1) 4-Pole Main (100 Amp Max)

7 – (Obsolete)

8 – (1) 4-Pole 100A & (1) 2-Pole 100A

9 – (Reserved)

A – (Obsolete)

B – (2) Circuit Breaker Mains w/Interlock

C – (2) T-Fuse Pullout Mains

2. AMP RATING

0 – No Rating

1 – 100 Amp

2 – 200 Amp

3 – 125 Amp

4 – 400 Amp

5 – (Reserved)

6 – 600 Amp

5. DISTRIBUTION INTERIOR

0 – (2) 16-Circuit Loadcenters

1 – (1) Metered 8-Circuit Loadcenter & (1)

Unmetered 8-Circuit Loadcenter

2 – (2) 8-Circuit Loadcenters

3 – (1) 12-Circuit Loadcenter

4 – (1) 12-Circuit Loadcenter & (1) 8-Circuit

Loadcenter

5 – (1) 16-Circuit Loadcenter

6 – Lug-Lug Main & Branch Breakers Only

7 – (1) 8-Circuit Loadcenter & (1) 16-Circuit

Loadcenter

8 – Fused Pullout Switch

9 – (1) 24 Circuit Loadcenter

A – (2) Metered 8-Circuit Loadcenters & (1)

Unmetered 8-Circuit Loadcenters

B – (2) 24-Circuit Loadcenters

C – (1) 24-Circuit Panelboard

D – (1) 42-Circuit Panelboard

E – (1) 30-Circuit Panelboard

F – (1) 18-Circuit Panelboard

G – (1) 30-Circuit Loadcenter

H – (2) 12-Circuit Loadcenters

J – No Distribution (Main Only)

K – (1) Metered 4-Circuit Loadcenter & (1)

Unmetered 4-Circuit Loadcenter

L – No Branch Breakers (Distribution

Blocks Only

M – (Obsolete)

N – Metered & Unmetered Lug-Lug Breakers

P – Metered Lug-Lug Breakers

R – (1) Metered 8-Circuit Loadcenter, (1)

Unmetered 8-Circuit Loadcenter, & (1)

Metered 12-Circuit Loadcenter

T – (1) 8-Circuit Loadcenter

U – Unmetered Lug-Lug Breakers

V – (1) 6-Circuit Loadcenter

W – (2) 6-Circuit Loadcenters

X – Non Standard

Y – (1) 42 Circuit Loadcenter

CP3B

1 2 43 5

ML SERIES–MAIN LOAD CENTER

The Milbank Main Load Center Commercial Pedestals

are designed to handle the vast majority of all

requirements in a standard, stocked configuration.

•Nowaitingorextracharge

•Unitsallfeaturealoadcenterwithaplug-on,

back-fed main breaker.

•Loadcenterhas16positionsforthe

100 amp pedestals and 24 circuits

for the 200 amp pedestals.

•Bothsizesincludesub-feedlugs

to allow feeding an external panel

If your application requires

turning loads on based on “dusk-

to-dawn” requirements, be sure

to see the Milbank Switched

Load Center Commercial

Pedestal products on the

following

page.

CP3B “ML” Series

Main Load Center Series

1∅3 wire 120/240 or 208Y/120 volt

Typical applications: Remote site service for

multiple loads

Features:

These units include everything required for

remote site service:

•Type3Rconstruction

•Expandable–Loadcentersallowforfuture 

expansion without costly modifications

•Allunitsfeature200ampmetersocketwith 

optional field-installable fifth terminal kit

available

•Optionalmountingbasecanbeembeddedin 

concrete for fast, easy installation

•Separatesealableandlockableutility  

termination section

•Separatesealableandlockablemetering 

section with the option of:

EITHER

n Milbank ring-type socket with test / bypass

blocks (conforms to EUSERC 308)

n Milbank heavy duty ringless socket with

lever bypass

•Aseparatesealableandlockablecustomer 

section with a load center for “always on”

loads that includes:

   •Maincircuitbreaker

   •Twenty(200or125ampmodel)or 

fourteen (100 amp model) blank breaker

spaces

   •Acircuitdirectorytodocument  

configuration

*NOTE:

Chart shows standard, stocked items. Other options and features are available.

Contact factory for options details and availability.

ML SERIES–MAIN LOAD CENTER

STOCKED PEDESTALS* OPTIONAL FIFTH

TERMINAL KIT

MAIN CB LOAD CENTER

CIRCUITS METER SOCKET TYPE

AMPS SPACES

CP3B11115A22

105J 100 1,2 16 Ring-type with test / bypass blocks

CP3B12119A22

105J 200 1,2,3 4 24 Ring-type with test / bypass blocks

CP3B51115A22

K3865 100 1,2 16 Ringless socket with lever bypass

CP3B52119A22

K3865 200 1,2,3,4 24 Ringless socket with lever bypass

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

SL SERIES–SWITCHED LOAD CENTER

CP3B “SL” Series

Switched Load Center Series

1∅ 3 wire 120/240 or 208Y/120 volt

Typical applications: Traffic signal, parking

lot, highway, & athletic field lighting

*NOTE:

Chart shows standard, stocked items. Other options and features are available.

Contact factory for options details and availability.

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

STOCKED PEDESTALS* OPTIONAL FIFTH

TERMINAL KIT

MAIN CB CONTACTOR

AMPERAGE METER SOCKET TYPE

AMPS SPACES

CP3B11110A22SL1

105J 100 1,3 60 Ring-type with test / bypass blocks

CP3B12110A22SL1

150J 200 1,2,3,4 100 Ring-type with test / bypass blocks

CP3B51110A22SL1

K3865 100 1,3 60 Ringless socket with lever bypass

CP3B52110A22SL1

K3865 200 1,2,3,4 100 Ringless socket with lever bypass

The Milbank Switched Load Center

Commercial Pedestals are designed to not only

provide power for various loads, but also to switch

specific loads on and off under certain conditions.

A photoelectric cell is used

for these controlled loads,

and an optional time

clock is also available.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

Features:

These units include everything required for remote service:

• Type 3R construction

• Expandable – Load centers allow for future expansion

without costly modifications

• All units feature 200 amp meter socket with optional

field-installable fifth terminal kit available

• Optional mounting base can be embedded in concrete

for fast, easy installation

• Separate sealable and lockable utility termination section

• Separate sealable and lockable metering section with the

option of:

EITHER

n Milbank ring-type socket with test / bypass

blocks(conforms to EUSERC 308)

n Milbank heavy duty ringless socket with lever bypass

• A separate sealable and lockable customer section with:

n Control circuit including:

  •PEreceptacle,Lexan® window and glare shield

  •Hand-Off-Auto(HOA)switch

  •Contactorcontrollinga16-circuitloadcenterfor

controlled loads

  •Pre-mountedDINrailandpre-wiredconnectorto

add an optional “plug and play” time clock kit for

PE on and TC off operation

  •Acircuitdirectorytodocumentconfiguration

A load center for “always on” loads that includes:

   •Maincircuitbreaker

   •Controlpowercircuitbreaker

   •Switchedloadcentermainbreaker

   •Nine(200ampmodel)oreleven(100amp

model) blank breaker spaces

   •Acircuitdirectorytodocumentconfiguration

400 AMP SERIES

CP3B “400” Series

400 amp Series

1∅ 3 wire 120/240 or 208Y/120 volt

Typical applications: Remote site service for

residential and commercial jobsites

The Milbank 400 amp Commercial Pedestal is designed

to provide a weather and vandal resistant metered enclosure

for various loads and distribution. Each pedestal has been

designed to handle a wide range of applications using

standard, stocked configurations.

•Choiceofasinglemainbreakerortwinservicedisconnect

breakers gives flexibility to the pedestal design.

•Optionaldistributionwith

feed-thru lugs below the

service disconnect breakers

allows the pedestal to handle

numerous applications.

•Typicalapplicationsinclude

remote homes where the

metering is best located at the

curb side or other remote area.

The pedestal can also provide

power to secondary residence,

on-site business, workshop,

irrigation, lighting, security or

other secondary load.

•Availableincustomcolors to

match home or landscaping.

Features:

These units include everything required

for remote site service:

• Type 3R construction

• Main circuit breaker or dual service

disconnects

• Expandable – Load center units allow for

future expansion without costly modifications

• Optional mounting base can be embedded

in concrete for fast, easy installation

• Separate sealable and lockable utility

termination section with lug termination

• Separate sealable and lockable metering

section

• A separate sealable and lockable customer

section with a circuit directory and a print

pocket to hold all documentation

Meter Socket Options:

•Ringtypewithbypassstuds

• Ringlesswithheavydutyleverbypass

• Ktypebolt-on

*NOTE:

Chart shows standard, stocked items. Other options and features are available. Contact factory for options details and availability.

Stud utility landing is standard. Lug kits are available from factory.

1 Units with load centers have (2) #6-250 sub-feed lugs on each load center. (Each load center is 200 amp rated

and UL Listed with: Siemens, General Electric and Cutler-Hammer plug-in style circuit breakers.)

STANDARD PEDESTALS* OPTIONAL FIFTH

TERMINAL KIT MAIN CB LOAD CENTER CIRCUITS METER SOCKET TYPE

CP3B1411JB22

N/A 320 Amp (400 Max.) 0 Ring-type with test / bypass studs

CP3B14120B22

N/A 2-200 Amp (2) 12 CKT 1Ring-type with test / bypass studs

CP3B54120B22

K3865 2-200 Amp (2) 12 CKT 1Ringless with lever bypass

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A10

IR SERIES–IRRIGATION CONTROL

CP3B “IR” Series

Irrigation Control Pedestals

1∅ 3 wire 120/240 or 208Y/120 volt

Typical application: Metered Power Pedestal for

Irrigation Systems

The Milbank “IR” series Commercial Pedestals

are designed to provide a weather and vandal resistant

metered enclosure for irrigation controllers. Breakers and

a GFI duplex receptacle are provided to power the

irrigation controllers supplied

by others. A plywood

backboard is mounted

behind the deadfront door

for mounting the irrigation

controller. A large plan

pocket is mounted inside

the customer section

door to hold plans and

specifications. Light

green powder coated

steel or stainless steel

pedestals are normally

in stock.

Features:

These units include everything required for

remote site service:

• Type 3R construction

• 2 each 20 amp single pole circuit breakers:

one breaker for standard 20 amp GFCI

receptacle and one breaker for irrigation

control circuit

• Large plywood back panel for mounting

irrigation controller

• All units feature 200 amp meter socket

with optional field-installable fifth terminal

kit available

• Optional mounting base can be embedded

in concrete for fast, easy installation

• Separate sealable and lockable utility

termination section

• Separate sealable and lockable metering

section with the option of

EITHER:

n Milbank ring-type socket with test /

bypass blocks (conforms to EUSERC 308)

n Milbank heavy duty ringless socket with

lever bypass

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

STOCKED PEDESTALS* OPTIONAL FIFTH**

TERMINAL KIT EXTERIOR CABINET METER SOCKET TYPE

CP3B111IRASP

105J Steel, Light Green Ring-type meter socket with test / bypass blocks

CP3B111IRASS

105J Stainless Steel Ring-type meter socket with test / bypass blocks

*NOTE:

Chart shows standard, stocked items. Other options and features are available.

Contact factory for options details and availability.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A11

BBS SERIES

CP3B BBS Series

1Ø 3 wire 120/240 or 120/208 volt

Typical applications: Metered emergency

uninterrupted power for traffic intersections,

wireless, phone and communication equipment,

parking lots, camera and security locations.

The Milbank BBS Series Commercial Pedestals are

designed to provide battery backup power for various

loads, and to switch specific loads on and off under

certain conditions; a photoelectric cell or time clock to

control lighting circuits, as an example. Metered and

non-metered power distribution options are available.

The back-up power pedestal is designed to handle the

vast majority of todays back-up power requirements.

By using 19” rack design, shelves can be adjusted to

accommodate the required batteries and manufactures

DC to AC inverters, transfer switches and other related

equipment. This design gives the user a wide range of

design and configuration options. Complete turnkey,

ready to power-up pedestals are offered along with basic

units ready to

accept batteries

and inverters

supplied by

others.

Features:

•

Type 3R construction

• 100 through 320 amp meter socket with the

option of either:

n Milbank ring type socket (conforms to

EUSERC 308)with or without test / bypass blocks

n Milbank heavy duty ringless socket with

lever bypass

• Separate sealable utility termination compartment

• An isolated separate customer section with:

n Service disconnects

n Power distribution options

n Power control

• 19” wide rack in customer compartment for easy

layout of equipment

• Battery trays

• Thermostat with cooling fan

• Filtered louvers for heat rise flow through ventilation

• Three point door latch (key or pad lockable)

Options:

•

Manual Bypass switch (used for maintenance

of BBS/UPS)

• Transfer switch for generator power back-up

• Generator inlet receptacles 30 amps through

200 amps

• Pad lockable provision for receptacles

• Police access door

• Metered load center distribution

• Non metered load center distribution

• Photo electric controls (for street lighting)

• Time clocks

• HOA switches

• Contactors

• GFI duplex receptacles

• Thermostat for heating control

• Heating pads or elements

• Roll out shelves for batteries

• Surge arrestors and lighting arrestors

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A12

POWER TRANSFER SERIES–METERED & UNMETERED

CP3B “Power Transfer” Series – Metered

The Milbank Commercial Pedestal “Power Transfer

Series” provides metered AC power, distribution, surge

suppression, mechanical interlock and stand by generator

receptacle. All electrical equipment including the

generator receptacle is built inside the pedestal, giving

it a clean appearance and making it extremely vandal

resistant.

Features & Options:

•

120/240v 1∅3W thru 277/480v 3∅4W ratings

• Choice of EUSERC ring type or ringless meter sockets

• 60 amps thru 400 amp ratings

• UL Listed Type 3R rated

• Pad lockable, isolated utility compartments

• 20 amp GFI convenience receptacle

• Lockable recessed generator receptacle door

• Utility and generator indicator light options

• All stainless steel hardware

• Galvanizedsteel,aluminumorstainlesssteel

cabinet options

• Custom designs available

CP3B “Power Transfer” Series – Unmetered

The Milbank Commercial Pedestal “Power Transfer

Series” provides non metered AC power, distribution,

surge suppression, mechanical interlock and stand-by

generator receptacle – all in a neat, compact pedestal.

Features & Options:

•

120/240v 1∅3W thru 277/480v 3∅4W ratings

• 60 amps thru 400 amp ratings

• UL Listed 508A, Type 3R rated

• Pad lockable, isolated utility compartments

• 20 amp GFI convenience receptacle

• Utility and generator indicator light options

• All stainless steel hardware

• Galvanizedsteel,aluminumorstainless

steel cabinet options

• Custom designs available

CP3B “Power Transfer” Series

1Ø3W 120/240 volt thru 3Ø4W 277/480 volt

Typical applications: Traffic intersections, Cell

sites, Phone company broadband service,

Cable TV, Pump and Lift stations requiring

utility power with back up generator power

Generator

Receptacle

Inside!

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A13

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Commercial pedestal shall be type _______________ .

Catalog # _________________

Voltage rating :____(120/240v 1P 3W)___

SCCR rating: ____10___

Amperage rating :____(100 amps)___

The pedestal shall be of NEMA Type 3R rainproof

construction and shall be UL Listed as “Enclosed

Industrial Control Equipment” (UL 508A). External

construction shall comply with UL50 requirements

andshallbeofG90galvanizedsteelwithlightgreen

#14672 Federal Specification 595 polyurethane

industrial grade powder paint of 1.7 mil minimum

thickness (unless otherwise specified). Aluminum

and stainless steel are other factory options available.

InternalconstructionshallbeG90galvanizedsteeland

1.7 mil minimum thickness polyurethane industrial

grade powder coat painted or bare aluminum. No

fasteners except sealing screws shall be removable by

external access. Hinges shall be stainless steel and of

the continuous piano hinge type.

The pedestal mounting bolts shall not be externally

accessible. The pedestal shall be offered with an

optional base designed to be embedded in concrete in

place of anchor bolts. Either pedestal mounting base or

anchor bolt kit is required for installation.

The service pedestal must have three separate isolated

sections for metering equipment, utility termination

and customer equipment.

The metering section must be pad-lockable and

sealable and have a hinged swing back hood with an

integral hinged polycarbonate sealable window for

access to demand meters. An external nameplate shall

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

be permanently attached to the hood. A stainless

steel handle shall be provided on the front exterior

of the hood. Meter socket type shall meet the

requirements of the serving utility.

The utility termination section must be pad-

lockable and sealable and shall have a stainless

steel handle provided on a lift-off cover. Sufficient

clearance shall be provided for a 4-inch diameter

conduit for utility cables entrance. Utility

landing lugs shall accommodate #6 – 350 kcmil

conductors.

The customer compartment door to be hinged on

the left hand side. A stainless pad-lockable hasp

provided to secure customer compartment. A

door keeper provided to keep the door in an open

position. A print pocket on the inside of the door

shall hold all wiring schematics, circuit directories

and instructions in a clear, weatherproof sleeve.

Required labeling shall be located on the inside

of the customer door. Distribution and control

equipment shall be behind an internal dead-front

door with a quarter-turn securing latch and be

hinged to open more than 90 degrees. The dead-

front door shall be hinged on the same side as the

customer section door. All distribution and control

equipment shall be factory wired using 600 volt

wiresizedtoULrequirements.

The provided documentation shall list circuit

breaker combinations and those to be used for

de-rated operation for series ratings.

Utility requirements for this equipment vary.

Always consult the serving utility for their

requirements before ordering or installing this

equipment.

Example of speciﬁcations for a Metered Commercial Pedestal

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A14

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTAL DRAWINGS–16” METERED & UNMETERED

17"

ENCLOSURE

DEPTH

ALL SIDES. 6" REC.

FOUNDATION EXTENSION

RECOMMENDED MIN.3"

REQUIRED PER

N.E.C 110-16

TYPICAL

36" MIN.

CLEARANCE

FRONT & BACK

42"

23.5" UTILITY

TERMINATION

LANDING MIN.

MOUNTING BASE MOUNTING BASE

ANCHOR BOLT

MOUNTING HOLES

MOUNTING BASE DETAIL

MOUNTING HOLES

PEDESTAL

9 3/4"

15"

16"

14 1/2"

12 1/4"16"

14 1/2"

13"

6 3/4"

UTILITY

SECTION

CUSTOMER

SECTION

WITH

COVER

WINDOW

POCKET

HINGED

DEMAND

METER

RESET

HINGED EXTERIOR DOOR

WITH DOOR STOP TO HOLD

DOOR IN OPEN POSITION

48"

HINGED

DEADFRONT

SECURITY

(IF APPLICABLE)

LIFT-OFF

PHOTO CELL WINDOW

FOR

WITH SHIELD

DOOR

COVER

SERVICE

COVER

FULLY HINGED

THROUGH

METER SECTION

PADLOCK

BRACKET

EXTENDS

REMOVEABLE

TEST BYPASS

BLOCK COVER

(IF APPLICABLE)

Pad Mount Base or (4) 5/8-11 X 18” Anchor Bolts Recommended

CP-16PDMNT-CALT

23 7/8" UTILITY

TERMINATION

LANDING MIN.

N.E.C 110-16

TYPICAL

FRONT & BACK

MINIMUM DEPTH.

ALL SIDES. 6" REC.

FOUNDATION EXTENSION

RECOMMENDED MIN.3"

36" MIN.

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED PER

17"

ENCLOSURE

DEPTH

CP-16PDMNT-CALT

MOUNTING BASE

POCKET

HINGED

EXTERIOR

DOOR

40 1/2"

32 1/4"

Pad Mount Base or (4) 5/8-11 X 18" Anchor Bolts Recommended

WITH SHIELD

(IF APPLICABLE)

COVER

SERVICE

LIFT-OFF

SECURITY

DOOR FOR

THROUGH

LATCH HASP

EXTENDS

PHOTO CELL WINDOW

HINGED

DEADFRONT

CP-16PDMNT-CALT

MOUNTING BASE

MOUNTING HOLES

SECTION

UTILITY

MOUNTING BASE DETAIL

CUSTOMER

MOUNTING HOLES

ANCHOR BOLT

SECTION

PEDESTAL

14 1/2"

12 1/4"

9 3/4"

16"

15"

14 1/2"

13"

16"

6 3/4"

“A” Style 16” Metered Commercial Pedestal

“E” Style 16” Unmetered Commercial Pedestal–Low Proﬁle

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A15

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTAL DRAWINGS–24” METERED & UNMETERED

23.5" UTILITY

TERMINATION

LANDING MIN.

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED PER

N.E.C 110-16

DEPTH

ENCLOSURE

17"

TYPICAL

FRONT & BACK

36" MIN.

3" RECOMMENDED MIN.

FOUNDATION EXTENSION

ALL SIDES. 6" REC.

MINIMUM DEPTH.

42"

THROUGH

COVER

FULLY HINGED

PHOTO CELL WINDOW

HINGED

“B” Style 24" Metered Commercial Pedestal

METER SECTION

COVER

SERVICE

LIFT-OFF

DEADFRONT

WITH SHIELD

SECURITY

FOR

DOOR

(IF APPLICABLE)

PADLOCK

BRACKET

EXTENDS

REMOVEABLE

TEST BYPASS

BLOCK COVER

(IF APPLICABLE)

MOUNTING BASE

MOUNTING HOLES

SECTION

CUSTOMER

SECTION

UTILITY

MOUNTING BASE DETAIL

MOUNTING HOLES

ANCHOR BOLT

PEDESTAL

9 3/4"

12 1/4"

14 1/2"

22 1/2"

21"

23"

24"

6 3/4"

16"

MOUNTING BASE

COVER WITH

POCKET

WINDOW

HINGED DEMAND

METER RESET

HINGED EXTERIOR DOOR

WITH DOOR STOP TO HOLD

DOOR IN OPEN POSITION

48"

Pad Mount Base or (4) 5/8-11 X 18" Anchor Bolts Recommended

CP-24PDMNT-CALTCP-24PDMNT-CALT

22 1/2"

UTILITY

TERMINATION

LANDING

3" RECOMMENDED MIN.

FOUNDATION EXTENSION

ALL SIDES. 6" RECOMMENDED

MINIMUM DEPTH.

CUSTOMER

SECTION

MOUNTING BASE DETAIL

“M” Style 24" Metered Commercial Pedestal

LIFT-OFF

SERVICE

COVER

PADLOCK

BRACKET

EXTENDS

THROUGH

DOOR

FOR

SECURITY

PHOTO CELL WINDOW

WITH SHIELD

(IF APPLICABLE)

HINGED

DEADFRONT

POCKET

HINGED EXTERIOR DOOR

WITH DOOR STOP TO HOLD

DOOR IN OPEN POSITION

MOUNTING BASE MOUNTING BASE

UTILITY TERM.

SECTION

36" MIN.

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED PER

N.E.C 110-16

TYPICAL

FRONT & BACK

21 1/2"

12 1/4"

15 3/8"

17"

6 1/2"

14 1/4"

24"

22 1/2"

1 7/8"

1 1/2"

21"

Pad Mount Base or (4) 5/8-11 X 18" Anchor Bolts Recommended

CP-24PDMNT-CALTCP-24PDMNT-CALT

“M” Style 24” Unmetered Commercial Pedestal

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

“B” Style 24” Metered Commercial Pedestal (with one or two meters)

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A16

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTAL DRAWINGS–32” METERED

“K” Style 32" Metered Commercial Pedestal (with one or two meters)

(4) 5/8-11 X 18” Anchor Bolts Recommended

Catalog Number CP-ABK5/8

(4) 5/8-11 X 18” Anchor Bolts Recommended

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A17

“Q” Style 32" Unmetered Commercial Pedestal

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTAL DRAWINGS–32" UNMETERED

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A18

SLOPED ROOF

LIFTING EYES

VENTILATION FAN

SECTION 3SECTION 1

SECTION 2 SECTION 6

SECTION 5

SECTION 7

SECTION 4

Section 1 - Utility metering, lockable, sealable

Section 2 - Customer electrical distribution, lockable

Sections 3, 4, 5, 6 - Customer compartments, equipped with 19" rack mount rails, lockable

Section 7 - Utility service entrance, lockable, sealable

VENTILATED OPENINGS

W/ SOFFIT

PE SOCKET

KNOCK-

OUTS

VENTILATION

LOUVERS

WITH FILTER

1/4 TURN

PADLOCKABLE

HANDLES

44.38 24.00

60.00

48.56

19.06

AVAILABLE

EQUIPMENT

SPACE

27.31

AVAILABLE

EQUIPMENT SPACE

24.12

TO BOTTOM OF LUG

CUSTOMER DOOR

55.50

24.50

54.25

ABB

UTILITY PULL

PE WINDOW

PADLOCK-ABLE

METER DOOR

FOR INSTALLATION

SCALE 1 : 16

CUSTOMER

19" RACK

SECTION

SECTION A-A

3-POINT CAM LATCH

DEMAND METER

COVER PLATES

METER

DOOR

SECTION

DOOR

19" RACK

REMOVEABLE

30.50

REMOVEABLE

3-POINT

AIR FILTERS

POCKET

CAM LATCH

19" RACK

UTILITY COVER

SEAL STUD

PADLOCK-ABLE

WINDOW

SEAL STUD

CAM LATCH

METER DOOR

DEMAND METER

REMOVEABLE

PADLOCK HASP

“C” Style 54" Metered Commercial Pedestal

“D” Style Metered Commercial Pedestal

“C” Style 54” Metered Commercial Pedestal

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

COMMERCIAL METER PEDESTAL DRAWINGS–METERED

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A19

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL WORKSHEET

Commercial Pedestal Worksheet

Phone: 660-463-0805 Fax: 660-463-7950

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

Please answer all of the questions listed below. Any additional information regarding application and/or future

requirements will enable Milbank to configure the best product for your project.

Distributor: ___________________________ Phone: _________________________ Fax: ______________________________

Contact Name:________________________________ Application: _______________________________________________

Milbank Representative: _____________________________________ Salesmen: ___________________________________

Project Name & Location: ________________________________________________________________________________

Agency Specifications: (DOT-City-Other) ____________________________________________________________________

Unit Amperage: _____________________Voltage: ______________ Phase: _______________ Wire: __________________

Meter socket (200 Amp) RING-TYPE RINGLESS Fifth Terminal? NO YES (at______o’clock)

Main breaker requirements: Amp: _______________ Poles: _______________ KAIC: ________________

Interior #1 0-42 circuits _________Load center ________ Panel board _________ Metered? YES NO

Interior #2 0-42 circuits _________Load center ________ Panel board _________ Metered? YES NO

Branch breakers: Amps: Poles: KAIC: Label & Special Requirements:

Qty _______ Breakers _________ __________ __________ _____________________________

Controls:

Qty _______Time Clock: 24 Hr _________ 7 Day _________ 365 Day Astro __________ Description: ________________

Qty _______Photo Electric Control Receptacle

Qty _______Test switch: 2 Pos. __________ 3 Pos. _________ HOA Type __________Other ________________________

Qty _______Control Transformer _________________Voltage ____________________VASize(requiredforall277/480v)

Contractors:

Type: Lighting - LT / Definite Purpose - DP / Mechanical Held - MH / Mercury - MV / IEC - IC

Qty ________ Type ________ Amps _________ Poles ________ Coil voltage ________ Other__________

Cabinet / Finish requirements: Alum – Untreated = AO/AlumAnodized=AL / Stainless Steel = SS

Aluminum – Painted = A / GALVANIZED STEEL PAINTED (standard)__________ (specify paint below):

MINT GREEN (standad) = G / PINE GREEN = PG / Dark Green = DG / Black = BK / Desert Tan = DT

White = W / Gray = P / Summerland Gray = SG / Other: (RAL finish number) _________________________________

Other Requirements: _____________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Please send any drawings, plans, specifications, and load/panel board schedules with worksheet.

A20

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Huntington Beach, CA

Description: Wells Fargo ATM

parking lot kiosk. Milbank pedestal

supplies power for the ATM

machine, irrigation controller and

overhead lighting. In addition to

the power distribution equipment

is a isolated compartment for

phone company phone lines and

equipment. Telco 24 volt equipment

must be separated from the high

voltage 120 volt equipment. Steel

powder painted.

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A21

Location: Mission Viejo, CA

Description: Pedestal is supplying

power for the irrigation and pump

control pedestals left of the Milbank

pedestal. Also includes walk-way

lightingcontrolequipment.Anodized

aluminum.

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Costa Mesa, CA

Description: Milbank commercial

pedestal supplying power for an

underground telephone equipment

vault. Meter socket, generator

receptacle and surge protection are

all installed inside this pedestal.

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A22

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Lacy, Washington

Description: Trafﬁc signal

control cabinet next to

a Milbank power supply

and street lighting control

pedestal. Mounted on a

raised pad for winter snow

conditions.Anodized

aluminum.

Location: Cleveland, OH

(Euclid Corridor Street

Scape Improvements)

Description: Milbank pedestals

supplied for Rapid Transit Bus Stops

providing security and normal

lighting. Pedestals looped together

for efﬁciency.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

A23

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Interstate 70 MO

(Numerous locations)

Description: Milbank pedestal

providing remote distribution for

Dynamic Message Signs along I-70

between Kansas City and St. Louis,

MO. Operated through MoDOT,

these stationary trafﬁc control

devices provide travelers with real-

time trafﬁc-related messages.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

A24

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Manchester, TN

Description: Milbank pedestals used for

annual outdoor music and arts festival.

Operating in remote farmland, multiple

pedestals provide temporary power

receptaclesfororganizer’suse.Shown

with in-use cover which allows for

security and safety for plugs-in-use.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A25

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Rio Rancho, NM

Description: Battery back-up pedestal. The unit

contains an inverter and batteries providing

uninterrupted power to trafﬁc signals at a busy

intersection in the event of a utility power failure.

Milbank pedestal supplies power for the intersection

signal heads and control cabinet using utility power

and, if necessary, a backup system. The batteries can

run the entire intersection trafﬁc lights for 4 hours

in full operation mode and an additional 4 hours in

ﬂashing mode. Aluminum powder painted tan.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A26

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Anaheim, CA

Description: Disneyland parking lot

lighting and control. Two pedestals

were provided as customer required

both 120 and 480 volts. Steel painted

customer-requested green.

Location: Dubuque, IA

Description: Parking lot

lighting power and control

application. Steel painted

black.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A27

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Kansas City, MO

Description: Zona Rosa

Shopping Center. Multiple

pedestal locations throughout

shopping area providing street

lighting and trafﬁc signal

distribution.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A28

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: Kansas City, MO

Description: Kansas City International

Airport. Multiple pedestal locations

providing lighting distribution for

rental car facility parking lot.

Location: Anaheim, CA

Description: Milbank pedestal supplying

power for the trafﬁc signal cabinet (seen

in picture). Pedestal also holds the control

equipment for the intersection and roadway

streetlighting.Anodizedaluminum.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A29

COMMERCIAL PEDESTAL - APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Location: St. Louis, MO

Description: Milbank pedestal is

supplying power to the underground

phone company vaults. The vaults are

supply power and communication

equipment for a cell tower. The pedestal

and has a 200 amp automatic power

transfer switch in side. The generator to

the right is hard wired to the pedestal.

Power relays in the pedestal signal the

natural gas generator to turn on and the

transfer switch makes a power source

transfer. There are indicator light in front

door of the pedestal to indicate where

the power is coming from. The pedestal

has surge and lighting arrestors.

COMMERCIAL

METER PEDESTALS

A30

NOTES

Commercial Enclosures

SC1—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 1

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMAType1

•UL50—Type1

•CULType1(EquivalenttoCSA)

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

• Covershaveteardropslotsforeasy

installation and are attached to body

with plated screws.

• Groundingembossprovidedwith

green plated grounding screw.

• Holesareincorporatedintotheback

of enclosure for mounting.

FINISH

• ANSI61graypolyesterpowder

coating inside and out unless

otherwise specified.

ACCESSORIES

• ReplacementCovers–see

Covers, pg. B5.

• Touch-uppaint–see

Accessories, pg. B34.

• WoodBackPanels–see

Panels, pg. B18-B19.

•ReplacementScrews–see

Accessories, pg. B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KNOCKOUT

A SIDE B SIDE

444-SC1 SC1C 10650 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 B-C NONE

444-SC1-NK SC1C 10652 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 NONE NONE

444-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15483 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 NONE NONE

464-SC1 SC1C 10704 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 B-C B-C-D

464-SC1-NK SC1C 10705 4.5 4 4 x 6 x 4 NONE NONE

464-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 19632 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 NONE NONE

464-SC1-NP SC1C 31193 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 B-C B-C-D

663-SC1 SC1C 10790 2.9 12 6 x 6 x 3 B-C-D B-C-D

663-SC1-NK SC1C 10791 2.9 12 6 x 6 x 3 NONE NONE

663-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21830 2.9 12 6 x 6 x 3 NONE NONE

664-SC1 SC1C 10801 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D NONE

664-SC1-NK SC1C 10803 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE NONE

664-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10804 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE NONE

664-SC1-NP SC1C 16191 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D NONE

666-SC1 SC1C 10818 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 B-C-D NONE

666-SC1-NK SC1C 10819 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 NONE NONE

APPLICATION

• Designedforuseasajunctionbox

or pull box.

• Forindoorusetoprovideprotection

against contact with enclosed

equipment where moisture and

dust are not a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

• Enclosureandcoverare

manufactured from 16, 14, or

12 gauge G90 steel.

• Availablewithorwithout

knockouts. For no knockouts,

refer to suffix -NK in catalog

number.

• Availablewithorwithoutpaint.

For no paint, refer to suffix -NP in

catalog number. Note: Unpainted

enclosuresaremadefromgalvanized

steel.

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KNOCKOUT

A SIDE B SIDE

666-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15355 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 NONE NONE

666-SC1-NP SC1C 30985 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 B-C-D NONE

684-SC1 SC1C 10859 4 9 6 x 8 x 4 B-C-D F-G-H-I

684-SC1-NK SC1C 10860 4 9 6 x 8 x 4 NONE NONE

684-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 20886 4 9 6 x 8 x 4 NONE NONE

684-SC1-NP SC1C 18007 4 9 6 x 8 x 4 B-C-D F-G-H-I

686-SC1 SC1C 10863 5.2 6 6 x 8 x 6 B-C-D F-G-H-I

686-SC1-NK SC1C 10864 5.2 6 6 x 8 x 6 NONE NONE

686-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21059 5.2 6 6 x 8 x 6 NONE NONE

686-SC1-NP SC1C 30159 5.2 6 6 x 8 x 6 B-C-D F-G-H-I

6124-SC1 SC1C 10764 5.5 6 6 x 12 x 4 B-C-D C-D-E-F-G

6124-SC1-NK SC1C 15543 5.5 6 6 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

6126-SC1 SC1C 10765 7 2 6 x 12 x 6 B-C-D C-D-E-F-G

6126-SC1-NK SC1C 17754 7 2 6 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

884-SC1 SC1C 10938 5 6 8 x 8 x 4 F-G-H-I NONE

884-SC1-NK SC1C 10940 5 6 8 x 8 x 4 NONE NONE

884-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15357 5 6 8 x 8 x 4 NONE NONE

886-SC1 SC1C 10955 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 F-G-H-I NONE

886-SC1-NK SC1C 10956 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 NONE NONE

886-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15358 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 NONE NONE

886-SC1-NP SC1C 19650 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 F-G-H-I NONE

888-SC1 SC1C 10971 7.5 2 8 x 8 x 8 F-G-H-I NONE

888-SC1-NK SC1C 10972 7.5 2 8 x 8 x 8 NONE NONE

888-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15509 7.5 2 8 x 8 x 8 NONE NONE

888-SC1-NP SC1C 32326 7.5 2 8 x 8 x 8 F-G-H-I NONE

8104-SC1 SC1C 10879 7 5 8 x 10 x 4 F-G-H-I F-G-H-I

8104-SC1-NK SC1C 10880 7 5 8 x 10 x 4 NONE NONE

8104-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21057 7 5 8 x 10 x 4 NONE NONE

8104-SC1-NP SC1C 30485 7 5 8 x 10 x 4 F-G-H-I F-G-H-I

8106-SC1 SC1C 10885 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 F-G-H-I F-G-H-I

8106-SC1-NK SC1C 10886 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 NONE NONE

8106-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 24737 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 NONE NONE

8106-SC1-NP SC1C 31005 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 F-G-H-I F-G-H-I

8124-SC1 SC1C 10892 6.7 3 8 x 12 x 4 F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G

8124-SC1-NK SC1C 10893 6.7 3 8 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

8124-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 23645 6.7 3 8 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

8126-SC1 SC1C 10898 8.5 2 8 x 12 x 6 F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G

8126-SC1-NK SC1C 10899 8.5 2 8 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

8126-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21060 8.5 2 8 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

10104-SC1 SC1C 10017 7 3 10 x 10 x 4 F-G-H-I NONE

10104-SC1-NK SC1C 10018 7 3 10 x 10 x 4 NONE NONE

10104-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15344 7 3 10 x 10 x 4 NONE NONE

10104-SC1-NP SC1C 16190 7 3 10 x 10 x 4 F-G-H-I NONE

10106-SC1 SC1C 10030 8.5 2 10 x 10 x 6 C-D-E-F-G NONE

10106-SC1-NK SC1C 10031 8.5 2 10 x 10 x 6 NONE NONE

10106-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15456 8.5 2 10 x 10 x 6 NONE NONE

10106-SC1-NP SC1C 20888 8.5 2 10 x 10 x 6 C-D-E-F-G NONE

10124-SC1 SC1C 10065 8 3 10 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G

10124-SC1-NK SC1C 10066 8 3 10 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

10124-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15345 8 3 10 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

10124-SC1-NP SC1C 31006 8 3 10 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G

10126-SC1 SC1C 10071 9.5 2 10 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G

10126-SC1-NK SC1C 10072 9.5 2 10 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

10126-SC1-NP SC1C 32327 9.5 2 10 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G

12124-SC1 SC1C 10113 9.2 4 12 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12124-SC1-NK SC1C 10115 9.2 4 12 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

12124-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10116 9.2 4 12 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

12124-SC1-NP SC1C 17591 9.2 4 12 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12126-SC1 SC1C 10133 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12126-SC1-NK SC1C 10135 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

12126-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10136 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

12126-SC1-NP SC1C 16189 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12128-SC1 SC1C 10153 13 2 12 x 12 x 8 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12128-SC1-NK SC1C 10154 13 2 12 x 12 x 8 NONE NONE

12128-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15469 13 2 12 x 12 x 8 NONE NONE

12128-SC1-NP SC1C 20537 13 2 12 x 12 x 8 C-D-E-F-G NONE

121212-SC1-NK SC1C 24378 15.4 1 12 x 12 x 12 NONE NONE

12164-SC1 SC1C 10177 11.3 3 12 x 16 x 4 C-D-E-F-G B-C-D-E-F-G-H

12164-SC1-NK SC1C 10178 11.3 3 12 x 16 x 4 NONE NONE

12164-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15346 11.3 3 12 x 16 x 4 NONE NONE

12164-SC1-NP SC1C 32328 11.3 3 12 x 16 x 4 C-D-E-F-G B-C-D-E-F-G-H

12166-SC1 SC1C 10183 13.5 2 12 x 16 x 6 C-D-E-F-G B-C-D-E-F-G-H

12166-SC1-NK SC1C 10184 13.5 2 12 x 16 x 6 NONE NONE

12166-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15347 13.5 2 12 x 16 x 6 NONE NONE

12166-SC1-NP SC1C 30984 13.5 2 12 x 16 x 6 C-D-E-F-G B-C-D-E-F-G-H

SC1—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 1

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

SC1—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 1

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KNOCKOUT

A SIDE B SIDE

12184-SC1 SC1C 10202 12.7 3 12 x 18 x 4 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

12184-SC1-NK SC1C 10203 12.7 3 12 x 18 x 4 NONE NONE

12184-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21058 12.7 3 12 x 18 x 4 NONE NONE

12186-SC1 SC1C 10209 14.5 2 12 x 18 x 6 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

12186-SC1-NK SC1C 10210 14.5 2 12 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

12186-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 16421 14.5 2 12 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

12188-SC1 SC1C 10216 17 1 12 x 18 x 8 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

12188-SC1-NK SC1C 10217 17 1 12 x 18 x 8 NONE NONE

12188-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 31727 17 1 12 x 18 x 8 NONE NONE

121810-SC1 SC1C 10198 19 1 12 x 18 x 10 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

12244-SC1 SC1C 10229 15.8 3 12 x 24 x 4 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

12244-SC1-NK SC1C 15584 15.8 3 12 x 24 x 4 NONE NONE

12246-SC1 SC1C 10232 18.8 2 12 x 24 x 6 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

12246-SC1-NK SC1C 10233 18.8 2 12 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

12246-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 23762 18.8 2 12 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

15186-SC1 SC1C 10265 17.5 2 15 x 18 x 6 B-C-D-E-F-G-H A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

15186-SC1-NK SC1C 10266 17.5 2 15 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

15186-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 28142 17.5 2 15 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

16164-SC1 SC1C 10283 14 3 16 x 16 x 4 B-C-D-E-F-G-H NONE

16164-SC1-NK SC1C 10284 14 3 16 x 16 x 4 NONE NONE

16164-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 25802 14 3 16 x 16 x 4 NONE NONE

16166-SC1 SC1C 10285 16.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 B-C-D-E-F-G-H NONE

16166-SC1-NK SC1C 10286 16.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 NONE NONE

16166-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15348 16.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 NONE NONE

16166-SC1-NP SC1C 30484 16.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 B-C-D-E-F-G-H NONE

18184-SC1 SC1C 10300 17 3 18 x 18 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

18184-SC1-NK SC1C 10301 17 3 18 x 18 x 4 NONE NONE

18184-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10302 17 3 18 x 18 x 4 NONE NONE

18184-SC1-NP SC1C 20538 17 3 18 x 18 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

18186-SC1 SC1C 10309 20.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

18186-SC1-NK SC1C 10310 20.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

18186-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10311 20.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

18186-SC1-NP SC1C 15955 20.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

18188-SC1 SC1C 10319 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

18188-SC1-NK SC1C 10320 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 NONE NONE

18188-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15349 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 NONE NONE

18188-SC1-NP SC1C 20536 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

181810-SC1 SC1C 10294 25 1 18 x 18 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

181810-SC1-NK SC1C 10295 25 1 18 x 18 x 10 NONE NONE

181810-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21064 25 1 18 x 18 x 10 NONE NONE

181812-SC1 SC1C 10298 28 1 18 x 18 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

181812-SC1-NK SC1C 10299 28 1 18 x 18 x 12 NONE NONE

181812-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 24736 28 1 18 x 18 x 12 NONE NONE

18244-SC1 SC1C 10333 23.5 2 18 x 24 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18244-SC1-NK SC1C 10334 23.5 2 18 x 24 x 4 NONE NONE

18244-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32330 23.5 2 18 x 24 x 4 NONE NONE

18246-SC1 SC1C 10338 27 1 18 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18246-SC1-NK SC1C 10339 27 1 18 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

18246-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15350 27 1 18 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

18246-SC1-NP SC1C 32331 27 1 18 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18248-SC1 SC1C 10346 30 1 18 x 24 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18248-SC1-NK SC1C 10347 30 1 18 x 24 x 8 NONE NONE

18248-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21063 30 1 18 x 24 x 8 NONE NONE

182410-SC1 SC1C 10330 34 1 18 x 24 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

182410-SC1-NK SC1C 24593 34 1 18 x 24 x 10 NONE NONE

182410-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32332 34 1 18 x 24 x 10 NONE NONE

182412-SC1 SC1C 10332 36 1 18 x 24 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

182412-SC1-NK SC1C 20294 36 1 18 x 24 x 12 NONE NONE

182412-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 24797 36 1 18 x 24 x 12 NONE NONE

24244-SC1 SC1C 10417 30.5 2 24 x 24 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

24244-SC1-NK SC1C 10418 30.5 2 24 x 24 x 4 NONE NONE

24244-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15473 30.5 2 24 x 24 x 4 NONE NONE

24244-SC1-NP SC1C 32333 30.5 2 24 x 24 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

24246-SC1 SC1C 10423 33.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

24246-SC1-NK SC1C 10424 33.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

24246-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15352 33.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

24246-SC1-NP SC1C 20539 33.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

24248-SC1 SC1C 10434 38 1 24 x 24 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

24248-SC1-NK SC1C 10435 38 1 24 x 24 x 8 NONE NONE

24248-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10436 38 1 24 x 24 x 8 NONE NONE

242410-SC1 SC1C 10408 41 1 24 x 24 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

242410-SC1-NK SC1C 10409 41 1 24 x 24 x 10 NONE NONE

242410-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 20887 41 1 24 x 24 x 10 NONE NONE

242412-SC1 SC1C 10413 44 1 24 x 24 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

242412-SC1-NK SC1C 10414 44 1 24 x 24 x 12 NONE NONE

242412-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 20648 44 1 24 x 24 x 12 NONE NONE

24308-SC1 SC1C 10460 45 1 24 x 30 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

SC1—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 1

SC1—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES & COVERS—TYPE 1

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KNOCKOUT

A SIDE B SIDE

24308-SC1-NK SC1C 10461 45 1 24 x 30 x 8 NONE NONE

24308-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32334 45 1 24 x 30 x 8 NONE NONE

243010-SC1 SC1C 10447 50 1 24 x 30 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243010-SC1-NK SC1C 10448 50 1 24 x 30 x 10 NONE NONE

243010-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21065 50 1 24 x 30 x 10 NONE NONE

243012-SC1 SC1C 10450 54 1 24 x 30 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243012-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21067 54 1 24 x 30 x 12 NONE NONE

24366-SC1 SC1C 10479 54 1 24 x 36 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24366-SC1-NK SC1C 10480 54 1 24 x 36 x 6 NONE NONE

24366-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32335 54 1 24 x 36 x 6 NONE NONE

24366-SC1-NP SC1C 32336 54 1 24 x 36 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24368-SC1 SC1C 10485 59 1 24 x 36 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24368-SC1-NK SC1C 10486 59 1 24 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

24368-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10487 59 1 24 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

243610-SC1 SC1C 10470 77 1 24 x 36 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243610-SC1-NK SC1C 24105 77 1 24 x 36 x 10 NONE NONE

243612-SC1 SC1C 10471 83 1 24 x 36 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243612-SC1-NK SC1C 19903 83 1 24 x 36 x 12 NONE NONE

243612-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 10472 83 1 24 x 36 x 12 NONE NONE

30306-SC1-NK SC1C 10521 66 1 30 x 30 x 6 NONE NONE

30306-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15475 66 1 30 x 30 x 6 NONE NONE

30308-SC1-NK SC1C 10528 76 1 30 x 30 x 8 NONE NONE

30308-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 24913 76 1 30 x 30 x 8 NONE NONE

303010-SC1-NK SC1C 10508 81 1 30 x 30 x 10 NONE NONE

303010-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21066 81 1 30 x 30 x 10 NONE NONE

303012-SC1-NK SC1C 10511 95 1 30 x 30 x 12 NONE NONE

303012-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 21068 95 1 30 x 30 x 12 NONE NONE

30366-SC1-NK SC1C 10543 87 1 30 x 36 x 6 NONE NONE

30366-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32337 87 1 30 x 36 x 6 NONE NONE

30368-SC1-NK SC1C 23846 95 1 30 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

30368-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 16466 95 1 30 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

303610-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32338 103 1 30 x 36 x 10 NONE NONE

303612-SC1-NK SC1C 17923 111 1 30 x 36 x 12 NONE NONE

303612-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 32339 111 1 30 x 36 x 12 NONE NONE

36364-SC1-NK SC1C 10591 105 1 36 x 36 x 4 NONE NONE

36366-SC1-NK SC1C 10596 115 1 36 x 36 x 6 NONE NONE

36366-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15477 115 1 36 x 36 x 6 NONE NONE

36368-SC1 SC1C 24886 124 1 36 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

36368-SC1-NK SC1C 10601 124 1 36 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

36368-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 15353 124 1 36 x 36 x 8 NONE NONE

363610-SC1-NK SC1C 10584 134 1 36 x 36 x 10 NONE NONE

363610-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 24032 134 1 36 x 36 x 10 NONE NONE

363612-SC1-NK SC1C 10586 144 1 36 x 36 x 12 NONE NONE

363612-SC1-NK-NP SC1C 17418 144 1 36 x 36 x 12 NONE NONE

363618-SC1-NK SC1C 10590 173 1 36 x 36 x 18 NONE NONE

36486-SC1-NK SC1C 10612 150 1 36 x 48 x 6 NONE NONE

48486-SC1-NK SC1C 10731 192 1 48 x 48 x 6 NONE NONE

484812-SC1-NK SC1C 10724 220 1 48 x 48 x 12 NONE NONE

COVERS

44XSC1 CNAC 10694 0.3 1 4 x 4

46XSC1 CNAC 10719 0.4 1 4 x 6

66XSC1 CNAC 10857 0.8 1 6 x 6

68XSC1 CNAC 10867 1 1 6 x 8

612XSC1 CNAC 10767 1.5 1 6 x 12

88XSC1 CNAC 10999 1 1 8 x 8

810XSC1 CNAC 10890 1.2 1 8 x 10

812XSC1 CNAC 10908 1.4 1 8 x 12

1010XSC1 CNAC 10062 2 1 10 x 10

1012XSC1 CNAC 10081 2.2 1 10 x 12

1212XSC1 CNAC 10175 2.5 1 12 x 12

1216XSC1 CNAC 10197 2.9 1 12 x 16

1218XSC1 CNAC 10225 3.2 1 12 x 18

1224XSC1 CNAC 10244 4.3 1 12 x 24

1518XSC1 CNAC 10274 4 1 15 x 18

1616XSC1 CNAC 10288 3.8 1 16 x 16

1818XSC1 CNAC 10328 4.8 1 18 x 18

1824XSC1 CNAC 10354 6.4 1 18 x 24

1830XSC1 CNAC 10366 8 1 18 x 30

2424XSC1 CNAC 10446 10.9 1 24 x 24

2430XSC1 CNAC 10468 12.3 1 24 x 30

2436XSC1 CNAC 10492 16.4 1 24 x 36

3030XSC1 CNAC 10535 12.3 1 30 x 30

3036XSC1 CNAC 10553 19 1 30 x 36

3636XSC1 CNAC 10606 23 1 36 x 36

3648XSC1 CNAC 10621 26 1 36 x 48

4848XSC1 CNAC 10740 42 1 48 x 48

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

MOUNTING

(4) Ø.281

MOUNTING HOLE

GROUNDING

EMBOSS

PULL LATCH

EMBOSS

PULL RING

.88

HC1—HINGE COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 1

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA-Type1 

•UL50-Type1   

•CUL-Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseasajunctionorpullbox

•Forindoorusetoprovideprotectionagainst

contact with enclosed equipment where

dust and moisture are not a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Enclosuremadefrom16or14gaugesteel.

•Availablewithorwithoutknockouts.

For no knockouts, refer to suffix -NK in

catalog number.

•Availablewithorwithoutpaint.For

no paint, refer to suffix -NP in catalog

number. Note: Unpainted enclosures

aremadefromgalvanizedsteel.

•Formedstainlesshinges.

•Mountingholesonback.

•Provisionforgrounding,withgreen

grounding screw.

•Flushpullringforeasyopening

of door.

FINISH

•Finish:ANSI 61 gray polyester finish

inside and out unless otherwise

specified.

ACCESSORIES

•Note:UsewoodpanelsonlyforHC1

enclosures (WB series, pg. B19).

•Touch-uppaint–see

Accessories pg. B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KNOCKOUT

A SIDE B SIDE

664-HC1 HC1C 10798 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D NONE

664-HC1-NK HC1C 19930 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE NONE

664-HC1-NK-NP HC1C 21398 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE NONE

666-HC1 HC1C 10817 4.3 6 6 x 6 x 6 B-C-D NONE

666-HC1-NK HC1C 15354 4.3 6 6 x 6 x 6 NONE NONE

684-HC1 HC1C 31817 4 9 6 x 8 x 4 B-C-D F-G-H-I

684-HC1-NK HC1C 21532 4 9 6 x 8 x 4 NONE NONE

884-HC1 HC1C 10935 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 F-G-H-I NONE

884-HC1-NK HC1C 10936 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 NONE NONE

884-HC1-NP HC1C 30189 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 F-G-H-I NONE

886-HC1 HC1C 10953 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 F-G-H-I NONE

886-HC1-NK HC1C 10954 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 NONE NONE

886-HC1-NP HC1C 30190 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 F-G-H-I NONE

8124-HC1-NK HC1C 32340 7 3 8 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

10104-HC1 HC1C 10013 7.3 3 10 x 10 x 4 C-D-E-F-G NONE

10104-HC1-NK HC1C 10014 7.3 3 10 x 10 x 4 NONE NONE

10106-HC1 HC1C 10028 8 2 10 x 10 x 6 C-D-E-F-G NONE

10106-HC1-NK HC1C 10029 8 2 10 x 10 x 6 NONE NONE

10124-HC1 HC1C 10064 7.9 3 10 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G

1284-HC1 HC1C 10252 6.7 3 12 x 8 x 4 C-D-E-F-G F-G-H-I

12124-HC1 HC1C 10110 9.3 4 12 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12124-HC1-NK HC1C 10111 9.3 4 12 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

12124-HC1-NK-NP HC1C 21399 9.3 4 12 x 12 x 4 NONE NONE

12126-HC1 HC1C 10129 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G NONE

12126-HC1-NK HC1C 10130 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

12126-HC1-NK-NP HC1C 30187 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE NONE

12184-HC1 HC1C 10201 12.5 12 x 18 x 4 C-D-E-F-G A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18186-HC1 HC1C 10308 19.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I NONE

18186-HC1-NK HC1C 32006 19.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

18186-HC1-NK-NP HC1C 30188 19.5 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE NONE

18246-HC1 HC1C 10337 26 1 18 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18246-HC1-NK HC1C 32005 26 1 18 x 24 x 6 NONE NONE

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

11.25

MOUNTING

9.00

MOUNTING

APPLY INSIDE OF FRONT

10.25

12.00

DETAIL B

6.00

12.00

6.25

11.25

MOUNTING

9.00

MOUNTING

APPLY INSIDE OF FRONT

10.25

12.00

DETAIL B

6.00

12.00

6.25

11.25

MOUNTING

9.00

MOUNTING

APPLY INSIDE OF FRONT

10.25

12.00

DETAIL B

6.00

12.00

6.25

LC1—HINGED COVER PANEL ENCLOSURE—TYPE 1

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseincontrolandinstrumentation

applications.

•Forindooruseinapplicationswheremoisture

and dust are not a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Enclosureandcovermanufacturedfrom16gaugesteel.

•Thedoorisattachedtotheenclosurewithacontinuous

hinge.

•Thedoorissecuredclosedbyaquarter-turn,screwdriver-

operated flush catch.

•Panelmountingstudsareprovidedforoptionalbackpanel.

•Provisionsformountingoptionalcylinderlock.

•Mountingholesareprovidedonthebackofenclosure.

FINISH

• ANSI61graypolyesterpowdercoatingoverphosphatized

G90galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•Panelnos.listedbelow–seeoptionalSBPSeries

pg. B19 for specification information.

• Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

• Lock–seeAccessoriespg.B33.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMAType1

•UL50—Type1

•CUL-Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KNOCKOUT

A SIDE B SIDE

664-LC1 CAB1 18731 3.3 9 6 x 6 x 4 A-66SBP NONE

684-LC1 CAB1 18734 4.1 9 6 x 8 x 4 A-86SBP NONE

884-LC1 CAB1 18955 5.1 6 8 x 8 x 4 A-88SBP NONE

8104-LC1 CAB1 18733 6 5 8 x 10 x 4 A-108SBP NONE

8106-LC1 CAB1 18113 7.4 4 8 x 10 x 6 A-108SBP NONE

10104-LC1 CAB1 18732 7.1 3 10 x 10 x 4 A-1010SBP F-G-H-I

10106-LC1 CAB1 18098 8.6 2 10 x 10 x 6 A-1010SBP NONE

10124-LC1 CAB1 18099 8.1 3 10 x 12 x 4 A-1210SBP NONE

10126-LC1 CAB1 18100 9.8 2 10 x 12 x 6 A-1210SBP NONE

12124-LC1 CAB1 16261 9.3 4 12 x 12 x 4 A-1212SBP NONE

12126-LC1 CAB1 18101 11.5 3 12 x 12 x 6 A-1212SBP NONE

12166-LC1 CAB1 18106 15 2 12 x 16 x 6 A-1612SBP NONE

12206-LC1 CAB1 18107 17 2 12 x 20 x 6 A-2012SBP NONE

16166-LC1 CAB1 27625 22.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 A-1616SBP NONE

16206-LC1 CAB1 27623 24 2 16 x 20 x 6 A-2016SBP NONE

18186-LC1 CAB1 26910 25 2 18 x 18 x 6 a-1818sbp NONE

20206-LC1 CAB1 27635 26 1 20 x 20 x 6 A-2020SBP NONE

20246-LC1 CAB1 27633 30 1 20 x 24 x 6 A-2420SBP NONE

20248-LC1 CAB1 27632 32 1 20 x 24 x 8 A-2420SBP C-D-E-F-G

24246-LC1 CAB1 26313 40 1 24 x 24 x 6 A-2424SBP F-G-H-I

24248-LC1 CAB1 27631 42 1 24 x 24 x 8 A-2424SBP NONE

242412-LC1 CAB1 18956 46 1 24 x 24 x 12 A-2424SBP NONE

24306-LC1 CAB1 32296 47 1 24 x 30 x 6 A-3024SBP NONE

24366-LC1 CAB1 26564 57.4 1 24 x 36 x 6 A-3624SBP NONE

24368-LC1 CAB1 27629 62 1 24 x 36 x 8 A-3624SBP NONE

30308-LC1 CAB1 27628 63.6 1 30 x 30 x 8 A-3030SBP NONE

30366-LC1 CAB1 27627 69 1 30 x 36 x 6 A-3630SBP A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

SC3R—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 3R

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA—Type3R

•UL50—Type3R

•CULType3R(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseasajunctionbox

or pull box.

•Foroutdoorusetoprovideprotection

against rain, sleet or snow, or indoors

where dripping water is a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Enclosureandcoveraremanufacturedfrom

16, 14, or 12 gauge G90galvanizedsteel.

•Thecoverisdesignedtofitunderthe

drip shield top, held in place with a

plated steel screw.

•Availablewithorwithoutpaint—fornopaint

refer to suffix -NP in the catalog number.

•Boxesareavailablewithorwithout

concentric knockouts on the

bottom—for no knockouts refer to

suffix -NK in the catalog number.

•Mountingembossesareprovided

on the back of each enclosure.

•Sealingprovisionsonthefront

cover.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowder

coatingoverphosphatizedG90

galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•Replacementcover–seepgB10.

•Touch-uppaint–see

Accessories pg. B34.

•CylinderLock–see

Accessories pg. B33.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER 7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY W X H X D KO PATTERN

444-SC3R SC3R 10653 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 B-C

444-SC3R-NK SC3R 10654 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 NONE

444-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15484 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 NONE

464-SC3R SC3R 10706 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 B-C

464-SC3R-NK SC3R 22258 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 NONE

664-SC3R SC3R 10805 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D

664-SC3R-NK SC3R 10806 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE

664-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15495 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE

664-SC3R-NP SC3R 23225 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D

666-SC3R SC3R 10820 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 B-C

666-SC3R-NK SC3R 10821 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 NONE

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

SC3R—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 3R

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER 7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY W X H X D KO PATTERN

444-SC3R SC3R 10653 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 B-C

444-SC3R-NK SC3R 10654 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 NONE

444-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15484 2.2 6 4 x 4 x 4 NONE

464-SC3R SC3R 10706 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 B-C

464-SC3R-NK SC3R 22258 2.8 4 4 x 6 x 4 NONE

664-SC3R SC3R 10805 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D

664-SC3R-NK SC3R 10806 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE

664-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15495 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 NONE

664-SC3R-NP SC3R 23225 3.4 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-C-D

666-SC3R SC3R 10820 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 B-C

666-SC3R-NK SC3R 10821 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 NONE

666-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 16179 4.5 6 6 x 6 x 6 NONE

684-SC3R SC3R 10861 4.2 9 6 x 8 x 4 B-C-D

684-SC3R-NK SC3R 15781 4.2 9 6 x 8 x 4 NONE

684-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21089 4.2 9 6 x 8 x 4 NONE

686-SC3R SC3R 10865 5.3 6 6 x 8 x 6 B-C-D

686-SC3R-NK SC3R 15632 5.3 6 6 x 8 x 6 NONE

6124-SC3R SC3R 21446 5.5 6 6 x 12 x 4 B-C-D

884-SC3R SC3R 10941 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 F-G-H-I

884-SC3R-NK SC3R 10942 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 NONE

884-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15505 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 NONE

884-SC3R-NP SC3R 23226 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 F-G-H-I

886-SC3R SC3R 10957 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 F-G-H-I

886-SC3R-NK SC3R 10958 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 NONE

886-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 16178 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 NONE

886-SC3R-NP SC3R 23227 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 F-G-H-I

888-SC3R SC3R 19529 7.5 2 8 x 8 x 8 F-G-H-I

888-SC3R-NK SC3R 28467 7.5 2 8 x 8 x 8 NONE

8104-SC3R SC3R 10882 6 6 8 x 10 x 4 F-G-H-I

8104-SC3R-NK SC3R 10883 6 6 8 x 10 x 4 NONE

8106-SC3R SC3R 10887 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 F-G-H-I

8106-SC3R-NK SC3R 10888 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 NONE

8106-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 32341 7.5 4 8 x 10 x 6 NONE

8124-SC3R SC3R 10895 7 3 8 x 12 x 4 F-G-H-I

8124-SC3R-NK SC3R 15911 7 3 8 x 12 x 4 NONE

8126-SC3R SC3R 10900 8.5 2 8 x 12 x 6 F-G-H-I

8126-SC3R-NK SC3R 26004 8.5 2 8 x 12 x 6 NONE

10104-SC3R SC3R 10019 7.3 3 10 x 10 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

10104-SC3R-NK SC3R 10020 7.3 3 10 x 10 x 4 NONE

10104-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 18371 7.3 3 10 x 10 x 4 NONE

10104-SC3R-NP SC3R 23228 7.3 3 10 x 10 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

10106-SC3R SC3R 10032 9 2 10 x 10 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

10106-SC3R-NK SC3R 10033 9 2 10 x 10 x 6 NONE

10106-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15457 9 2 10 x 10 x 6 NONE

10124-SC3R SC3R 10067 8.3 3 10 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

10126-SC3R SC3R 10073 10 2 10 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

10126-SC3R-NK SC3R 10074 10 2 10 x 12 x 6 NONE

10126-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 32342 10 2 10 x 12 x 6 NONE

12124-SC3R SC3R 10117 9.5 4 12 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

12124-SC3R-NK SC3R 10118 9.5 4 12 x 12 x 4 NONE

12124-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15465 9.5 4 12 x 12 x 4 NONE

12124-SC3R-NP SC3R 17679 9.5 4 12 x 12 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

12126-SC3R SC3R 10137 11.5 3 12 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

12126-SC3R-NK SC3R 10138 11.5 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE

12126-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15467 11.5 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE

12126-SC3R-NP SC3R 23229 11.5 3 12 x 12 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

12128-SC3R SC3R 10156 13.7 2 12 x 12 x 8 C-D-E-F-G

12128-SC3R-NK SC3R 10157 13.7 2 12 x 12 x 8 NONE

12128-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 19306 13.7 2 12 x 12 x 8 NONE

121212-SC3R-NK SC3R 19257 17.2 1 12 x 12 x 12 NONE

121212-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 19429 17.2 1 12 x 12 x 12 NONE

12164-SC3R SC3R 10179 11.7 3 12 x 16 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

12164-SC3R-NK SC3R 22231 11.7 3 12 x 16 x 4 NONE

12166-SC3R SC3R 10185 14.5 2 12 x 16 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

12166-SC3R-NK SC3R 10186 14.5 2 12 x 16 x 6 NONE

12184-SC3R SC3R 10204 12.7 3 12 x 18 x 4 C-D-E-F-G

12184-SC3R-NK SC3R 21547 12.7 3 12 x 18 x 4 NONE

12186-SC3R SC3R 10211 15.5 2 12 x 18 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

12186-SC3R-NK SC3R 10212 15.5 2 12 x 18 x 6 NONE

12186-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21091 15.5 2 12 x 18 x 6 NONE

12188-SC3R SC3R 10219 18 1 12 x 18 x 8 C-D-E-F-G

12188-SC3R-NK SC3R 10220 18 1 12 x 18 x 8 NONE

12188-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21093 18 1 12 x 18 x 8 NONE

121810-SC3R SC3R 10200 20 1 12 x 18 x 10 C-D-E-F-G

121812-SC3R-NK SC3R 22432 22.3 1 12 x 18 x 12 NONE

12246-SC3R SC3R 10235 18.8 2 12 x 24 x 6 C-D-E-F-G

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B10

SC3R—SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 3R

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER 7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY W X H X D KO PATTERN

16164-SC3R SC3R 19380 14 3 16 x 16 x 4 B-C-D-E-F-G-H

16166-SC3R SC3R 24648 16.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 B-C-D-E-F-G-H

16166-SC3R-NK SC3R 26704 16.5 2 16 x 16 x 6 NONE

18184-SC3R SC3R 10303 18.7 3 18 x 18 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18184-SC3R-NK SC3R 18648 18.7 3 18 x 18 x 4 NONE

18184-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 19308 18.7 3 18 x 18 x 4 NONE

18186-SC3R SC3R 10312 21 2 18 x 18 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18186-SC3R-NK SC3R 10313 21 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE

18186-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 19307 21 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE

18188-SC3R SC3R 10321 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18188-SC3R-NK SC3R 10322 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 NONE

18188-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 19417 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 NONE

18188-SC3R-NP SC3R 23230 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

181810-SC3R SC3R 10296 26 1 18 x 18 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

181810-SC3R-NK SC3R 10297 26 1 18 x 18 x 10 NONE

181812-SC3R SC3R 17317 28 1 18 x 18 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

181812-SC3R-NK SC3R 32283 28 1 18 x 18 x 12 NONE

18246-SC3R SC3R 10340 30 1 18 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18246-SC3R-NK SC3R 21148 30 1 18 x 24 x 6 NONE

18246-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21092 30 1 18 x 24 x 6 NONE

18248-SC3R SC3R 10348 33 1 18 x 24 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

18248-SC3R-NK SC3R 21168 33 1 18 x 24 x 8 NONE

18248-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21094 33 1 18 x 24 x 8 NONE

182410-SC3R SC3R 10331 34 1 18 x 24 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24244-SC3R SC3R 23803 32 2 24 x 24 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24244-SC3R-NP SC3R 32343 32 2 24 x 24 x 4 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24246-SC3R SC3R 10427 34.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24246-SC3R-NK SC3R 10428 34.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 NONE

24246-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15474 34.5 1 24 x 24 x 6 NONE

24248-SC3R SC3R 10437 39 1 24 x 24 x 8 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

24248-SC3R-NK SC3R 10438 39 1 24 x 24 x 8 NONE

24248-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 19305 39 1 24 x 24 x 8 NONE

242410-SC3R SC3R 10410 43 1 24 x 24 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

242410-SC3R-NK SC3R 10411 43 1 24 x 24 x 10 NONE

242410-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21095 43 1 24 x 24 x 10 NONE

242412-SC3R SC3R 10415 44 1 24 x 24 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

242412-SC3R-NK SC3R 10416 44 1 24 x 24 x 12 NONE

242412-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15472 44 1 24 x 24 x 12 NONE

243010-SC3R SC3R 10449 50 1 24 x 30 x 10 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243010-SC3R-NK SC3R 26705 50 1 24 x 30 x 10 NONE

243012-SC3R SC3R 21511 51 1 24 x 30 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243612-SC3R SC3R 10473 70 1 24 x 36 x 12 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

243612-SC3R-NK SC3R 22433 70 1 24 x 36 x 12 NONE

30306-SC3R SC3R 10522 66 1 30 x 30 x 6 A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

30306-SC3R-NK SC3R 20249 66 1 30 x 30 x 6 NONE

30308-SC3R SC3R 23298 71 1 30 x 30 x 8 NONE

30308-SC3R-NK SC3R 30025 71 1 30 x 30 x 8 NONE

303010-SC3R SC3R 10509 62 1 30 x 30 x 10 NONE

303010-SC3R-NK SC3R 19153 62 1 30 x 30 x 10 NONE

303010-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 21098 62 1 30 x 30 x 10 NONE

303012-SC3R SC3R 23270 67 1 30 x 30 x 12 NONE

303012-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 32344 67 1 30 x 30 x 12 NONE

303612-SC3R-NK SC3R 20927 77 1 30 x 36 x 12 NONE

36368-SC3R SC3R 21637 77 1 36 x 36 x 8 NONE

363612-SC3R SC3R 10587 88.8 1 36 x 36 x 12 NONE

363612-SC3R-NK SC3R 10588 88.8 1 36 x 36 x 12 NONE

363612-SC3R-NK-NP SC3R 15476 88.8 1 36 x 36 x 12 NONE

363618-SC3R-NK SC3R 19959 107 1 36 x 36 x 18 NONE

364816-SC3R-NK SC3R 23807 126.5 1 36 x 48 x 16 NONE

COVERS

44XSC3R CNAC 10695 0.3 1 4 x 4

46XSC3R CNAC 19155 0.4 1 4 x 6

66XSC3R CNAC 10858 0.8 1 6 x 6

68XSC3R CNAC 10868 1 1 6 x 8

88XSC3R CNAC 11000 1.1 1 8 x 8

810XSC3R CNAC 15932 1.2 1 8 x 10

1010XSC3R CNAC 10063 2 1 10 x 10

1012XSC3R CNAC 15547 2.4 1 10 x 12

1212XSC3R CNAC 10176 2.8 1 12 x 12

1818XSC3R CNAC 10329 4.8 1 18 x 18

1824XSC3R CNAC 15548 8.2 1 18 x 24

2424XSC3R CNAC 20563 10.9 1 24 x 24

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B11

HC3R—HINGED COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 3R

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMAType3R

•UL50—Type3R

•CUL—Type3R(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseasajunction

box or pull box.

•Foroutdoorusetoprovideprotection

against rain, sleet, or snow, or indoors

where dripping water is a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Enclosureandcoveraremanufactured

from 16, 14, and 12 gauge G90

galvanizedsteel.

•Formedsteelhingewithpadlockable

flip latch.

•Availablewithorwithout

concentric knockouts on the

bottom—for no knockouts refer to

suffix -NK in the catalog number.

•4mountingholesaresupplied

on back of box.

•Featuresadripshieldtop

and seam-free sides, front

and back.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowder

coatingoverphosphatizedG90

galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•Touch-uppaint–see

Accessories pg. B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER 7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY W X H X D KO PATTERN

664-HC3R HC3R 10800 3.5 9 6 x 6 x 4 D-D

884-HC3R HC3R 10937 5.2 6 8 x 8 x 4 C-C

10104-HC3R HC3R 10016 7 3 10 x 10 x 4 C-C

12124-HC3R HC3R 10112 9.2 4 12 x 12 x 4 C-C-C

12126-HC3R HC3R 10132 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 C-A

12126-HC3R-NK HC3R 15839 11 3 12 x 12 x 6 NONE

12186-HC3R HC3R 10208 15.7 2 12 x 18 x 6 C-A

18188-HC3R HC3R 10318 24 1 18 x 18 x 8 C-A-C

242410-HC3R HC3R 10407 42 1 24 x 24 x 10 C-C-A-C-C

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B12

TC3R—HINGED COVER TELEPHONE CABINET / PANEL ENCLOSURE—TYPE 3R

TC3R—HINGED COVER TELEPHONE CABINET/PANEL ENCLOSURE—TYPE 3R

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseasatelephonecabinet,

panel enclosure, or junction box.

•Foroutdoorusetoprovideprotection

against rain, sleet, or snow, or indoors

where dripping water is a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Enclosureandcoveraremanufactured

from 16, 14, 12, or 11 gauge G90

galvanizedsteel.

•Thecoverismountedongalvanized

lift-off hinges with stainless steel

hinge pins. Cover is fastened

with a padlockable draw latch.

•Panelmountingstudsprovidedfor

optional back panel.

•Embossedmountingholesonback.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA—Type3R

•UL50—Type3R

•CUL—Type3R(EquivalenttoCSA)

•Knockoutsprovidedonthebottom

of the 12126-TC3Randsmallersizes.

•Dripshieldtopandseam-free

sides, front and back.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowder

coatingoverphosphatizedG90

galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•Panel–seeoptionalPSeries

pg. B18.

•Touch-uppaint—see

Accessories pg. B34.

•T-HandleLock—see

Accessories pg. B33.

• Externalmounting-footkit—see

Accessories pg. B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D KO

PATTERN

PANEL

CATALOG NO.

664-TC3R TC3R 18756 3.3 9 6 x 6 x 4 B-A-B A-6P6R

684-TC3R TC3R 18757 5.8 9 6 x 8 x 4 B-A-B A-8P6R

886-TC3R TC3R 18758 7.5 4 8 x 8 x 6 B-A-B-A A-8P8R

8106-TC3R TC3R 18759 8.8 4 8 x 10 x 6 B-A-B-A A-10P8R

10126-TC3R TC3R 18761 12.3 3 10 x 12 x 6 B-A-B-A-B A-12P10R

12126-TC3R TC3R 10143 14 3 12 x 12 x 6 B-A-B-A-B A-12P12R

12166-TC3R TC3R 15549 16 2 12 x 16 x 6 NONE A-16P12

12186-TC3R TC3R 10215 17 2 12 x 18 x 6 NONE A-18P12

16166-TC3R TC3R 22600 18 2 16 x 16 x 6 NONE A-16P16

16206-TC3R TC3R 22601 25 1 16 x 20 x 6 NONE A-20P16

18186-TC3R TC3R 10316 23 2 18 x 18 x 6 NONE A-18P18

18246-TC3R TC3R 10344 28 2 18 x 24 x 6 NONE A-24P18

20208-TC3R TC3R 22602 29.5 1 20 x 20 x 8 NONE A-20P20

20248-TC3R TC3R 22603 34 1 20 x 24 x 8 NONE A-24P20

24248-TC3R TC3R 22604 39.2 1 24 x 24 x 8 NONE A-24P24

242410-TC3R TC3R 22508 43.1 1 24 x 24 x 10 NONE A-24P24

24306-TC3R TC3R 10459 42.6 1 24 x 30 x 6 NONE A-30P24

24366-TC3R TC3R 10484 53 1 24 x 36 x 6 NONE A-36P24

303012-TC3R TC3R 22606 84 1 30 x 30 x 12 NONE A-30P30

303612-TC3R TC3R 23124 118 1 30 x 36 x 12 NONE A-36P30

363010-TC3R TC3R 27606 110 1 36 x 30 x 10 NONE A-36P30

36366-TC3R TC3R 15478 90 1 36 x 36 x 6 NONE A-36P36

363612-TC3R TC3R 22608 112 1 36 x 36 x 12 NONE A-36P36

363616-TC3R TC3R 27605 127 1 36 x 36 x 16 NONE A-36P36

364812-TC3R TC3R 24504 156 1 36 x 48 x 12 NONE A-48P36

364816-TC3R TC3R 22611 170 1 36 x 48 x 16 NONE A-48P36

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B13

CT3R—CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINET / PANEL ENCLOSURE—TYPE 3R

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseasacurrenttransformercabinetorpanelenclosure.

•Foroutdoorusetoprovideprotectionagainstrain,sleet,

and snow, or indoor use to protect against dripping water.

CONSTRUCTION

•Enclosureandcovermanufacturedfrom16or14

gauge G90galvanizedsteel.

•Thedoorsareoverlappingwithnocenterpost.

•Thecoverismountedongalvanizedlift-offhinges

with stainless steel hinge pins. Cover is fastened

with a padlockable draw latch.

•Threepointpad-lockablehandle.

•Panelmountingstudsprovidedforoptionalbackpanels.

•Dripshieldtopandseam-freesides,frontandback.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowdercoatingover

phosphatizedG90galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•Panel–seeoptionalPSeriespg.B18.

•Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA—Type3R

•UL50—Type3R

•CUL—Type3R(EquivalenttoCSA)

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER 7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON

QUANTITY W X H X D PANEL CATALOG NO.

363010-CT3R CN3R 18823 99 1 36 x 30 x 10 A-36P30

363016-CT3R CN3R 16181 121.5 1 36 x 30 x 16 A-36P30

363610-CT3R CN3R 17368 113 1 36 x 36 x 10 A-36P36

363612-CT3R CN3R 16185 118 1 36 x 36 x 12 A-36P36

363616-CT3R CN3R 18819 139 1 36 x 36 x 16 A-36P36

483616-CT3R CN3R 25707 163 1 48 x 36 x 16 A-48P36

484812-CT3R CN3R 16184 210 1 48 x 48 x 12 A-48P48

606013-CT3R* CN3R 18252 274 1 60 x 60 x 13 A-60P60

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

* Lift-Off Hinge except on 606013

which has continuous hinge

B14

WSC—GASKETED SCREW COVER JUNCTION BOXES—TYPE 3, 4, 12, & 13

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA—Type4,Type12,Type13,Type3

•UL508—Type4,Type12,Type13,Type3

•CUL—Type4,Type12,Type13(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedforuseasajunctionboxorpullbox.

•Forindoororoutdoorusetoprovideprotection

against dust and moisture.

CONSTRUCTION

•Bodiesaremadefrom14gaugeG90galvanizedsteel.

•Coversaremadefrom12or10gaugeG90galvanizedsteel.

•Seamweldedconstructionwithnoholesorknockouts.

•Captivatedstainlesssteelscrewsthreadintosealedwells.

•Seamlessgasketassureswater-tightanddust-tightseal.

•Groundingstudoninsidebackofbox.

FINISH

•Body—ANSI61graypolyesterpowdercoating

overphosphatizedG90galvanizedsteel.

•Cover—UnpaintedG90galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

• Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY W X H X D

664-WSC CNSP 10810 3.2 9 6 x 6 x 4

666-WSC CNSP 10822 4.2 6 6 x 6 x 6

684-WSC CNSP 10862 3.8 9 6 x 8 x 4

884-WSC CNSP 10946 4.8 6 8 x 8 x 4

886-WSC CNSP 10959 6.5 4 8 x 8 x 6

888-WSC CNSP 10973 7.8 2 8 x 8 x 8

10104-WSC CNSP 10023 6.7 3 10 x 10 x 4

10106-WSC CNSP 10036 8 2 10 x 10 x 6

12124-WSC CNSP 10124 8.8 4 12 x 12 x 4

12126-WSC CNSP 10144 10.5 3 12 x 12 x 6

12128-WSC CNSP 10158 11.3 2 12 x 12 x 8

16166-WSC CNSP 23749 15.1 1 16 x 16 x 6

18186-WSC CNSP 10317 18.2 2 18 x 18 x 6

24246-WSC CNSP 10433 30 1 24 x 24 x 6

24248-WSC CNSP 10440 52 1 24 x 24 x 8

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B15

TFLC—TELEPHONE CABINET COVERS—FLUSH MOUNT —TYPE 1

APPLICATION–TFLC

•DesignedforusewiththeSC1seriesenclosuresforflush

mount telephone cabinet applications.

•Forindoorusetoprovideprotectionagainstcontact

with enclosed equipment where moisture and dust are

not a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Coversaremanufacturedfrom16,14,and12G90

gauge steel.

•Thecontinuoushingeismadeofstainlesssteel

with a stainless steel hinge pin.

•Tumblerlockfeaturesslam-latchingactiononsingle

door (24 wide or less.) Key is removable in unlocked

position.Caseiszinc-platedsteel;liftleverissteel

with a dull chrome finish.

•Doubledoor(30andwider)usesoverlappingdoors

with 3 point latching mechanism.

ORDERING INFORMATION

•Toorderacompletetelephonecabinet,picktheSC1

enclosureoftheappropriatesizeandmatchitwiththe

corresponding cover (height and width must match).

FINISH

• ANSI61graypolyesterpowdercoatingover

phosphatizedG90galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•PlywoodPanel–furnishedbycontractor.

•Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMAType1

•UL50—Type1

•CULType1(EquivalenttoCSA)

(Photo shows SC1 box with TFLC attached)

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) ENCLOSURE SIZE

812TFLC CNAC 10905 3.7 8 x 12

1010TFLC CNAC 10059 3.8 10 x 10

1012TFLC CNAC 10078 4 10 x 12

1212TFLC CNAC 10172 4.9 12 x 12

1218TFLC CNAC 10222 6.9 12 x 18

1224TFLC CNAC 10241 9 12 x 24

1818TFLC CNAC 10325 10.5 18 x 18

1824TFLC CNAC 10350 13.7 18 x 24

2424TFLC CNAC 10442 17.8 24 x 24

2430TFLC CNAC 10464 21.9 24 x 30

2436TFLC CNAC 10489 26 24 x 36

2448TFLC CNAC 10501 34 24 x 48

3030TFLC CNAC 10531 27 30 x 30

3036TFLC CNAC 10549 32 30 x 36

3636TFLC CNAC 10603 38 36 x 36

3648TFLC CNAC 10618 51 36 x 48

4848TFLC CNAC 10737 95 48 x 48

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B16

APPLICATION–TSC

•DesignedforusewiththeSC1seriesenclosuresfor

surface mount telephone cabinet applications.

•Forindoorusetoprovideprotectionagainstcontact

with enclosed equipment where moisture and dust

are not a problem.

CONSTRUCTION

•Coversaremanufacturedfrom16,14,and12G90

gauge steel.

•Thecontinuoushingeismadeofstainlesssteel

with a stainless steel hinge pin.

•Tumblerlockwithself-latchingboltonsingledoor

(24 wide or less). Key is removable in unlocked

position.

•Overlappingdoubledoor(30andwider)uses

3 point latching mechanism.

ORDERING INFORMATION

•Toorderacompletetelephonecabinet,pick

theSC1enclosureoftheappropriatesizeand

match it with the corresponding cover (height

and width must match).

FINISH

• ANSI61graypolyesterpowdercoatingover

phosphatizedG90galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

•PlywoodPanel–furnishedbycontractor.

•Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMAType1

•UL50—Type1

•CUL-Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

TSC—TELEPHONE CABINET COVERS—TYPE 1—SURFACE MOUNT

(Photo shows SC1 box with TSC attached)

TSC—TELEPHONE CABINET COVERS—TYPE 1—SURFACE MOUNT

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) ENCLOSURE SIZE

88TSC CNAC 10997 1.7 8 x 8

812TSC CNAC 10906 2.5 8 x 12

1010TSC CNAC 10060 2.6 10 x 10

1012TSC CNAC 10079 3.5 10 x 12

1212TSC CNAC 10173 3.8 12 x 12

1218TSC CNAC 10223 5.6 12 x 18

1224TSC CNAC 10242 7.6 12 x 24

1818TSC CNAC 10326 8.5 18 x 18

1824TSC CNAC 10351 11.4 18 x 24

2424TSC CNAC 10443 15.2 24 x 24

2430TSC CNAC 10465 19 24 x 30

2436TSC CNAC 10490 23 24 x 36

2448TSC CNAC 10502 33 24 x 48

3030TSC CNAC 10532 24 30 x 30

3036TSC CNAC 10550 28 30 x 36

3636TSC CNAC 10604 38 36 x 36

3648TSC CNAC 10619 50 36 x 48

4848TSC CNAC 10738 88 48 x 48

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B17

FLC–BLANK COVERS

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMAType1

•UL50—Type1

•CULType1(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION–FLC

•DesignedforuseonascrewcoverType1(SC1)

enclosures to add a flush edge.

•ForIndoorusetoprovideprotectionagainst

contact with enclosed equipment where moisture

and dust are not a problem.

•Coverprovidesa3/4flangeoneachsideofenclosure.

CONSTRUCTION

•Coversaremanufacturedfrom16,14,or12

gauge G90galvanizedsteel.

• Covershaveteardropslotsforeasyinstallationandare

attached to the body with plated steel screws.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowdercoatingover

phosphatizedG90galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

• Touch-uppaint—seeAccessoriespg.B34.

FLC Cover

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) ENCLOSURE SIZE

44FLC CNAC 10673 0.3 4 x 4

66FLC CNAC 10836 0.6 6 x 6

88FLC CNAC 10976 1.3 8 x 8

612FLC CNAC 10766 1.2 6 x 12

810FLC CNAC 10889 1.8 8 x 10

1010FLC CNAC 10046 2 10 x 10

1012FLC CNAC 10077 2.5 10 x 12

1212FLC CNAC 10159 2.7 12 x 12

1216FLC CNAC 10192 3.5 12 x 16

1218FLC CNAC 10221 3.9 12 x 18

1224FLC CNAC 10240 5.1 12 x 24

1616FLC CNAC 10287 4.6 16 x 16

1818FLC CNAC 10324 5.7 18 x 18

1824FLC CNAC 10349 9.4 18 x 24

2424FLC CNAC 10441 14.4 24 x 24

2430FLC CNAC 10463 16.2 24 x 30

2436FLC CNAC 10488 19.4 24 x 36

3030FLC CNAC 10530 20.2 30 x 30

3036FLC CNAC 10548 22 30 x 36

3636FLC CNAC 10602 23 36 x 36

3648FLC CNAC 10617 26 36 x 48

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B18

P SERIES STEEL BACK PANELS – P SERIES WOOD BACK PANELS

APPLICATION

•Foruseinelectricalenclosuresformountingelectronic 

controls and equipment.

CONSTRUCTION

•Steelpanelsare10or12G90 gauge steel.

• Woodpanelsaremadefrom3/4-inch7-plyplywood.

•Panelmountinghardwareisfurnishedwithall

enclosures that accept these panels.

FINISH

•PaintedWhite(Steel)

• Unpainted(Wood)

ACCESSORIES

• Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY H X W

STEEL

A-6P6R IIAC 23988 0.3 1 6 x 6

A-8P6R IIAC 23989 0.4 1 8 x 6

A-8P8R IIAC 23990 0.53 1 8 x 8

A-10P8R IIAC 23712 0.66 1 10 x 8

A-12P10R IIAC 23391 2 1 12 x 10

A-12P12R IIAC 23922 2.5 1 12 x 12

A-16P12 IIAC 17583 2.9 1 16 x 12

A-16P16 IIAC 17215 3.7 1 16 x 16

A-18P12 IIAC 22543 3.6 1 18 x 12

A-18P18 IIAC 18980 4.9 1 18 x 18

A-20P16 IIAC 22547 7 1 20 x 16

A-20P20 IIAC 18284 8.75 1 20 x 20

A-24P18 IIAC 18988 10 1 24 x 18

A-24P20 IIAC 22550 11.3 1 24 x 20

A-24P24 IIAC 17946 13.9 1 24 x 24

A-30P24 IIAC 16474 16 1 30 x 24

A-30P30 IIAC 18312 24 1 30 x 30

A-36P24 IIAC 18280 22 1 36 x 24

A-36P30 IIAC 18297 30 1 36 x 30

A-36P36 IIAC 18299 34 1 36 x 36

A-48P48 IIAC 17746 58 1 48 x 48

A-60P60 IIAC 18115 134 1 60 x 60

WOOD

A-12P12W CNAI 18873 2.1 1 12 x 12

A-16P12W CNAI 18707 2.5 1 16 x 12

A-16P16W CNAI 18717 3.4 1 16 x 16

A-18P18W CNAI 18878 4.5 1 18 x 18

A-18P24W CNAI 18877 5.1 1 18 x 24

A-20P20W CNAI 18710 8.6 1 20 x 20

A-20P24W CNAI 18711 10.5 1 20 x 24

A-24P24W CNAI 18713 12.5 1 24 x 24

A-30P24W CNAI 18716 15 1 30 x 24

A-30P30W CNAI 18718 21 1 30 x 30

A-36P24W CNAI 18289 20 1 36 x 24

A-36P30W CNAI 18290 24 1 36 x 30

A-36P36W CNAI 18721 29 1 36 x 36

A-48P36W CNAI 18719 44 1 48 x 36

A-48P48W CNAI 18720 56 1 48 x 48

A-60P60W CNAI 21952 88 1 60 x 60

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B19

SBP SERIES STEEL BACK PANELS – WB SERIES WOOD BACK PANELS

APPLICATION

•Foruseinelectricalenclosuresformounting

electronic controls and equipment.

CONSTRUCTION

•Steelpanelsare16or12G90 gauge steel

and have a white finish.

• Woodbackpanelsaremadefrom

3/4-inch 7-ply plywood.

•Panelmountinghardwareisfurnished

with all enclosures that accept these panels.

FINISH

•PaintedWhite(Steel)

• Unpainted(Wood)

ACCESSORIES

• Touch-uppaint–seepg.B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY H X W

STEEL

A-66SBP IIAC 17412 0.25 1 6 x 6

A-86SBP IIAC 17411 0.44 1 8 x 6

A-88SBP IIAC 17410 0.58 1 8 x 8

A-108SBP IIAC 17223 1.3 1 10 x 8

A-1010SBP IIAC 17409 1.6 1 10 x 10

A-1210SBP IIAC 17408 2 1 12 x 10

A-1212SBP IIAC 17107 2.5 1 12 x 12

A-1612SBP IIAC 18959 2.9 1 16 x 12

A-1616SBP IIAC 18961 3.7 1 16 x 16

A-1818SBP IIAC 17210 4.9 1 18 x 18

A-2012SBP IIAC 18960 3.5 1 20 x 12

A-2016SBP IIAC 19381 4.1 1 20 x 16

A-2020SBP IIAC 29002 9.8 1 20 x 20

A-2420SBP IIAC 17405 16.1 1 24 x 20

A-2424SBP IIAC 18912 16.5 1 24 x 24

A-3024SBP IIAC 18914 18 1 30 x 24

A-3030SBP IIAC 32002 20 1 30 x 30

A-3624SBP IIAC 18913 22 1 36 x 24

A-3630SBP IIAC 28868 24 1 36 x 30

WOOD

88WB CNAC 10998 0.5 1 8 x 8

812WB CNAC 10907 0.75 1 8 x 12

1010WB CNAC 10061 0.8 1 10 x 10

1012WB CNAC 10080 1 1 10 x 12

1212WB CNAC 10174 1.5 1 12 x 12

1218WB CNAC 10224 2 1 12 x 18

1224WB CNAC 10243 2.8 1 12 x 24

1818WB CNAC 10327 3.5 1 18 x 18

1824WB CNAC 10352 4 1 18 x 24

2424WB CNAC 10444 6.8 1 24 x 24

2430WB CNAC 10466 8.5 1 24 x 30

2436WB CNAC 10491 10.3 1 24 x 36

2448WB CNAC 10503 14 1 24 x 48

3036WB CNAC 10551 13.3 1 30 x 36

3636WB CNAC 10605 16 1 36 x 36

3648WB CNAC 10620 21.5 1 36 x 48

4848WB CNAC 10739 29.3 1 48 x 48

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B20

GSC1 LAY-IN WIREWAYS TYPE 1

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA-Type1

•UL870-Type1

•CUL-Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedtoallowlonginterruptedrunsofelectricalwiringin

applications where moisture and dust are not a problem.

•Allstraightsectionsandfittingsarecompletelyopenonone

side so wires can be laid-in to the wireway.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowderpaintcoating.

ACCESSORIES

•ReplacementCovers–seepg.B22.

•Touch-Uppaint–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

•BarrierKit–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

CONSTRUCTION

•Wirewayandcoverare

manufactured from code

G90 gauge steel.

•Availablewithorwithout

knockouts. For no

knockouts, refer to suffix

-NK in catalog number.

•Availablewithorwithout

paint. For no paint, refer

to suffix -NP in catalog

number. Note: Unpainted

enclosures are made from

G90galvanizedsteel.

•Coversincorporateteardrop

slots for easy installation

and are attached with

plated steel screws.

•Availableinsevenstandard

sizes,2.5x2.5,4x4,4x6,

6x6, 8x8, 10x10, and

12x12.

•Widerangeoffittingsallows

for change of direction,

junctions, terminations as

well

as transition from

competitors products.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY H X D X L KO CLUSTERS

PER SIDE

NUMBER OF

CLUSTERS

2212-GSC1 GSC1 26598 2.5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 Series 1 1

2212-GSC1-NK GSC1 26573 2.5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 NONE NONE

2212-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 26599 2.5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 NONE NONE

2218-GSC1 GSC1 26600 3.6 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 Series 1 1

2218-GSC1-NK GSC1 26601 3.6 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 NONE NONE

2218-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 26602 3.6 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 NONE NONE

2218-GSC1-NP GSC1 26621 3.6 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 Series 1 1

2224-GSC1 GSC1 26574 5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 Series 1 2

2224-GSC1-NK GSC1 26603 5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 NONE NONE

2224-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 26604 5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 NONE NONE

2236-GSC1 GSC1 26605 7 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 36 Series 1 3

2236-GSC1-NK GSC1 26606 7 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 36 NONE NONE

2248-GSC1 GSC1 26608 10 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 48 Series 1 4

2248-GSC1-NK GSC1 26609 10 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 48 NONE NONE

2260-GSC1 GSC1 26611 12 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 60 Series 1 5

2260-GSC1-NK GSC1 26612 12 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 60 NONE NONE

2272-GSC1 GSC1 26614 14 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 72 Series 1 6

2272-GSC1-NK GSC1 26615 14 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 72 NONE NONE

2272-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 26616 14 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 72 NONE NONE

2296-GSC1-NK GSC1 26782 19 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 96 NONE NONE

22120-GSC1 GSC1 26617 25 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 120 Series 1 10

22120-GSC1-NK GSC1 26618 25 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 120 NONE NONE

22120-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 26619 25 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 120 NONE NONE

4412-GSC1 GSC1 10627 3.8 4 4 x 4 x 12 Series 3 1

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B21

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

GSC1 LAY-IN WIREWAYS TYPE 1

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY H X D X L KO CLUSTERS

PER SIDE

NUMBER OF

CLUSTERS

4412-GSC1-NK GSC1 10628 3.8 4 4 x 4 x 12 NONE NONE

4412-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15479 3.8 4 4 x 4 x 12 NONE NONE

4418-GSC1 GSC1 10635 5.5 4 4 x 4 x 18 Series 2 1

4418-GSC1-NK GSC1 10636 5.5 4 4 x 4 x 18 NONE NONE

4418-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 21069 5.5 4 4 x 4 x 18 NONE NONE

4424-GSC1 GSC1 10640 7 4 4 x 4 x 24 Series 2 1

4424-GSC1-NK GSC1 10641 7 4 4 x 4 x 24 NONE NONE

4424-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15481 7 4 4 x 4 x 24 NONE NONE

4436-GSC1 GSC1 10646 7.8 4 4 x 4 x 36 Series 3 3

4436-GSC1-NK GSC1 10647 7.8 4 4 x 4 x 36 NONE NONE

4436-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15482 7.8 4 4 x 4 x 36 NONE NONE

4448-GSC1 GSC1 10658 14 4 4 x 4 x 48 Series 2 2

4448-GSC1-NK GSC1 10659 14 4 4 x 4 x 48 NONE NONE

4448-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15485 14 4 4 x 4 x 48 NONE NONE

4460-GSC1 GSC1 10664 17.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 Series 3 5

4460-GSC1-NK GSC1 10665 17.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 NONE NONE

4460-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15486 17.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 NONE NONE

4472-GSC1 GSC1 10669 20.8 4 4 x 4 x 72 Series 2 3

4472-GSC1-NK GSC1 10670 20.8 4 4 x 4 x 72 NONE NONE

4472-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15487 20.8 4 4 x 4 x 72 NONE NONE

4496-GSC1 GSC1 26542 27.5 2 4 x 4 x 96 Series 2 4

4496-GSC1-NK GSC1 28677 27.5 2 4 x 4 x 96 NONE NONE

44120-GSC1 GSC1 10633 35 2 4 x 4 x 120 Series 2 6

44120-GSC1-NK GSC1 10634 35 2 4 x 4 x 120 NONE NONE

44120-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15480 35 2 4 x 4 x 120 NONE NONE

6612-GSC1 GSC1 10772 5 2 6 x 6 x 12 Series 3 1

6612-GSC1-NK GSC1 10773 5 2 6 x 6 x 12 NONE NONE

6612-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15491 5 2 6 x 6 x 12 NONE NONE

6618-GSC1 GSC1 10780 8 2 6 x 6 x 18 Series 2 1

6618-GSC1-NK GSC1 10781 8 2 6 x 6 x 18 NONE NONE

6618-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 21070 8 2 6 x 6 x 18 NONE NONE

6624-GSC1 GSC1 10786 10.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 Series 2 1

6624-GSC1-NK GSC1 10787 10.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 NONE NONE

6624-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15493 10.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 NONE NONE

6636-GSC1 GSC1 10794 16.5 2 6 x 6 x 36 Series 3 3

6636-GSC1-NK GSC1 10795 16.5 2 6 x 6 x 36 NONE NONE

6636-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15494 16.5 2 6 x 6 x 36 NONE NONE

6648-GSC1 GSC1 10813 21 2 6 x 6 x 48 Series 2 2

6648-GSC1-NK GSC1 10814 21 2 6 x 6 x 48 NONE NONE

6648-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15496 21 2 6 x 6 x 48 NONE NONE

6660-GSC1 GSC1 10824 25.5 2 6 x 6 x 60 Series 3 5

6660-GSC1-NK GSC1 10825 25.5 2 6 x 6 x 60 NONE NONE

6660-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15497 25.5 2 6 x 6 x 60 NONE NONE

6672-GSC1 GSC1 10828 30.5 2 6 x 6 x 72 Series 2 3

6672-GSC1-NK GSC1 10829 30.5 2 6 x 6 x 72 NONE NONE

6672-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15498 30.5 2 6 x 6 x 72 NONE NONE

6696-GSC1 GSC1 27610 40.2 1 6 x 6 x 96 Series 2 4

6696-GSC1-NK GSC1 31180 40.2 1 6 x 6 x 96 NONE NONE

6696-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 31181 40.2 1 6 x 6 x 96 NONE NONE

6696-GSC1-NP GSC1 32345 40.2 1 6 x 6 x 96 Series 2 4

66120-GSC1 GSC1 10778 55 1 6 x 6 x 120 Series 2 6

66120-GSC1-NK GSC1 10779 55 1 6 x 6 x 120 NONE NONE

66120-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15492 55 1 6 x 6 x 120 NONE NONE

66120-GSC1-NP GSC1 32346 55 1 6 x 6 x 120 Series 2 6

8812-GSC1 GSC1 10916 8 1 8 x 8 x 12 Series 3 1

8812-GSC1-NK GSC1 10917 8 1 8 x 8 x 12 NONE NONE

8812-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15501 8 1 8 x 8 x 12 NONE NONE

8818-GSC1 GSC1 10922 18 1 8 x 8 x 18 Series 2 1

8818-GSC1-NK GSC1 19154 18 1 8 x 8 x 18 NONE NONE

8824-GSC1 GSC1 10925 13 1 8 x 8 x 24 Series 2 1

8824-GSC1-NK GSC1 10926 13 1 8 x 8 x 24 NONE NONE

8824-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15503 13 1 8 x 8 x 24 NONE NONE

8836-GSC1 GSC1 10931 20 1 8 x 8 x 36 Series 3 3

8836-GSC1-NK GSC1 10932 20 1 8 x 8 x 36 NONE NONE

8836-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15504 20 1 8 x 8 x 36 NONE NONE

8848-GSC1 GSC1 10949 33 1 8 x 8 x 48 Series 2 2

8848-GSC1-NK GSC1 10950 33 1 8 x 8 x 48 NONE NONE

8848-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15506 33 1 8 x 8 x 48 NONE NONE

8860-GSC1 GSC1 10963 35 1 8 x 8 x 60 Series 3 5

8860-GSC1-NK GSC1 10964 35 1 8 x 8 x 60 NONE NONE

8860-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15507 35 1 8 x 8 x 60 NONE NONE

8872-GSC1 GSC1 10967 40 1 8 x 8 x 72 Series 2 3

8872-GSC1-NK GSC1 10968 40 1 8 x 8 x 72 NONE NONE

8872-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15508 40 1 8 x 8 x 72 NONE NONE

8896-GSC1 GSC1 21348 53.3 1 8 x 8 x 96 Series 2 4

8896-GSC1-NK GSC1 21347 53.3 1 8 x 8 x 96 NONE NONE

8896-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 21346 53.3 1 8 x 8 x 96 NONE NONE

88120-GSC1 GSC1 10920 83.6 1 8 x 8 x 120 Series 2 6

88120-GSC1-NK GSC1 10921 83.6 1 8 x 8 x 120 NONE NONE

88120-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15502 83.6 1 8 x 8 x 120 NONE NONE

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B22

GSC1 LAY-IN WIREWAYS TYPE 1

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY H X D X L KO CLUSTERS

PER SIDE

NUMBER OF

CLUSTERS

101012-GSC1 GSC1 10004 9 1 10 x 10 x 12 Series 3 1

101012-GSC1-NK GSC1 15704 9 1 10 x 10 x 12 NONE NONE

101012-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 19317 9 1 10 x 10 x 12 NONE NONE

101024-GSC1 GSC1 10006 17 1 10 x 10 x 24 Series 2 1

101024-GSC1-NK GSC1 10007 17 1 10 x 10 x 24 NONE NONE

101024-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 19316 17 1 10 x 10 x 24 NONE NONE

101036-GSC1 GSC1 10009 25 1 10 x 10 x 36 Series 3 3

101036-GSC1-NK GSC1 10010 25 1 10 x 10 x 36 NONE NONE

101036-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15454 25 1 10 x 10 x 36 NONE NONE

101048-GSC1 GSC1 10024 34 1 10 x 10 x 48 Series 2 2

101048-GSC1-NK GSC1 10025 34 1 10 x 10 x 48 NONE NONE

101048-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15455 34 1 10 x 10 x 48 NONE NONE

101060-GSC1 GSC1 10037 42 1 10 x 10 x 60 Series 3 5

101060-GSC1-NK GSC1 10038 42 1 10 x 10 x 60 NONE NONE

101060-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15458 42 1 10 x 10 x 60 NONE NONE

101072-GSC1 GSC1 10041 50 1 10 x 10 x 72 Series 2 3

101072-GSC1-NK GSC1 10042 50 1 10 x 10 x 72 NONE NONE

101072-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15459 50 1 10 x 10 x 72 NONE NONE

101096-GSC1 GSC1 24664 71 1 10 x 10 x 96 Series 2 4

101096-GSC1-NK GSC1 26911 71 1 10 x 10 x 96 NONE NONE

101096-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 24600 71 1 10 x 10 x 96 NONE NONE

1010120-GSC1 GSC1 19100 80 1 10 x 10 x 120 Series 2 6

1010120-GSC1-NK GSC1 24933 80 1 10 x 10 x 120 NONE NONE

1010120-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 32347 80 1 10 x 10 x 120 NONE NONE

121212-GSC1 GSC1 10100 10 1 12 x 12 x 12 Series 3 1

121212-GSC1-NK GSC1 10101 10 1 12 x 12 x 12 NONE NONE

121212-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15462 10 1 12 x 12 x 12 NONE NONE

121224-GSC1 GSC1 10102 25 1 12 x 12 x 24 Series 2 1

121224-GSC1-NK GSC1 10103 25 1 12 x 12 x 24 NONE NONE

121224-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15463 25 1 12 x 12 x 24 NONE NONE

121236-GSC1 GSC1 10106 37 1 12 x 12 x 36 Series 3 3

121236-GSC1-NK GSC1 10107 37 1 12 x 12 x 36 NONE NONE

121236-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15464 37 1 12 x 12 x 36 NONE NONE

121248-GSC1 GSC1 10125 48 1 12 x 12 x 48 Series 2 2

121248-GSC1-NK GSC1 10126 48 1 12 x 12 x 48 NONE NONE

121248-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15466 48 1 12 x 12 x 48 NONE NONE

121260-GSC1 GSC1 10145 50 1 12 x 12 x 60 Series 3 5

121260-GSC1-NK GSC1 10146 50 1 12 x 12 x 60 NONE NONE

121260-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 15468 50 1 12 x 12 x 60 NONE NONE

121272-GSC1 GSC1 10149 71 1 12 x 12 x 72 Series 2 3

121272-GSC1-NK GSC1 10150 71 1 12 x 12 x 72 NONE NONE

121272-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 20932 71 1 12 x 12 x 72 NONE NONE

121296-GSC1 GSC1 24665 99 1 12 x 12 x 96 Series 2 4

121296-GSC1-NK GSC1 27284 99 1 12 x 12 x 96 NONE NONE

121296-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 24658 99 1 12 x 12 x 96 NONE NONE

1212120-GSC1 GSC1 24705 120 1 12 x 12 x 120 Series 2 6

1212120-GSC1-NK GSC1 24706 120 1 12 x 12 x 120 NONE NONE

1212120-GSC1-NK-NP GSC1 24707 120 1 12 x 12 x 120 NONE NONE

1212120-GSC1-NP GSC1 24708 120 1 12 x 12 x 120 Series 2 6

COVERS

4X12GSC1 CNAC 10742 0.75 1 4 x 12

4X18GSC1 CNAC 10743 1.1 1 4 x 18

4X24GSC1 CNAC 10744 1.4 1 4 x 24

4X36GSC1 CNAC 10745 2 1 4 x 36

4X48GSC1 CNAC 10746 2.6 1 4 x 48

4X60GSC1 CNAC 10747 3.2 1 4 x 60

4X72GSC1 CNAC 10748 3.8 1 4 x 72

6X12GSC1 CNAC 10869 1 1 6 x 12

6X18GSC1 CNAC 15356 1.5 1 6 x 18

6X24GSC1 CNAC 10870 2 1 6 x 24

6X36GSC1 CNAC 10871 3 1 6 x 36

6X48GSC1 CNAC 10873 4 1 6 x 48

6X60GSC1 CNAC 10874 5 1 6 x 60

6X72GSC1 CNAC 10875 6 1 6 x 72

8X12GSC1 CNAC 11002 1.3 1 8 x 12

8X18GSC1 CNAC 17266 1.9 1 8 x 18

8X24GSC1 CNAC 11003 2.5 1 8 x 24

8X36GSC1 CNAC 11004 3.7 1 8 x 36

8X48GSC1 CNAC 11005 5 1 8 x 48

8X60GSC1 CNAC 11006 6.2 1 8 x 60

8X72GSC1 CNAC 20901 7.4 1 8 x 72

10X12GSC1 CNAC 19597 1.5 1 10 x 12

10X24GSC1 CNAC 10087 3 1 10 x 24

10X36GSC1 CNAC 10088 4.5 1 10 x 36

10X48GSC1 CNAC 10089 6 1 10 x 48

10X60GSC1 CNAC 10090 7.5 1 10 x 60

12X24GSC1 CNAC 10253 3.6 1 12 x 24

12X36GSC1 CNAC 10254 5.4 1 12 x 36

12X48GSC1 CNAC 10255 7.2 1 12 x 48

12X60GSC1 CNAC 10256 9 1 12 x 60

12X72GSC1 CNAC 10257 10.8 1 12 x 72

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this

equipment may vary. Always

consult the serving utility

for their requirements before

ordering or installing equipment

in this catalog.

B23

GHC1 LAY-IN WIREWAYS TYPE 1

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA-Type1

•UL870-Type1

•CUL-Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedtoallowlonginterruptedrunsofelectricalwiring

in applications where moisture and dust are not a problem.

•Allstraightsectionsandfittingsarecompletelyopen

on one side so wires can be laid-in to the wireway.

CONSTRUCTION

•Wirewayandcoveraremanufacturedfromcode

gauge steel.

• Availablewithorwithoutknockouts.Forno

knockouts, refer to suffix -NK in catalog number.

• Availablewithorwithoutpaint.Fornopaint,refer

to suffix -NP in catalog number. Note: Unpainted

enclosures are made from G90galvanizedsteel.

•Coversincorporateteardropslotsforeasyinstallation

and are attached with plated steel screws.

•Availableinsevenstandardsizes,2.5x2.5,4x4,

4x6, 6x6, 8x8, 10x10, and 12x12.

•Widerangeoffittingsallowsforchangeofdirection,

junctions, terminations as well as transition from

competitors products.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowderpaintcoating.

ACCESSORIES

• Touch-uppaint–seeAccessoriesB34.

• BarrierKit–seeAccessoriespg.B34.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY H X D X L KO CLUSTERS

PER SIDE

NUMBER OF

CLUSTERS

2212-GHC1 GHC1 26572 2.5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 Series 1 1

2212-GHC1-NK GHC1 26576 2.5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 NONE NONE

2212-GHC1-NK-NP GHC1 26587 2.5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 NONE NONE

2218-GHC1 GHC1 26801 3.6 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 Series 1 1

2218-GHC1-NK-NP GHC1 26810 3.6 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 NONE NONE

2224-GHC1 GHC1 26577 5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 Series 1 2

2224-GHC1-NK GHC1 26575 5 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 NONE NONE

2236-GHC1 GHC1 26578 7 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 36 Series 1 3

2236-GHC1-NK GHC1 32349 7 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 36 NONE NONE

2236-GHC1-NK-NP GHC1 26591 7 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 36 NONE NONE

2248-GHC1 GHC1 26580 10 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 48 Series 1 4

2248-GHC1-NK GHC1 26581 10 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 48 NONE NONE

2260-GHC1 GHC1 26582 12 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 60 Series 1 5

2260-GHC1-NK GHC1 26583 12 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 60 NONE NONE

2272-GHC1 GHC1 26802 14 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 72 Series 1 6

2272-GHC1-NK GHC1 26805 14 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 72 NONE NONE

2296-GHC1-NK GHC1 26806 19 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 96 NONE NONE

22120-GHC1 GHC1 26584 25 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 120 Series 1 10

22120-GHC1-NK GHC1 26585 25 4 2.5 x 2.5 x 120 NONE NONE

4412-GHC1 GHC1 10625 3.5 4 4 x 4 x 12 Series 3 1

4412-GHC1-NK GHC1 10626 3.5 4 4 x 4 x 12 NONE NONE

4424-GHC1 GHC1 10638 7.3 4 4 x 4 x 24 Series 2 1

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B24

GHC1 LAY-IN WIREWAYS TYPE 1

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572-

WEIGHT

(LBS)

CARTON

QUANTITY H X D X L KO CLUSTERS

PER SIDE

NUMBER OF

CLUSTERS

4424-GHC1-NK GHC1 10639 7.3 4 4 x 4 x 24 NONE NONE

4436-GHC1 GHC1 10644 10.8 4 4 x 4 x 36 Series 3 3

4436-GHC1-NK GHC1 10645 10.8 4 4 x 4 x 36 NONE NONE

4448-GHC1 GHC1 10656 14 4 4 x 4 x 48 Series 2 2

4448-GHC1-NK GHC1 10657 14 4 4 x 4 x 48 NONE NONE

4460-GHC1 GHC1 10662 17.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 Series 3 5

4460-GHC1-NK GHC1 10663 17.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 NONE NONE

4472-GHC1-NK GHC1 27373 20.8 4 4 x 4 x 72 NONE NONE

4496-GHC1-NK GHC1 28961 27.5 4 4 x 4 x 96 NONE NONE

44120-GHC1 GHC1 10631 35.5 2 4 x 4 x 120 Series 2 6

44120-GHC1-NK GHC1 10632 35.5 2 4 x 4 x 120 NONE NONE

6612-GHC1 GHC1 10770 6 2 6 x 6 x 12 Series 3 1

6612-GHC1-NK GHC1 10771 6 2 6 x 6 x 12 NONE NONE

6612-GHC1-NP GHC1 32350 6 2 6 x 6 x 12 Series 3 1

6624-GHC1 GHC1 10784 10.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 Series 2 1

6624-GHC1-NK GHC1 10785 10.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 NONE NONE

6636-GHC1 GHC1 10792 16.5 2 6 x 6 x 36 Series 3 3

6636-GHC1-NK GHC1 10793 16.5 2 6 x 6 x 36 NONE NONE

6648-GHC1 GHC1 10811 21.5 2 6 x 6 x 48 Series 2 2

6648-GHC1-NK GHC1 10812 21.5 2 6 x 6 x 48 NONE NONE

6648-GHC1-NP GHC1 32351 21.5 2 6 x 6 x 48 Series 2 2

6660-GHC1 GHC1 10823 27 2 6 x 6 x 60 Series 3 5

6660-GHC1-NK GHC1 18647 27 2 6 x 6 x 60 NONE NONE

6660-GHC1-NP GHC1 32352 27 2 6 x 6 x 60 Series 3 5

6672-GHC1 GHC1 28944 32 2 6 x 6 x 72 Series 2 3

6672-GHC1-NK GHC1 28954 32 2 6 x 6 x 72 NONE NONE

66120-GHC1 GHC1 10776 57 1 6 x 6 x 120 Series 2 6

66120-GHC1-NK GHC1 10777 57 1 6 x 6 x 120 NONE NONE

66120-GHC1-NK-NP GHC1 23372 57 1 6 x 6 x 120 NONE NONE

66120-GHC1-NP GHC1 32353 57 1 6 x 6 x 120 Series 2 6

8812-GHC1 GHC1 10914 8.5 1 8 x 8 x 12 Series 3 1

8812-GHC1-NK GHC1 10915 8.5 1 8 x 8 x 12 NONE NONE

8818-GHC1-NK GHC1 28965 11.6 1 8 x 8 x 18 NONE NONE

8824-GHC1 GHC1 10924 14 1 8 x 8 x 24 Series 2 1

8824-GHC1-NK GHC1 17655 14 1 8 x 8 x 24 NONE NONE

8836-GHC1 GHC1 10929 21 1 8 x 8 x 36 Series 3 3

8836-GHC1-NK GHC1 10930 21 1 8 x 8 x 36 NONE NONE

8848-GHC1 GHC1 10947 28 1 8 x 8 x 48 Series 2 2

8848-GHC1-NK GHC1 10948 28 1 8 x 8 x 48 NONE NONE

8860-GHC1 GHC1 10960 35 1 8 x 8 x 60 Series 3 5

8860-GHC1-NK GHC1 10961 35 1 8 x 8 x 60 NONE NONE

8872-GHC1 GHC1 28946 40 1 8 x 8 x 72 Series 2 3

8872-GHC1-NK GHC1 28947 40 1 8 x 8 x 72 NONE NONE

88120-GHC1 GHC1 10919 69 1 8 x 8 x 120 Series 2 6

88120-GHC1-NK GHC1 15705 69 1 8 x 8 x 120 NONE NONE

101012-GHC1-NK GHC1 28166 12 1 10 x 10 x 12 NONE NONE

101024-GHC1-NK GHC1 27094 20.4 1 10 x 10 x 24 NONE NONE

101036-GHC1-NK GHC1 27093 25 1 10 x 10 x 36 NONE NONE

101048-GHC1-NK GHC1 27092 43.4 1 10 x 10 x 48 NONE NONE

101060-GHC1 GHC1 15880 49 1 10 x 10 x 60 Series 3 5

101060-GHC1-NK GHC1 27091 49 1 10 x 10 x 60 NONE NONE

101072-GHC1 GHC1 27962 58 1 10 x 10 x 72 Series 2 3

101096-GHC1-NK GHC1 32012 76 1 10 x 10 x 96 NONE NONE

1010120-GHC1-NK GHC1 17625 90 1 10 x 10 x 120 NONE NONE

121224-GHC1 GHC1 32354 25.2 1 12 x 12 x 24 Series 2 1

121224-GHC1-NK GHC1 27090 25.2 1 12 x 12 x 24 NONE NONE

121236-GHC1-NK GHC1 27089 37.4 1 12 x 12 x 36 NONE NONE

121236-GHC1-NK-NP GHC1 32355 37.4 1 12 x 12 x 36 NONE NONE

121248-GHC1-NK GHC1 27088 49 1 12 x 12 x 48 NONE NONE

121260-GHC1 GHC1 15881 58 1 12 x 12 x 60 Series 3 5

121260-GHC1-NK GHC1 27087 58 1 12 x 12 x 60 NONE NONE

121260-GHC1-NK-NP GHC1 32356 58 1 12 x 12 x 60 NONE NONE

121296-GHC1 GHC1 28118 90 1 12 x 12 x 96 Series 2 4

121296-GHC1-NK GHC1 28119 90 1 12 x 12 x 96 NONE NONE

1212120-GHC1 GHC1 18006 120 1 12 x 12 x 120 Series 2 6

1212120-GHC1-NK GHC1 24050 120 1 12 x 12 x 120 NONE NONE

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B25

GSC3R—SCREW COVER WIRING TROUGH—TYPE 3R

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•NEMA—Type3R

•UL870—Type3R

•CUL—Type3R(EquivalenttoCSA)

APPLICATION

•Designedtoprotectwiringinoutdoor

installations against rain, sleet, or snow,

or indoors against dripping water.

CONSTRUCTION

•Troughandcoveraremanufactured

from 16 gauge G90galvanizedsteel.

•Availablewithorwithoutpaint—forno

paint refer to suffix -NP in the catalog

number.

•Coverisdesignedtofitunderthedrip

shield top, and is held in place with

plated steel screws.

•Wirewayisavailablewithor

without concentric knockouts on

the bottom—for no knockouts refer

to suffix -NK in the catalog number.

•Embossedmountingholesare

provided on the backs of the units.

FINISH

•ANSI61graypolyesterpowder

coatingoverphosphatizedG90

galvanizedsteel.

ACCESSORIES

• Touch-uppaint–see

Accessories pg. B34.

• Locks–seeAccessoriespg.B33.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY H X D X L NUMBER OF KOS

4412-GSC3R GS3R 10629 4.5 4 4 x 4 x 12 3

4412-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10630 4.5 4 4 x 4 x 12 NONE

4412-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16177 4.5 4 4 x 4 x 12 NONE

4418-GSC3R GS3R 10637 6.5 4 4 x 4 x 18 3

4418-GSC3R-NK GS3R 21813 6.5 4 4 x 4 x 18 NONE

4424-GSC3R GS3R 10642 8.5 4 4 x 4 x 24 3

4424-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10643 8.5 4 4 x 4 x 24 NONE

4424-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16176 8.5 4 4 x 4 x 24 NONE

4436-GSC3R GS3R 10648 12 4 4 x 4 x 36 5

4436-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10649 12 4 4 x 4 x 36 NONE

4436-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16175 12 4 4 x 4 x 36 NONE

4448-GSC3R GS3R 10660 15.8 4 4 x 4 x 48 7

4448-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10661 15.8 4 4 x 4 x 48 NONE

4448-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16174 15.8 4 4 x 4 x 48 NONE

4460-GSC3R GS3R 10666 19.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 9

4460-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10667 19.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 NONE

4460-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16173 19.5 4 4 x 4 x 60 NONE

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B26

GSC3R—SCREW COVER WIRING TROUGH—TYPE 3R

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY H X D X L NUMBER OF KOS

4472-GSC3R GS3R 10671 23.5 4 4 x 4 x 72 11

4472-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10672 23.5 4 4 x 4 x 72 NONE

4472-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19304 23.5 4 4 x 4 x 72 NONE

4496-GSC3R GS3R 21984 31.1 2 4 x 4 x 96 15

44120-GSC3R GS3R 21985 38.7 2 4 x 4 x 120 19

6612-GSC3R GS3R 10774 7 2 6 x 6 x 12 3

6612-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10775 7 2 6 x 6 x 12 NONE

6612-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 17550 7 2 6 x 6 x 12 NONE

6618-GSC3R GS3R 10782 10 2 6 x 6 x 18 3

6618-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10783 10 2 6 x 6 x 18 NONE

6618-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 21096 10 2 6 x 6 x 18 NONE

6624-GSC3R GS3R 10788 12.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 3

6624-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10789 12.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 NONE

6624-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16172 12.5 2 6 x 6 x 24 NONE

6636-GSC3R GS3R 10796 18 2 6 x 6 x 36 5

6636-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10797 18 2 6 x 6 x 36 NONE

6636-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16171 18 2 6 x 6 x 36 NONE

6648-GSC3R GS3R 10815 24 2 6 x 6 x 48 7

6648-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10816 24 2 6 x 6 x 48 NONE

6648-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16170 24 2 6 x 6 x 48 NONE

6660-GSC3R GS3R 10826 28.5 2 6 x 6 x 60 9

6660-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10827 28.5 2 6 x 6 x 60 NONE

6660-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19303 28.5 2 6 x 6 x 60 NONE

6672-GSC3R GS3R 10830 34 2 6 x 6 x 72 11

6672-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10831 34 2 6 x 6 x 72 NONE

6672-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19004 34 2 6 x 6 x 72 NONE

6696-GSC3R GS3R 10834 45 1 6 x 6 x 96 15

6696-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10835 45 1 6 x 6 x 96 NONE

6696-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 23847 45 1 6 x 6 x 96 NONE

66120-GSC3R GS3R 20971 55 1 6 x 6 x 120 19

66120-GSC3R-NK GS3R 26496 55 1 6 x 6 x 120 NONE

8812-GSC3R GS3R 10918 9 1 8 x 8 x 12 3

8812-GSC3R-NK GS3R 26487 9 1 8 x 8 x 12 NONE

8812-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16169 9 1 8 x 8 x 12 NONE

8818-GSC3R GS3R 10923 14 1 8 x 8 x 18 3

8818-GSC3R-NK GS3R 25662 14 1 8 x 8 x 18 NONE

8818-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 21097 14 1 8 x 8 x 18 NONE

8824-GSC3R GS3R 10927 17 1 8 x 8 x 24 3

8824-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10928 17 1 8 x 8 x 24 NONE

8824-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16168 17 1 8 x 8 x 24 NONE

8836-GSC3R GS3R 10933 24 1 8 x 8 x 36 5

8836-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10934 24 1 8 x 8 x 36 NONE

8836-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16167 24 1 8 x 8 x 36 NONE

8848-GSC3R GS3R 10951 32 1 8 x 8 x 48 7

8848-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10952 32 1 8 x 8 x 48 NONE

8848-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16166 32 1 8 x 8 x 48 NONE

8860-GSC3R GS3R 10965 38 1 8 x 8 x 60 9

8860-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10966 38 1 8 x 8 x 60 NONE

8860-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19302 38 1 8 x 8 x 60 NONE

8872-GSC3R GS3R 10969 45 1 8 x 8 x 72 11

8872-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10970 45 1 8 x 8 x 72 NONE

8872-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 16165 45 1 8 x 8 x 72 NONE

8896-GSC3R GS3R 10974 59 1 8 x 8 x 96 15

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B27

GSC3R—SCREW COVER WIRING TROUGH—TYPE 3R

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT FAMILY UPC NUMBER

7-84572- WEIGHT (LBS) CARTON QUANTITY H X D X L NUMBER OF KOS

8896-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10975 59 1 8 x 8 x 96 NONE

8896-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 21099 59 1 8 x 8 x 96 NONE

88120-GSC3R GS3R 20882 67 1 8 x 8 x 120 19

88120-GSC3R-NK GS3R 21811 67 1 8 x 8 x 120 NONE

88120-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 26498 67 1 8 x 8 x 120 NONE

101024-GSC3R GS3R 21550 17 1 10 x 10 x 24 3

101024-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10008 17 1 10 x 10 x 24 NONE

101024-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19301 17 1 10 x 10 x 24 NONE

101036-GSC3R GS3R 10011 30 1 10 x 10 x 36 5

101036-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10012 30 1 10 x 10 x 36 NONE

101036-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 18370 30 1 10 x 10 x 36 NONE

101048-GSC3R GS3R 10026 39 1 10 x 10 x 48 7

101048-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10027 39 1 10 x 10 x 48 NONE

101048-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 18368 39 1 10 x 10 x 48 NONE

101060-GSC3R GS3R 10039 48 1 10 x 10 x 60 9

101060-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10040 48 1 10 x 10 x 60 NONE

101060-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19320 48 1 10 x 10 x 60 NONE

101072-GSC3R GS3R 10043 55 1 10 x 10 x 72 11

101072-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10044 55 1 10 x 10 x 72 NONE

101072-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 17816 55 1 10 x 10 x 72 NONE

101096-GSC3R GS3R 20455 78 1 10 x 10 x 96 15

101096-GSC3R-NK GS3R 19985 78 1 10 x 10 x 96 NONE

101096-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 24662 78 1 10 x 10 x 96 NONE

1010120-GSC3R GS3R 21986 97 1 10 x 10 x 120 19

1010120-GSC3R-NK GS3R 22991 97 1 10 x 10 x 120 NONE

1010120-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 26499 97 1 10 x 10 x 120 NONE

121224-GSC3R GS3R 10104 26 1 12 x 12 x 24 3

121224-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10105 26 1 12 x 12 x 24 NONE

121224-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19430 26 1 12 x 12 x 24 NONE

121236-GSC3R GS3R 10108 43 1 12 x 12 x 36 5

121236-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10109 43 1 12 x 12 x 36 NONE

121236-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 17773 43 1 12 x 12 x 36 NONE

121248-GSC3R GS3R 10127 47 1 12 x 12 x 48 7

121248-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10128 47 1 12 x 12 x 48 NONE

121248-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19431 47 1 12 x 12 x 48 NONE

121260-GSC3R GS3R 10147 57 1 12 x 12 x 60 9

121260-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10148 57 1 12 x 12 x 60 NONE

121260-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 18369 57 1 12 x 12 x 60 NONE

121272-GSC3R GS3R 10151 67 1 12 x 12 x 72 11

121272-GSC3R-NK GS3R 10152 67 1 12 x 12 x 72 NONE

121272-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 19432 67 1 12 x 12 x 72 NONE

121296-GSC3R GS3R 16420 88 1 12 x 12 x 96 15

121296-GSC3R-NK GS3R 16123 88 1 12 x 12 x 96 NONE

121296-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 24018 88 1 12 x 12 x 96 NONE

1212120-GSC3R GS3R 19101 125 1 12 x 12 x 120 19

1212120-GSC3R-NK GS3R 16122 125 1 12 x 12 x 120 NONE

1212120-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 26400 125 1 12 x 12 x 120 NONE

1212144-GSC3R GS3R 27168 164 1 12 x 12 x 144 NONE

1212144-GSC3R-NK GS3R 32357 164 1 12 x 12 x 144 NONE

1212144-GSC3R-NK-NP GS3R 31063 164 1 12 x 12 x 144 NONE

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B28

WIREWAY FITTINGS—FOR USE WITH GSC1 AND GHC1 WIREWAY

GE—ENDS*

Closes the end of a wireway section or run. All

knockouts are concentric 1⁄2", 3⁄4", 1", 11⁄4", 11⁄2".

22GE GFIT 26413 0.3 20 2.5 x 2.5

22GE-NK GFIT 26414 0.3 20 2.5 x 2.5

22GE-NK-NP GFIT 26415 0.3 20 2.5 x 2.5

22GE-NP GFIT 26416 0.3 20 2.5 x 2.5

22GEU GFIT 26426 0.3 20 2.5 x 2.5

22GFE GFIT 26429 0.3 10 2.5 x 2.5

22GFE-NK GFIT 26430 0.3 10 2.5 x 2.5

44GE GFIT 10676 0.4 20 4 x 4

44GE-NK GFIT 10677 0.4 20 4 x 4

44GE-NK-NP GFIT 15538 0.4 20 4 x 4

44GE-NP GFIT 20889 0.4 20 4 x 4

44GEU GFIT 10678 0.4 20 4 x 4

44GEU-NK-NP GFIT 21085 0.4 20 4 x 4

44GFE GFIT 10680 0.4 10 4 x 4

44GFE-NK GFIT 18771 0.4 10 4 x 4

66GE GFIT 10839 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GE-NK GFIT 10840 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GE-NK-NP GFIT 15537 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GE-NP GFIT 17355 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GEU GFIT 10841 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GEU-NK GFIT 24628 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GEU-NK-NP GFIT 21084 0.8 20 6 x 6

66GFE GFIT 10843 0.8 10 6 x 6

88GE GFIT 10978 1.4 20 8 x 8

88GE-NK GFIT 10979 1.4 20 8 x 8

88GE-NK-NP GFIT 15535 1.4 20 8 x 8

88GE-NP GFIT 20890 1.4 20 8 x 8

88GEU GFIT 10980 1.4 20 8 x 8

88GEU-NK-NP GFIT 21086 1.4 20 8 x 8

88GFE GFIT 10982 2 10 8 x 8

88GFE-NK GFIT 17686 2 10 8 x 8

1010GE GFIT 10048 2.6 20 10 x 10

1010GE-NK GFIT 10049 2.6 20 10 x 10

1010GE-NK-NP GFIT 15536 2.6 20 10 x 10

1010GEU GFIT 10050 2.6 20 10 x 10

1010GEU-NK GFIT 31179 2.6 20 10 x 10

1010GEU-NK-NP GFIT 21087 2.6 20 10 x 10

22GX GFIT 26469 4.3 1 2.5 x 2.5

22GX-NP GFIT 26470 4.3 1 2.5 x 2.5

44GX GFIT 10688 6.3 1 4 x 4

66GX GFIT 10851 8.3 1 6 x 6

88GX GFIT 10990 13.3 1 8 x 8

1010GX GFIT 17214 14 1 10 x 10

1212GX GFIT 17128 15 1 12 x 12

GX—CROSSES*

The cross ﬁtting is for connecting 4 merging wireway

runs from 2 different directions.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR FITTINGS

•NEMA—Type1

•UL870—Type1

•CUL—Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

CONT. FROM PREVIOUS COLUMN

1212GE GFIT 10161 2.8 20 12 x 12

1212GE-NK GFIT 10162 2.8 20 12 x 12

1212GE-NK-NP GFIT 15534 2.8 20 12 x 12

1212GE-NP GFIT 20891 2.8 20 12 x 12

1212GEU GFIT 10163 2.8 20 12 x 12

1212GEU-NK GFIT 32358 2.8 20 12 x 12

1212GEU-NK-NP GFIT 21088 2.8 20 12 x 12

WIREWAY FITTINGS—FOR USE WITH GSC1 AND GHC1 WIREWAY

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

*NOTE:

Screws not included with ﬁttings. Fitting attachment screws are included with straight sections of wireway.

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B29

GFT—TEES (FOR HINGE COVERS)*

The GFT for hinged covers is used when all three branches

of the wireway run are open along the same side.

22GFT GFIT 26463 2.5 1 2.5 x 2.5

22GFT-NP GFIT 26464 2.5 10 2.5 x 2.5

44GFT GFIT 10684 3 1 4 x 4

66GFT GFIT 10847 7.3 1 6 x 6

66GFT-NP GFIT 21079 7.3 10 6 x 6

88GFT GFIT 10986 13 1 8 x 8

1212GFT GFIT 15879 29 1 12 x 12

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

WIREWAY FITTINGS—FOR USE WITH GSC1 AND GHC1 WIREWAY

GC—CONNECTORS*

A connector is required at each wireway joint (except at

telescopic ﬁttings, ends or reducers). The swing

portion allows for easy lay-in wiring.

22GC GFIT 26412 0.3 12 2.5 x 2.5

44GC GFIT 10674 0.5 12 4 x 4

66GC GFIT 10837 0.6 12 6 x 6

88GC GFIT 10977 0.8 12 8 x 8

1010GC GFIT 10047 1 12 10 x 10

1212GC GFIT 10160 1.44 12 12 x 12

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

2244GR GFIT 26410 3 4 2.5 x 2.5–4 x 4

4466GR GFIT 10668 4 4 4 x 4–6 x 6

6688GR GFIT 10833 6 4 6 x 6–8 x 8

881010GR GFIT 15669 10 4 8 x 8–10 x 10

881212GR GFIT 32359 11 4 8 x 8–12 x 12

10101212GR GFIT 15648 12 4 10 x 10–12 x 12

GCU—UNIVERSAL CONNECTORS*

Universal Connectors can be used to connect a Milbank

wireway to another brand of wireway.

GH—HANGERS*

This adjustable hanger is used to support a wireway

run and is placed at 5 foot intervals .

22GCU GFIT 26425 0.3 12 2.5 x 2.5

44GCU GFIT 10675 0.5 12 4 x 4

66GCU GFIT 10838 0.6 12 6 x 6

88GCU GFIT 16255 0.8 12 8 x 8

1010GCU GFIT 18917 1.2 12 10 x 10

1212GCU GFIT 18996 1.7 12 12 x 12

22GH GFIT 26936 1 6 2.5 x 2.5

44GH GFIT 10685 1.5 6 4 x 4

44GH-NP GFIT 21072 1.5 6 4 x 4

66GH GFIT 10848 2 6 6 x 6

66GH-NP GFIT 21073 2 6 6 x 6

88GH GFIT 10987 3 6 8 x 8

1010GH GFIT 10052 7 6 10 x 10

1212GH GFIT 10165 7 6 12 x 12

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

GR—REDUCERS*

Reduces one size wireway to a smaller size wireway.

The inner opening is centered to keep the two

wireway sizes relative to each other.

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

*NOTE:

Screws not included with ﬁttings. Fitting attachment screws are included with straight sections of wireway.

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B30

22GFL90IS GFIT 26472 1.2 10 2.5 x 2.5

22GFL90OS GFIT 26938 1.2 10 2.5 x 2.5

22GFL90OS-NP GFIT 26939 1.2 10 2.5 x 2.5

22GFL90S GFIT 26471 1.2 10 2.5 x 2.5

44GFL90IS GFIT 10681 3 10 4 x 4

44GFL90OS GFIT 10682 3 10 4 x 4

44GFL90S GFIT 10683 3 10 4 x 4

66GFL90IS GFIT 10844 5 10 6 x 6

66GFL90OS GFIT 10845 5 10 6 x 6

66GFL90OS-NP GFIT 32360 5 10 6 x 6

66GFL90S GFIT 10846 5 10 6 x 6

88GFL90IS GFIT 10983 11.5 10 8 x 8

88GFL90OS GFIT 10984 11.5 10 8 x 8

88GFL90S GFIT 10985 11.5 10 8 x 8

88GFL90S-NP GFIT 32369 11.5 10 8 x 8

1010GFL90IS GFIT 28354 18.2 10 10 x 10

1010GFL90OS GFIT 28353 18.2 10 10 x 10

1010GFL90S GFIT 17626 18.2 10 10 x 10

1212GFL90IS GFIT 25494 19 10 12 x 12

1212GFL90S GFIT 32362 19 10 12 x 12

WIREWAY FITTINGS—FOR USE WITH GSC1 AND GHC1 WIREWAY

22GF GFIT 26428 0.4 10 2.5 x 2.5

44GF GFIT 10679 0.6 10 4 x 4

44GF-NP GFIT 15520 0.6 10 4 x 4

66GF GFIT 10842 0.8 10 6 x 6

66GF-NP GFIT 15523 0.8 10 6 x 6

88GF GFIT 10981 1 10 8 x 8

88GF-NP GFIT 15526 1 10 8 x 8

1010GF GFIT 10051 1.3 10 10 x 10

1010GF-NP GFIT 15514 1.3 10 10 x 10

1212GF GFIT 10164 1.5 10 12 x 12

1212GF-NP GFIT 15517 1.5 10 12 x 12

GFL—90° ELBOWS (for Hinge Covers)*

These elbows are designed to turn a 90° corner in a wireway run.

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

22GT GFIT 26417 2.5 1 2.5 x 2.5

22GT-NP GFIT 26418 2.5 1 2.5 x 2.5

44GT GFIT 10686 3.5 1 4 x 4

44GT-NP GFIT 19315 3.5 1 4 x 4

66GT GFIT 10849 7.3 1 6 x 6

66GT-NP GFIT 16422 7.3 1 6 x 6

88GT GFIT 10988 13 1 8 x 8

88GT-NP GFIT 19314 13 1 8 x 8

1010GT GFIT 10053 17 1 10 x 10

1010GT-NP GFIT 19313 17 1 10 x 10

1212GT GFIT 10166 23 1 12 x 12

1212GT-NP GFIT 19312 23 1 12 x 12

GT—TEES*

This ﬁtting can be used to branch from a wireway run to a

perpendicular run.

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

GTF—

TELESCOPIC FITTINGS*

This ﬁtting will

accommodate a

wireway run where

the remaining section

is not a standard

length. Attach ﬁtting

to the end of the

short piece to ﬁll in

the required distance.

22GTF GFIT 26431 2.5 1 2.5 x 2.5

44GTF GFIT 10687 3.5 1 4 x 4

66GTF GFIT 10850 7.2 1 6 x 6

88GTF GFIT 10989 13 1 8 x 8

1010GTF GFIT 18918 20.3 1 10 x 10

1212GTF GFIT 18995 29.2 1 12 x 12

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR FITTINGS

•NEMA—Type1

•UL870—Type1

•CUL—Type1(EquivalenttoCSA)

GF—END FLANGES*

When access from

a junction enclosure

to a wireway is

required, this piece

mounts onto the

opening of the

enclosure and then

secures to the

wireway.

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

*NOTE:

Screws not included with ﬁttings. Fitting attachment screws are included with straight sections of wireway.

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always

consult the serving utility for their requirements before

ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B31

WIREWAY FITTINGS—FOR USE WITH GSC1 AND GHC1 WIREWAY

90° ELBOWS*

These elbows are designed to turn a 90°

corner in a wireway run.

90° ELBOWS (for Hinge Covers)*

90° ELBOWS (for Screw Covers)*

L45S

L45C & L45S—45° ELBOWS*

Similar to the 90° elbow in design and function,

only used in 45° angle applications.

L45C

22L45C GFIT 26419 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L45C-NP GFIT 26420 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L45S GFIT 26432 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L45S-NP GFIT 26433 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L90C GFIT 26465 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L90C-NP GFIT 26466 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L90S GFIT 26467 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

22L90S-NP GFIT 26468 3.6 2 2.5 x 2.5

44L45C GFIT 10689 7.1 2 4 x 4

44L45S GFIT 10690 7.1 2 4 x 4

44L90C GFIT 10691 7 2 4 x 4

44L90C-NP GFIT 15521 7 2 4 x 4

44L90S GFIT 10692 7 2 4 x 4

44L90S-NP GFIT 15522 7 2 4 x 4

66L45C GFIT 10852 10.8 2 6 x 6

66L45C-NP GFIT 15499 10.8 2 6 x 6

66L45S GFIT 10853 10.8 2 6 x 6

66L45S-NP GFIT 15500 10.8 2 6 x 6

66L90C GFIT 10854 9 2 6 x 6

66L90C-NP GFIT 15524 9 2 6 x 6

66L90S GFIT 10855 9 2 6 x 6

66L90S-NP GFIT 15525 9 2 6 x 6

88L45C GFIT 10991 14.4 2 8 x 8

88L45C-NP GFIT 15510 14.4 2 8 x 8

88L45S GFIT 10992 14.4 2 8 x 8

88L90C GFIT 10993 13 2 8 x 8

88L90C-NP GFIT 15527 13 2 8 x 8

88L90S GFIT 10994 13 2 8 x 8

88L90S-NP GFIT 15528 13 2 8 x 8

1010L45C GFIT 10054 16 2 10 x 10

1010L45C-NP GFIT 15460 16 2 10 x 10

1010L45S GFIT 10055 16 2 10 x 10

1010L45S-NP GFIT 15461 16 2 10 x 10

1010L90C GFIT 10056 15 2 10 x 10

1010L90C-NP GFIT 15515 15 2 10 x 10

1010L90S GFIT 10057 15 2 10 x 10

1010L90S-NP GFIT 15516 15 2 10 x 10

1212L45C GFIT 10167 23 2 12 x 12

1212L45C-NP GFIT 15470 23 2 12 x 12

1212L45S GFIT 10168 23 2 12 x 12

1212L45S-NP GFIT 15471 23 2 12 x 12

1212L90C GFIT 10169 22 2 12 x 12

1212L90C-NP GFIT 15518 22 2 12 x 12

1212L90S GFIT 10170 22 2 12 x 12

1212L90S-NP GFIT 15519 22 2 12 x 12

*NOTE:

Screws not included with ﬁttings. Fitting attachment screws are included with straight sections of wireway.

PROD. UPC # WT. STD.

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) PKG. SIZE

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

NK=no knockout, NP=no paint

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B32

WIREWAY FITTINGS—FOR USE WITH GSC1 AND GHC1 WIREWAY—HOLE SEALS

S Side

S Conﬁguration on

90° screw cover elbow

Top and bottom are removable

for lay-in wiring.

C CORNER

C Conﬁguration on 90° screw cover elbow

Both inside and outside corners are removable for lay-in wiring.

Outside Opening

OS Conﬁguration

on Hinge Cover Elbow

INTERCHANGEABLE FITTINGS

The following ﬁttings are interchangeable between the screw cover and hinge cover wireways:

Connectors, Hangers, End Flanges, 45º Elbows, Crosses, Reducers, Telescopic Fittings.

Suffix Designations

Side Opening

S Conﬁguration

on Hinge Cover Elbow

APPLICATION

• Designedtosealextrapush-button

holes, knockout openings and conduit

openings from dust, dirt, water and oil.

• Aholesealhasacoverwithastud

welded in the center and a gasket

placed over the stud.

CONSTRUCTION

•Steel

Cover is painted ANSI 61 Gray.

Oil Resistant Gasket.

BackPlateisunpaintedgalvanizedsteel.

•Stainless Steel (-XS)

Cover is stainless steel with

a #3 finish.

Oil Resistant Gasket.

Back Plate is stainless

steel.

A-HSPBM IIAC 18781 0.1 0.88 1.22

A-HSPBMXS IIAC 20435 0.1 0.88 1.22

A-HSPB IIAC 18782 0.1 1.25 1.75

A-HSPBXS IIAC 20436 0.1 1.25 1.75

A-HS050 IIAC 18783 0.1 0.88 1.38

A-HS050XS IIAC 20439 0.1 0.88 1.38

A-HS075 IIAC 18784 0.1 1.06 1.56

A-HS075XS IIAC 20438 0.1 1.06 1.56

A-HS100 IIAC 18785 0.1 1.38 1.88

A-HS100XS IIAC 19738 0.1 1.38 1.88

A-HS125 IIAC 19858 0.1 1.69 2.19

A-HS125XS IIAC 20437 0.1 1.69 2.19

A-HS150 IIAC 18786 0.2 2 2.5

A-HS150XS IIAC 19737 0.2 2 2.5

A-HS200 IIAC 18787 0.2 2.5 3

A-HS200XS IIAC 19736 0.2 2.5 3

A-HS250 IIAC 21753 0.3 3 3.5

A-HS300 IIAC 21387 0.6 3.62 4.12

A-HS350 IIAC 21754 0.7 4.12 4.62

A-HS400 IIAC 21755 0.9 4.62 5.12

PROD. UPC # WT. MAX. SEAL

CAT. # FAM. (7-84572) (LBS) HOLE DIA. DIA.

INSTALLATION

• Thecoverandgasketare

typically placed on the

outside of the enclosure,

with the backplate and

wing nut fastened to the

seal from the inside of the

enclosure.

• Asthewingnutistight-

ened, the cover compresses

the gasket and seals the

hole. Can be used on holes

ranginginsizefrom.19

through 4.00 with a wall

thickness of up to .31.

Hole Seals

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Inside Opening

IS Conﬁguration

on HingeCover Elbow

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B33

ACCESSORIES–LOCKS

A. WING HANDLE—KEY LOCKING

A-LKWHK3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27210

A-LKWHK3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27211

B. WING HANDLE—PAD LOCKING

A-LKWHP3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27214

A-LKWHP3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27215

C. T-HANDLE LOCK

A-LKT3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27218

A-LKT3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27219

A-LKT3R1-K Keys only for T-handle lock IIAC 28209

D. FLUSH MOUNT QUARTER TURN—KEY LOCKING

A-LKFMKEY3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27222

A-LKFMKEY3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27223

A-LKFMKEYM-K Keys only for flush mount quarter turn lock IIAC 28271

E. FLUSH MOUNT QUARTER-TURN, SCREWDRIVER-OPERATED

A-LKFM3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27225

A-LKFM3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27226

F. PADLOCKING L-HANDLE

A-LKLPAD3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27229

A-LKLPAD3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27230

G. KEYLOCKING L-HANDLE

A-LKLKEY3R1 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Under IIAC 27233

A-LKLKEY3R2 For TC3R Enclosures 30x30 & Over IIAC 27234

H. KEY LOCKING CYLINDER LOCK

A-LK3R For SC3R and GSC3R Enclosures IIAC 27237

I. SMALL FLUSH MOUNT - KEY LOCKING

A-LKSFMKEYL For LC1 Enclosures IIAC 27236

Replacement Locks

1. SLAM LATCH LOCK

A-LK3 Replacement Lock for TSC and TFLC

Cabinet Covers IIAC 18800

2. PADLOCKING L-HANDLE FOR CT3R

A-LKPH Replacement Padlock Handle for

CT3R Enclosures IIAC 25061

3. SMALL FLUSH MOUNT, SCREWDRIVER-OPERATED

A-LK10 Replacement Lock for LC1 Enclosures IIAC 28068

COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PRODUCT UPC #

FAMILY (7-84572)

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PRODUCT UPC #

FAMILY (7-84572)

1. 2. 3.

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

B34

ACCESSORIES

FAST OPERATING CLAMPS

APPLICATION

•Providesquickaccesstoenclosureswithouttheneed

for any tools.

FEATURES

•Installseasilyonstandardclampbracket(2clampsperkit).

A-FOCJIC NEMA 12 JIC boxes IIAC 18803

A-FOCJICS* NEMA 4 / 4X JIC boxes IIAC 25026

*Stainless steel

A-FOC A-FOCJIC(S)

EXTERNAL MOUNTING FOOT KITS (TC3R Enclosures)

APPLICATION

•ForusewithTC3REnclosures.

FEATURES

•Easyinstallation,nodrilling.

•ManufacturedfromG90 galvanizedsteel.

•Paintedtomatchenclosure.

BARRIER KITS

For dividing wireway into two compartments. Barriers are easily

secured to wireway with the use of screws (screws included).

A-BK460 4 x 4 3.53 CNAC 18503

A-BK660 6 x 6 5.53 CNAC 18409

A-BK860 8 x 8 7.53 CNAC 18511

A-BK1060 10 x 10 9.53 CNAC 18517

A-BK1260 12 x 12 11.53 CNAC 18523

Catalog # Wireway Size Dim. A Product UPC #

Family (7-84572)

Catalog # Color Description Product UPC #

Family (7-84572)

A-GP Light Gray 16 oz. spray IIAC 18795

A-WP White 16 oz. spray IIAC 18796

TOUCH UP PAINT

SELF TAPPING SCREWS

A-TC3RMFK6 6 CNAC 26714

A-TC3RMFK8 8 CNAC 26715

A-TC3RMFK10 10 CNAC 26716

A-TC3RMFK12 12 CNAC 26717

A-TC3RMFK16 16 CNAC 26718

A-TC3RMFK18 18 CNAC 26719

A-TC3RMFK24 24 CNAC 26720

A-TC3RMFKLG 30 & over CNAC 26721

A-GSC Self tapping screw, 4 per bag CNAC 18798

ACCESSORIES COMMERCIAL

ENCLOSURES

Catalog # Enclosure Product UPC #

Width B Family (7-84572)

Catalog # Use with: Product UPC #

Family (7-84572)

Catalog # Description Product UPC #

Family (7-84572)

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

Industrial Section

INDUSTRIAL SECTION

NOTES

Industrial Enclosures

Type

Designation

National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association

(NEMA Standard 250)

Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc.

(UL 50)

Canadian Standards Association

(Standard C22.2, Nos. 14, 40, and 94)

Enclosures constructed for indoor use to

provide a degree of protection to personnel

against incidental contact with the enclosed

equipment and to provide a degree of pro-

tection against falling dirt.

Indoor use primarily to provide a

degree of protection against lim-

ited amount of falling dirt

General purpose enclosure in ordi-

nary locations.

Enclosures constructed for indoor use to

provide a degree of protection to personnel

against incidental contact with the enclosed

equipment, to provide a degree of protec-

tion against falling dirt, and to provide a

degree of protection against dripping and

light splashing of liquids.

Indoor use primarily to provide

a degree of protection against

limited amounts of falling water

and dirt.

An enclosure for indoor use, con-

structed so as to provide a degree of

protection against dripping and light

splashing of noncorrosive liquids,

and falling dirt.

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or

outdoor use to provide a degree of protec-

tion to personnel against incidental contact

with enclosed equipment, to provide a

degree of protection against falling dirt, rain,

sleet, snow and windblown dust and that

will be undamaged by the external formation

of ice on the enclosure.

Outdoor use primarily to provide a

degree of protection against rain,

sleet, windblown dust, and dam-

age from external ice formation.

An enclosure for either indoor or

outdoor use, constructed so as

to provide a degree of protection

against rain, snow, and windblown

dust; undamaged by the external

formation of ice on the enclosure.

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or

outdoor use to provide a degree of protec-

tion to personnel against incidental contact

with enclosed equipment, to provide a

degree of protection against falling dirt,

rain, sleet, snow and that will be undam-

aged by the external formation of ice on the

enclosure.

Outdoor use primarily to provide a

degree of protection against rain,

sleet; and damage from external

ice formation.

An enclosure for either indoor or

outdoor use, constructed so as

to provide a degree of protection

against rain, and snow, undamaged

by the external formation of ice on

the enclosure.

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or

outdoor use to provide a degree of protec-

tion to personnel against incidental contact

with the enclosed equipment, to provide

a degree of protection against falling dirt,

rain, sleet, snow, windblown dust, splashing

water, and that will be undamaged by the

external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use primarily

to provide a degree of protection

against windblown dust, and rain,

splashing water, hose-directed

water; and damage from external

ice formation.

An enclosure for either indoor or

outdoor use, constructed so as

to provide a degree of protection

against rain, snow, windblown dust,

splashing and hose-directed water;

undamaged by the external forma-

tion of ice on the enclosure.

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or

outdoor use to provide a degree of protec-

tion to personnel against incidental contact

with the enclosed equipment; to provide

a degree of protection against falling dirt,

rain, sleet, snow, windblown dust, splashing

water, hose-directed water, and corrosion;

and that will be undamaged by the external

formation of ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use primarily

to provide a degree of protection

against corrosion, windblown dust

and rain, splashing water, hose-

directed water; and damage from

external ice formation.

An enclosure for either indoor or

outdoor use, constructed so as

to provide a degree of protection

against rain, snow, windblown dust,

splashing and hose-directed water;

undamaged by the external forma-

tion of ice on the enclosure; resists

corrosion.

Enclosures constructed (without knock-

outs) for indoor use to provide a degree of

protection to personnel against incidental

contact with the enclosed equipment; to

provide a degree of protection against fall-

ing dirt; against circulating dust, lint, ﬁbers

and ﬂyings; and against dripping and light

splashing of liquids.

Indoor use primarily to provide

a degree of protection against

circulating dust, falling dirt, and

dripping noncorrosive liquids.

An enclosure for indoor use, con-

structed so as to provide a degree

of protection against circulating and

settling dust, lint, ﬁbres, and ﬂyings;

dripping and light splashing of non-

corrosive liquids; not provided with

knockouts.

Enclosures constructed for indoor use to

provide a degree of protection to personnel

against incidental contact with the enclosed

equipment; to provide a degree of protec-

tion against falling dirt; against circulating

dust, lint, ﬁbers, and ﬂyings; and against the

spraying, splashing , and seepage of water,

oil, and noncorrosive coolants.

Indoor use primarily to provide a

degree of protection against dust,

spraying of water, oil, and noncor-

rosive coolant.

An enclosure for indoor use, con-

structed so as to provide a degree

of protection against circulating and

settling dust, lint, ﬁbres, and ﬂyings;

seepage and spraying of noncor-

rosive liquids including oils and

coolants.

NOTE:

The speciﬁcations on this page are for comparative reference only and are not intended to provide the complete requirements or test

qualiﬁcations published by various associations and agencies. Complete information may be obtained by contacting the appropriate organization.

ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS, UL, CSA CROSS REFERENCE

ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS, UL, CSA CROSS REFERENCE INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

IEC publication 529, Classiﬁcation of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures, provides a system for specifying electrical

equipment for enclosures on the basis of degree of protection provided by the enclosure. IEC 529 does not specify degrees of

protection against mechanical damage of equipment, risk of explosions, or conditions such as moisture (produced for example by

condensation), corrosive vapors, fungus or vermin. NEMA Standards Publication 250 does test for environmental conditions such as

corrosion, rust, icing, oil and coolants. For this reason, and because the tests and evaluations for other characteristics are not identi-

cal, the IEC Enclosure Classiﬁcation Designations cannot be exactly equated with NEMA Enclosure type Numbers.

The IEC designation consists of the letters IP followed by two numerals. The ﬁrst characteristic numeral indicates the degree of pro-

tection provided by the enclosure with respect to persons and solid foreign objects entering the enclosure. The second characteristic

numeral indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure with respect to the harmful ingress of water.

The IEC has established an enclosure grading system that produces an IP rating. (For example, IP 54 - 5 is the ﬁrst character - refer

to tables I & II. 4 is the second character - refer to table III - following page).

The following is provided for information only.

Table I

Degrees of Protection against Hazardous Parts

Degree of protection is indicated by the ﬁrst characteristic numeral

First

Characteristic

Numeral

Protection of Persons Protection of Equipment

0 Non Protected Non-Protected

1Protected against access to hazardous parts with the back

of a hand. Protected against objects of 50mm diameter and greater.

2 Protected against access to hazardous parts with a ﬁnger. Protected against objects of 12.5mm diameter and greater.

3Protected against access to hazardous parts with a tool of

2.5mm in diameter and greater. Protected against objects of 2.5mm diameter and greater.

4Protected against access to hazardous parts with a wire of

1.0mm in diameter and greater. Protected against objects of 1.0mm diameter and greater.

5Protected against access to hazardous parts with a wire of

1.0mm in diameter and greater.

Protected against dust. Ingress of dust is not totally

prevented, but dust shall not penetrate in a quantity to

interfere with satisfactory operation of the apparatus or to

impair safety.

6Protected against access to hazardous parts with a wire of

1.0mm in diameter and greater. Protected against dust. No ingress of dust.

NOTE:

In the case of the ﬁrst characteristic numerals 3, 4, 5 and 6, protection against access to hazardous part is satisﬁed if adequate clearance

is kept. The full diameter of the object probe shall not pass through an opening of the enclosure.

IEC 529 DEFINITION OF PROTECTION GRADES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

Table II

Degrees of Protection against Water

Degree of protection is indicated by the second characteristic numeral

First

Characteristic

Numeral

Description Deﬁnition

0 Non Protected

1 Protected against vertically falling water drops Vertically falling drops shall have no harmful effects

2Protected against vertically falling water drops when

enclosure tilted up to 15 degrees

Vertically falling drops shall have no harmful effects ° when the

enclosure is tilted at any angle up to 15° on either side of the

vertical.

3 Protected against spraying water. Water sprayed at any angle up to 60° on either side of the

vertical shall have no harmful effects.

4 Protected against splashing water Water splashed against the enclosure from any direction shall

have no harmful effects.

5 Protected against water jets Water projected in jets against the enclosure from any direction

shall have no harmful effects.

6 Protected against powerful water jets Water projected in powerful jets against the enclosure from any

direction shall have no harmful effects.

7Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in

water.

Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful effects shall not

be possible when the enclosure is temporarily immersed in

water under standardized conditions of pressure and time.

8Protected against the effects of continuous immersion in

water.

Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful effects shall

not be possible when the enclosure is continuously immersed

in water under conditions which shall be agreed between

manufacturer and user but which are more severe than for

numeral 7.

NEMA TO IEC Enclosure Rating Cross-Reference1

NEMA TYPE IP23 IP30 IP32 IP55 IP64 IP65 IP66 IP67

1 x

2 x

3 x

3R x

4 x

4X x

6 x

12 x

13 x

1 This cross reference is an approximation of NEMA and IEC classiﬁcations for reference only. Please consult the appropriate

JIC agencies for requirements and test qualiﬁcations for complete information.

Purge/Pressurization Systems

Purge/pressurization systems allow the use of general-purpose enclosures in hazardous locations as an alternative to NEMA Type 7 or 9

enclosures or those rated for zone classiﬁcation. Purge/pressurization accessories are attached to an enclosure to prevent explosions in

hazardous locations by purging combustible gases or dust and then maintaining a positive pressure with clean dry air, or other inert gas.

Purged and Pressurized Enclosures

1. Purged/pressurized Enclosures for Class I Hazardous Locations Purging is deﬁned as the process of supplying an enclosure with clean

air or an inert gas, at sufﬁcient ﬂow and positive pressure to reduce to an acceptable safe level the concentrations of any ﬂammable

gases or vapors initially present, and to maintain this safe level by positive pressure with or without continuous ﬂow.

2. Pressurized Enclosures for Class II Hazardous Locations Pressurizing is similar to purging except that pressurizing is used to prevent

the entrance of hazardous dusts and cannot be used to clean out dust that already exists inside an enclosure.

Purged or pressurized enclosures are acceptable alternatives for use in hazardous location as permitted by Article 500 of the National

Electrical Code and the inspection authority having jurisdiction provided that the requirements and safeguards speciﬁed by NFPA 496,

“Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Locations” are strictly followed.

Milbank Manufacturing Co. does not supply purged/pressurized enclosures. The above descriptions are provided for information only.

IEC 529 DEFINITION OF PROTECTION GRADES

IEC 529 DEFINITION OF PROTECTION GRADES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

Milbank Manufacturing Co. offers a series of

standard options to complement our wide

range of catalog products. These options meet

common industry and application requirements

and are designed to offer a wide range of

flexibility to meet many different needs.

Byutilizingstandardcatalogenclosuretypes

and standard accessories or options, you

can keep your price and delivery times to a

minimum.

WALL-MOUNT ENCLOSURES

• Finishoptions

• Dimensionchanges

• Holeandcutoutoptions

• Hingeoptions

• Studs,nutsandtappedholes

• Sub-paneloptions

• Ventilationoptions

• Windowoptions

• Floormountingoptions

• Assembledaccessories

• Disconnectoptions

• Speciallatching

1) Clearly specify what you are sending (i.e.

Order, RFQ, Information Request, Credit

Information or Change).

2) Specify complete customer name, address,

city,state,andzip.

3) Specify phone and fax number of customer.

4) Specify customer contact.

5) Specify exactly who is to receive a copy of

the quote (i.e. Customer/Rep/Both).

6) Specify shipping information.

7) Specify requested ship date. Do not specify

ASAP, Rush, or impossible dates.

8) Indicate on repeat orders when a change is

taking place. Follow up with Engineering

and Estimating to verify change.

LARGE MILD STEEL ENCLOSURES

• Finishoptions

• Dimensionalchanges

• Holeandcutoutoptions

• Componentmountingoptions

• Sub-paneloptions

• Ventilationoptions

• Windowoptions

• Floormountingoptions

• Hingeoptions

• Wiremanagementchoices

• Structuralchanges

• Assembledaccessories

• Disconnectoptions

• Speciallatching

STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURES

Type 304 or 316 stainless steel

• Holeandcutoutoptions

• Studs,nutsandtappedholes

• Sub-paneloptions

• Ventilationoptions

• Windowoptions

• Mountingoptions

• Dripshields

• Assembledaccessories

• Disconnectoptions

• Hingeoptions

• Speciallatching

9) Specify quantities required and indicate if a

blanket order will be placed.

10) Specify part number if item is a repeat.

11) When referencing competitor’s part

numbers, cross-reference them before

submitting RFQ.

12) Clearly describe product including

environment (Nema), type, height,

width, depth, number of doors, special

construction (i.e. shelves, brackets, etc.),

description of application is helpful.

13) Clearly specify if UL Environmental rating

Labels Are Required. If so, specify type or

indicate “none.”

14) Clearly specify paint, paint type,

paint color, paint part number, paint

manufacture, and any special requirements

if other than standard.

MODIFICATION & DRAWING REQUIREMENTS

15) Specify type of finish for stainless

enclosures (i.e. brushed, Scotch Brite).

Indicate special requirements if other

than standard.

16) Specify material requirements (i.e.

stainless, mild steel).

17) Indicate if sub-panel is required.

18) When sending drawings, specify clear

and complete information.

 •Engineering-specifycustomername,

job number, and revision if applicable.

 •Estimating–specifycustomername

and reference RFQ or quote number if

applicable.

19) Specify any special requirements (i.e.

penalty clauses, accessories, mil specs).

CAD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS

• DrawingstobeAutoCad.DXFor.DWG.

• ProvideCADDrawingscaled1:1(1"

= 1 Drawing Unit / 1mm = 1 Drawing

Unit) [Please specify on drawing 'Inch' or

'Metric' accordingly].

• ProvideonlyPertinentInformation

required to Modify the Enclosure.

Electronic/component layout drawings not

required.

LAYER CONTROL

• Erase/Omitallunnecessarydrawing

information.

• TurnOn/ThawLayersinwhich

modifications are necessary (should be

only information on drawing).

• PurgeallunnecessaryBlocks/Layers/

Line types / Text Styles / Dimension

Styles.

• Clearlyidentifyonthedrawing,your

company name and drawing number.

• Clearlyidentifyrevisions.

EMAIL DRAWINGS

• Clearlystate"Quoterequest"or

"Engineering Drawings" in subject

line. Provide brief explanation of

revision or change if appropriate.

Minimum Requirements For Engineering/Estimating

Modiﬁcation Services

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

10-32 Captivated Screws

Subpanel

Lid Removed

W - 2 W - 5

H + 0.75

H - 1.125

W - 1.125

H + 0.336

W + 0.336

D - 0.473

.438

Ø .313

CATALOG NUMBER 316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

PRODUCT SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS STEEL #

SC443JIC12 SC443JIC12XS SC443JIC12XZ 4 x 4 x 3 2 - -

SC643JIC12 SC643JIC12XS SC643JIC12XZ 6 x 4 x 3 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

SC863JIC12 SC863JIC12XS SC863JIC12XZ 8 x 6 x 3.5 5 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

SC444JIC12 SC444JIC12XS SC444JIC12XZ 4 x 4 x 4 2 - -

SC644JIC12 SC644JIC12XS SC644JIC12XZ 6 x 4 x 4 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

SC884JIC12 SC884JIC12XS SC884JIC12XZ 8 x 8 x 4 6 A-88SBP 6.88 x 6.88

SC664JIC12 SC664JIC12XS SC664JIC12XZ 6 x 6 x 4 4 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

SC666JIC12 SC666JIC12XS SC666JIC12XZ 6 x 6 x 6 5 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

SC866JIC12 SC866JIC12XS SC866JIC12XZ 8 x 6 x 6 7 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

SC1084JIC12 SC1084JIC12XS SC1084JIC12XZ 10 x 8 x 4 8 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

SC1264JIC12 SC1264JIC12XS SC1264JIC12XZ 12 x 6 x 4 7 A-126SBP 10.88 x 4.88

SC12105JIC12 SC12105JIC12XS SC12105JIC12XZ 12 x 10 x 5 12 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

SC1086JIC12 SC1086JIC12XS SC1086JIC12XZ 10 x 8 x 6 9 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

SC10106JIC12 SC10106JIC12XS SC10106JIC12XZ 10 x 10 x 6 11 A-1010SBP 8.88 x 8.88

SC12126JIC12 SC12126JIC12XS SC12126JIC12XZ 12 x 12 x 6 14 A-1212SBP 10.88 x 10.88

SC1486JIC12 SC1486JIC12XS SC1486JIC12XZ 14 x 8 x 6 12 A-148SBP 12.88 x 6.88

SC14126JIC12 SC14126JIC12XS SC14126JIC12XZ 14 x 12 x 6 16 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

SC16106JIC12 SC16106JIC12XS SC16106JIC12XZ 16 x 10 x 6 16 A-1610SBP 14.88 x 8.88

SC16146JIC12 SC16146JIC12XS SC16146JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 6 20 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

SC12108JIC12 SC12108JIC12XS SC12108JIC12XZ 12 x 10 x 8 15 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

SC14128JIC12 SC14128JIC12XS SC14128JIC12XZ 14 x 12 x 8 19 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

SC16148JIC12 SC16148JIC12XS SC16148JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 8 23 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

SC161410JIC12 SC161410JIC12XS SC161410JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 10 26 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

APPLICATIONS

For housing electrical controls, terminals, and

instruments and to provide protection from

dust, dirt, oil and water.

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless Steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

JIC12 • JIC12XS •JIC12XZ

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 16 or 14 gauge carbon steel,

type 304 stainless steel and type 316 stainless

steel. Enclosure feature:

• Lidssecuredwithcaptivatedcoverscrews

threaded into sealed wells.

•Oilresistantgasketappliedtothedoors.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Weldnutsformountingoptionalsubpanel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES JIC SCREW COVER ENCLOSURES

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES JIC SCREW COVER ENCLOSURES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS STEEL # 316 STAINLESS STEEL #

CC443JIC12 CC443JIC12XS CC443JIC12XZ 4 x 4 x 3 2 - -

CC643JIC12 CC643JIC12XS CC643JIC12XZ 6 x 4 x 3 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

CC863JIC12 CC863JIC12XS CC863JIC12XZ 8 x 6 x 3.5 5 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

CC444JIC12 CC444JIC12XS CC444JIC12XZ 4 x 4 x 4 3 - -

CC644JIC12 CC644JIC12XS CC644JIC12XZ 6 x 4 x 4 4 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

CC664JIC12 CC664JIC12XS CC664JIC12XZ 6 x 6 x 4 5 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

CC884JIC12 CC884JIC12XS CC884JIC12XZ 8 x 8 x 4 8 A-88SBP 6.88 x 6.88

CC1084JIC12 CC1084JIC12XS CC1084JIC12XZ 10 x 8 x 4 9 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

CC1264JIC12 CC1264JIC12XS CC1264JIC12XZ 12 x 6 x 4 9 A-126SBP 10.88 x 4.88

CC12105JIC12 CC12105JIC12XS CC12105JIC12XZ 12 x 10 x 5 14 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

CC666JIC12 CC666JIC12XS CC666JIC12XZ 6 x 6 x 6 6 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

CC866JIC12 CC866JIC12XS CC866JIC12XZ 8 x 6 x 6 8 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

CC1086JIC12 CC1086JIC12XS CC1086JIC12XZ 10 x 8 x 6 11 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

CC10106JIC12 CC10106JIC12XS CC10106JIC12XZ 10 x 10 x 6 13 A-1010SBP 8.88 x 8.88

CC12126JIC12 CC12126JIC12XS CC12126JIC12XZ 12 x 12 x 6 17 A-1212SBP 10.88 x 10.88

CC1486JIC12 CC1486JIC12XS CC1486JIC12XZ 14 x 8 x 6 15 A-148SBP 12.88 x 6.88

CC14126JIC12 CC14126JIC12XS CC14126JIC12XZ 14 x 12 x 6 19 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

CC16106JIC12 CC16106JIC12XS CC16106JIC12XZ 16 x 10 x 6 19 A-1610SBP 14.88 x 8.88

CC12108JIC12 CC12108JIC12XS CC12108JIC12XZ 12 x 10 x 8 18 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

CC14128JIC12 CC14128JIC12XS CC14128JIC12XZ 14 x 12 x 8 22 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

CC16146JIC12 CC16146JIC12XS CC16146JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 6 24 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

CC16148JIC12 CC16148JIC12XS CC16148JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 8 28 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

CC161410JIC12 CC161410JIC12XS CC161410JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 10 31 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection for electrical

controls, instruments, and terminals from oil,

dirt, dust and water entry.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 16 or 14 gauge carbon steel, 14

gauge type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorsecuredwithzinccoatedclamps.

• Stainlesssteeldoorsaresecuredwith

type 316 stainless steel clamps.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothedoors.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Weldnutsformountingoptionalsub-panel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL and

custom match finishes available for an additional

charge, please contact Milbank Manufacturing

Co. for further assistance. All powder coat

finishesappliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Carbon steel sub panels have a white

polyester powder coat finish. Stainless Steel

enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES CLAMP COVER ENCLOSURE

TYPE – 12 JUNCTION ENCLOSURES CLAMP COVER ENCLOSURE

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Subpanel

H - 1.125

W - 1.125 H + 0.75

W - 2

.324

.313 Ø

H + 0.336

W + 0.336

.438

D - 0.586

JIC12 • JIC12XS • JIC12XZ

NOTES:

1. When Width is equal to or less than 8" there

will be one set of clamps on that side.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C10

Lid Removed

OMIT CENTER

MOUNTING FOOT IF D

IS LESS THAN 60"

.62

.32

(4 sides)

Ø .31

Mtg.

D W

D + .75

Mtg.

D/2 - .62

Mtg.

D - 1.25

Mtg.

Lid Removed

OMIT CENTER

MOUNTING FOOT IF D

IS LESS THAN 60"

.62

.32

(4 sides)

Ø .31

Mtg.

D + .75

Mtg.

D/2 - .62

Mtg.

D - 1.25

Mtg.

APPLICATIONS

Designed to house electrical wiring where dust,

dirt, oil and water are not serious problems.

GCC12 • GCC12XS • GCC12XZ

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 16 or 14 gauge carbon steel, 14

gauge type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosures feature:

• Noholesorknockouts.

• Troughswithlift-offlidsandexternal

screw clamps to ensure a complete

seal between cover and body.

• Mountingfeetprovided.

FI NISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for

an additional charge, please contact

Milbank Manufacturing Co. for further

assistance. All powder coat finishes

appliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Stainless Steel enclosures

have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard Flangeless Lay-in Wireways

accordingtoyourspecifications.Sizes

and many more options are available.

Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES JIC WIRING TROUGHS WITH LIFT-OFF COVERS

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES)

SHPG.

WT. GAUGE

# OF

MOUNTING

FEET

QTY. CLAMPS

& SCREWS

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

2212-GCC12 2212-GCC12XS 2212-GCC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 5 16 2 2

2218-GCC12 2218-GCC12XS 2218-GCC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 7 16 2 3

2224-GCC12 2224-GCC12XS 2224-GCC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 8 16 2 3

4412-GCC12 4412-GCC12XS 4412-GCC12XZ 4 x 4 x 12 7 16 2 2

4418-GCC12 4418-GCC12XS 4418-GCC12XZ 4 x 4 x 18 9 16 2 3

4424-GCC12 4424-GCC12XS 4424-GCC12XZ 4 x 4 x 24 11 14 2 3

4436-GCC12 4436-GCC12XS 4436-GCC12XZ 4 x 4 x 36 17 14 2 4

4448-GCC12 4448-GCC12XS 4448-GCC12XZ 4 x 4 x 48 22 14 2 5

6612-GCC12 6612-GCC12XS 6612-GCC12XZ 6 x 6 x 12 10 14 2 2

6618-GCC12 6618-GCC12XS 6618-GCC12XZ 6 x 6 x 18 13 14 2 3

6624-GCC12 6624-GCC12XS 6624-GCC12XZ 6 x 6 x 24 17 14 2 3

6636-GCC12 6636-GCC12XS 6636-GCC12XZ 6 x 6 x 36 26 14 2 4

6648-GCC12 6648-GCC12XS 6648-GCC12XZ 6 x 6 x 48 31 14 2 5

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C11

Subpanel

Sold

Seperately

Lid Removed

H + .75

Mtg.

W - 2

Mtg.

H - 1.125

W - 1.125

Panel

Ø .31

W + 0.3

H + 0.3

D - 0.49 .44 I.D.

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless Steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection for electrical

controls, instruments, and terminals from oil,

dirt, and dust.

JIC12 • JIC12XS • JIC12XZ

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

NOTES:

1. When Height or Width is equal to or less than 8"

there will be one set of clamps on that side.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 16 or 14 gauge carbon steel, 14

gauge type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorsecuredwithacontinuous

hinge and clamps.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothedoors.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Weldnutsformountingoptionalsubpanel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

CARBON STEEL #

CATALOG NUMBER

304 STAINLESS STEEL

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

PRODUCT SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES) SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

HC443JIC12 HC443JIC12XS HC443JIC12XZ 4 x 4 x 3 2 - -

HC643JIC12 HC643JIC12XS HC643JIC12XZ 6 x 4 x 3 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

HC863JIC12 HC863JIC12XS HC863JIC12XZ 8 x 6 x 3.5 5 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

HC444JIC12 HC444JIC12XS HC444JIC12XZ 4 x 4 x 4 2 - -

HC644JIC12 HC644JIC12XS HC644JIC12XZ 6 x 4 x 4 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

HC664JIC12 HC664JIC12XS HC664JIC12XZ 6 x 6 x 4 4 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

HC884JIC12 HC884JIC12XS HC884JIC12XZ 8 x 8 x 4 6 A-88SBP 6.88 x 6.88

HC1084JIC12 HC1084JIC12XS HC1084JIC12XZ 10 x 8 x 4 8 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

HC1264JIC12 HC1264JIC12XS HC1264JIC12XZ 12 x 6 x 4 7 A-126SBP 10.88 x 4.88

HC12105JIC12 HC12105JIC12XS HC12105JIC12XZ 12 x 10 x 5 12 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

HC666JIC12 HC666JIC12XS HC666JIC12XZ 6 x 6 x 6 5 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

HC866JIC12 HC866JIC12XS HC866JIC12XZ 8 x 6 x 6 7 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

HC1086JIC12 HC1086JIC12XS HC1086JIC12XZ 10 x 8 x 6 9 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

HC10106JIC12 HC10106JIC12XS HC10106JIC12XZ 10 x 10 x 6 11 A-1010SBP 8.88 x 8.88

HC12126JIC12 HC12126JIC12XS HC12126JIC12XZ 12 x 12 x 6 14 A-1212SBP 10.88 x 10.88

HC1486JIC12 HC1486JIC12XS HC1486JIC12XZ 14 x 8 x 6 12 A-148SBP 12.88 x 6.88

HC14126JIC12 HC14126JIC12XS HC14126JIC12XZ 14 x 12 x 6 16 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

HC16106JIC12 HC16106JIC12XS HC16106JIC12XZ 16 x 10 x 6 16 A-1610SBP 14.88 x 8.88

HC16146JIC12 HC16146JIC12XS HC16146JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 6 20 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

HC12108JIC12 HC12108JIC12XS HC12108JIC12XZ 12 x 10 x 8 15 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

HC14128JIC12 HC14128JIC12XS HC14128JIC12XZ 14 x 12 x 8 19 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

HC16148JIC12 HC16148JIC12XS HC16148JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 8 23 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

HC161410JIC12 HC161410JIC12XS HC161410JIC12XZ 16 x 14 x 10 26 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES CONTINUOUS HINGE COVER ENCLOSURES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C12

CATALOG

NUMBER

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

HC20167JIC12 20 x 16 x 7 31 A-20P16 17 x 13

HC20207JIC12 20 x 20 x 7 37 A-20P20 17 x 17

HC24207JIC12 24 x 20 x 7 43 A-24P20 21 x 17

HC24247JIC12 24 x 24 x 7 48 A-24P24 21 x 21

HC30207JIC12 30 x 20 x 7 50 A-30P20 27 x 17

HC30247JIC12 30 x 24 x 7 58 A-30P24 27 x 21

HC36247JIC12 36 x 24 x 7 69 A-36P24 33 x 21

HC20169JIC12 20 x 16 x 9 36 A-20P16 17 x 13

HC20209JIC12 20 x 20 x 9 41 A-20P20 17 x 17

HC24209JIC12 24 x 20 x 9 47 A-24P20 21 x 17

HC24249JIC12 24 x 24 x 9 54 A-24P24 21 x 21

HC30209JIC12 30 x 20 x 9 55 A-30P20 27 x 17

HC30249JIC12 30 x 24 x 9 62 A-30P24 27 x 21

HC36249JIC12 36 x 24 x 9 76 A-36P24 33 x 21

HC36309JIC12 36 x 30 x 9 90 A-36P30 33 x 27

HC42309JIC12 42 x 30 x 9 103 A-42P30 39 x 27

HC42369JIC12 42 x 36 x 9 115 A-42P36 39 x 33

HC242411JIC12 24 x 24 x 11 58 A-24P24 21 x 21

HC362411JIC12 36 x 24 x 11 77 A-36P24 33 x 21

HC483611JIC12 48 x 36 x 11 139 A-48P36 45 x 33

HC302413JIC12 30 x 24 x 13 70 A-30P24 27 x 21

HC363013JIC12 36 x 30 x 13 100 A-36P30 33 x 27

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Subpanel

Lid Removed

H - 3

W - 3

W + 0.3

H + 0.3

Ø .44

Mtg.

1.00 I.D.

D - 1.18

.62

.62 3 3

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard Enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

APPLICATIONS

For housing electrical controls, terminals,

and instruments and to provide protection

from dust, dirt, oil and water.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are 24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are greater than 24”.

2. Panels will have formed ﬂanges when either Height or Width is

greater than or equal to 18".

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel.

Enclosure feature:

• Doorsecuredwithcontinuous

hinge and clamps.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtodoors.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Collarstudsformountingoptionalsubpanel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES – LARGE CONTINUOUS HINGE COVER

JIC12

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C13

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT SIZE

H X D X L

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

# OF

MOUNTING

FEET

QTY.

CLAMPS

& SCREWS

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

2212-GHC12 2212-GHC12XS 2212-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 12 3 2 2

2218-GHC12 2218-GHC12XS 2218-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 18 5 2 3

2224-GHC12 2224-GHC12XS 2224-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 24 6 2 3

2230-GHC12 2230-GHC12XS 2230-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 30 9 2 3

2236-GHC12 2236-GHC12XS 2236-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 36 10 2 4

2248-GHC12 2248-GHC12XS 2248-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 48 13 2 5

2260-GHC12 2260-GHC12XS 2260-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 60 16 3 6

2272-GHC12 2272-GHC12XS 2272-GHC12XZ 2.5 x 2.5 x 72 19 3 6

4412-GHC12 4412-GHC12XS 4412-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 12 6 2 2

4418-GHC12 4418-GHC12XS 4418-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 18 10 2 3

4424-GHC12 4424-GHC12XS 4424-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 24 11 2 3

4430-GHC12 4430-GHC12XS 4430-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 30 15 2 3

4436-GHC12 4436-GHC12XS 4436-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 36 18 2 4

4448-GHC12 4448-GHC12XS 4448-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 48 22 2 5

4460-GHC12 4460-GHC12XS 4460-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 60 25 3 6

4472-GHC12 4472-GHC12XS 4472-GHC12XZ 4 x 4 x 72 30 3 6

6612-GHC12 6612-GHC12XS 6612-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 12 10 2 2

6618-GHC12 6618-GHC12XS 6618-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 18 12 2 3

6624-GHC12 6624-GHC12XS 6624-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 24 16 2 3

6630-GHC12 6630-GHC12XS 6630-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 30 19 2 3

6636-GHC12 6636-GHC12XS 6636-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 36 24 2 4

6648-GHC12 6648-GHC12XS 6648-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 48 30 2 5

6660-GHC12 6660-GHC12XS 6660-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 60 32 3 6

6672-GHC12 6672-GHC12XS 6672-GHC12XZ 6 x 6 x 72 44 3 6

8812-GHC12 8812-GHC12XS 8812-GHC12XZ 8 x 8 x 12 13 2 2

8824-GHC12 8824-GHC12XS 8824-GHC12XZ 8 x 8 x 24 23 2 3

8836-GHC12 8836-GHC12XS 8836-GHC12XZ 8 x 8 x 36 32 2 4

8848-GHC12 8848-GHC12XS 8848-GHC12XZ 8 x 8 x 48 40 2 5

8860-GHC12 8860-GHC12XS 8860-GHC12XZ 8 x 8 x 60 49 3 6

121224-GHC12 121224-GHC12XS 121224-GHC12XZ 12 x 12 x 24 34 2 3

121236-GHC12 121236-GHC12XS 121236-GHC12XZ 12 x 12 x 36 49 2 4

121248-GHC12 121248-GHC12XS 121248-GHC12XZ 12 x 12 x 48 60 2 5

121260-GHC12 121260-GHC12XS 121260-GHC12XZ 12 x 12 x 60 73 3 6

Lid Removed

OMIT CENTER

MOUNTING FOOT IF

L IS LESS THAN 60"

.62 Ø .31

Mtg.

.32

(4 sides)

D + 0.75

L/2 - .62

L - 1.25

Lid Removed

OMIT CENTER

MOUNTING FOOT IF

L IS LESS THAN 60"

.62 Ø .31

Mtg.

.32

(4 sides)

D + 0.75

L/2 - .62

L - 1.25

Lid Removed

OMIT CENTER

MOUNTING FOOT IF

L IS LESS THAN 60"

.62 Ø .31

Mtg.

.32

(4 sides)

D + 0.75

L/2 - .62

L - 1.25

APPLICATIONS

To protect wiring from dust, dirt,

oil and water.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon

steel, type 304 or type 316 stainless

steel with continuously welded

seams. Enclosures feature:

•Noholesorknockouts.

•Troughshavecontinuoushinges

and external screw clamps to

ensure a complete seal between

cover and body.

•Mountingfeetprovided.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on

interior and exterior of enclosures.

Recoatable, smooth, white or RAL

7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge.

Standard RAL and custom match

finishes available for an additional

charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further

assistance. All powder coat finishes

appliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Stainless Steel enclosures

have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard Flangeless Lay-

in Wireways according to your

specifications.Sizesandmanymore

options are available. Quotations

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

GHC12 • GHC12XS • GHC12XZ

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES – JIC WIRING TROUGHS

CONTINUOUS HINGED COVER

TYPE 12 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES – JIC WIRING TROUGHS

CONTINUOUS HINGED COVER

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C14

CATALOG NUMBER

HOLES

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT.

HOLE LOCATION

CARBON STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

CARBON STEEL

22.5 MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

J K

PB12S11 PB12XS11 PBM12S11 PBM12XS11 1 3.5 x 3.25 x 2.75 2 1.918 1.793

PB12S12 PB12XS12 PBM12S12 PBM12XS12 2 5.75 x 3.25 x 2.75 3 1.918 1.793

PB12S13 PB12XS13 PBM12S13 PBM12XS13 3 8 x 3.25 x 2.75 3 1.918 1.793

PB12S14 PB12XS14 PBM12S14 PBM12XS14 4 10.25 x 3.25 x 2.75 4 1.918 1.793

PB12S22 PB12XS22 PBM12S22 PBM12XS22 4 7.25 x 6.25 x 3 5 2.668 2.168

PB12S15 PB12XS15 PBM12S15 PBM12XS15 5 12.5 x 3.25 x 2.75 5 1.918 1.793

PB12S32 PB12XS32 PBM12S32 PBM12XS32 6 9.5 x 6.25 x 3 6 2.668 2.168

PB12S16 PB12XS16 PBM12S16 PBM12XS16 6 14.75 x 3.25 x 2.75 6 1.918 1.793

PB12S17 PB12XS17 PBM12S17 PBM12XS17 7 18 x 3.25 x 2.75 6 2.418 1.793

PB12S18 PB12XS18 PBM12S18 PBM12XS18 8 20.25 x 3.25 x 2.75 8 2.418 1.793

PB12S33 PB12XS33 PBM12S33 PBM12XS33 9 9.5 x 8.5 x 3 8 2.668 2.168

PB12S19 PB12XS19 PBM12S19 PBM12XS19 9 22.5 x 3.25 x 2.75 8 2.418 1.793

PB12S110 PB12XS110 PBM12S110 PBM12XS110 10 24.75 x 3.25 x 2.75 8 2.418 1.793

PB12S43 PB12XS43 PBM12S43 PBM12XS43 12 11.75 x 8.5 x 3 9 2.668 2.168

PB12S44 PB12XS44 PBM12S44 PBM12XS44 16 11.75 x 10.75 x 3 11 2.668 2.168

PB12S54 PB12XS54 PBM12S54 PBM12XS54 20 14 x 10.75 x 3 12 2.668 2.168

PB12S55 PB12XS55 PBM12S55 PBM12XS55 25 14 x 13 x 3 14 2.668 2.168

polyester powder coat available at no

charge. Standard RAL and custom match

finishes available for an additional charge,

please contact Milbank Manufacturing

Co. for further assistance. All powder coat

finishesappliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard enclosures or custom

design enclosures according to your

specifications.Customsizes,materials,

and many more options are available.

Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

• Type12

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon

steel or type 304 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams.

Enclosures feature:

• Coversecuredwith

captivated screws.

• Oilresistantgasket

applied to the cover.

• Externalmountingfeetfor

wall or machinery mounting.

• Universalpushbuttonholes

(30.5mm).

• 22mmavailablewith:M

addition to part number.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior

and exterior of enclosures. Recoatable,

smooth, white or RAL 7035 texture

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection from oil, dirt,

and dust. Universal holes accommodate many

types of pilot lights, switches and pushbuttons.

TYPE 12 – STANDARD OIL – TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE

TYPE 12 – STANDARD OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C15

PB12S11 PB12S12 PB12S13 PB12S14 PB12S22 PB12S15 PB12S32 PB12S16 PB12S17 PB12S33 PB12S43

LID

REMOVED

30.5 mm

4 - way

22.5 mm

4 - way

INTERNAL LIFT-OFF

HINGES ON UNITS

WITH MORE THAN

ONE COLUMN OF

PUSHBUTTONS

LID SECURED

WITH 10-32

CAPTIVE SCREWS

W - .875

H + .5

Ø .31

Mtg.

2.25

K 2.25

.19

.67

Ø1.2

( 30.5mm ) .13

.48 Ø.87

( 22.2mm )

PB • PBXS • PBM • PBMXS

TYPE 12 – STANDARD OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C16

LID

REMOVED

30.5 mm

4 - way

22.5 mm

4 - way

INTERNAL LIFT-OFF

HINGES ON UNITS

WITH MORE THAN

ONE COLUMN OF

PUSHBUTTONS

LID SECURED

WITH 10-32

CAPTIVE SCREWS

W - .875

H .336

H + .5

Ø .31

Mtg.

.255

2.25

K 2.25

.19

.67

Ø1.2

( 30.5mm ) .13

.48 Ø.87

( 22.2mm )

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Stainlesssteel

enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Customsizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection from oil,

dirt, and dust. Universal holes accommodate

many types of pilot lights, switches and

pushbuttons.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel or type

304 stainless steel with continuously welded

seams. Enclosures feature:

• Additionalinchofdepth.

• Coversecuredwithcaptivatedscrews.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothecover.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

• Universalpushbuttonholes(30.5mm).

• 22mmavailablewith:Madditiontopart

number.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

CATALOG NUMBER

HOLES

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT.

HOLE LOCATION

CARBON STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

CARBON STEEL

22.5 MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

J K

PBD12S11 PBD12XS11 PBDM12S11 PBDM12XS11 1 4 x 4 x 4.75 3 2.168 2.168

PBD12S12 PBD12XS12 PBDM12S12 PBDM12XS12 2 6 x 4 x 4.75 4 2.043 2.168

PBD12S13 PBD12XS13 PBDM12S13 PBDM12XS13 3 8 x 4 x 4.75 5 1.918 2.168

PBD12S14 PBD12XS14 PBDM12S14 PBDM12XS14 4 10 x 4 x 4.75 6 1.793 2.168

PBD12S22 PBD12XS22 PBDM12S22 PBDM12XS22 4 7.25 x 6.25 x 4.75 6 2.668 2.168

PBD12S16 PBD12XS16 PBDM12S16 PBDM12XS16 6 9.5 x 6.25 x 4.75 8 2.668 2.168

PBD12S33 PBD12XS33 PBDM12S33 PBDM12XS33 9 9.5 x 8.5 x 4.75 9 2.668 2.168

PBD12S110 PBD12XS110 PBDM12S110 PBDM12XS110 10 14 x 6.25 x 4.75 10 2.668 2.168

PBD12S43 PBD12XS43 PBDM12S43 PBDM12XS43 12 11.75 x 8.5 4.75 9 2.668 2.168

PBD12S44 PBD12XS44 PBDM12S44 PBDM12XS44 16 11.75 x 10.75 x 4.75 12 2.668 2.168

PBD12S116 PBD12XS116 PBDM12S116 PBDM12XS116 16 20.75 x 6.25 x 4.75 13 2.668 2.168

PBD12S54 PBD12XS54 PBDM12S54 PBDM12XS54 20 14 x 10.75 x 4.75 15 2.668 2.168

PBD12S55 PBD12XS55 PBDM12S55 PBDM12XS55 25 14 x 13 x 4.75 16 2.668 2.168

PBD12S56 PBD12XS56 PBDM12S56 PBDM12XS56 30 16.25 x 13 x 4.75 18 2.668 2.168

PBD12S66 PBD12XS66 PBDM12S66 PBDM12XS66 36 16.25 x 15.25 x 4.75 20 2.668 2.168

TYPE 12 – EXTRA DEEP OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE

PBD12S11 PBD12S12 PBD12S13 PBD12S14 PBD12S22 PBD12S15 PBD12S32 PBD12S16 PBD12S17 PBD12S33 PBD12S43

PBD • PBDXS • PBDM • PBDMXS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C17

CATALOG NUMBER

HOLES ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SHPG.

WT.

HOLE LOCATION

CARBON STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

J K

PPB12S11 PPB12XS11 1 4 x 2.5 x 2.5 2 1.418 1.418

PPB12S12 PPB12XS12 2 6.25 x 2.5 x 2.5 3 2.168 1.418

PPB12S13 PPB12XS13 3 8.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 3 2.168 1.418

PPB12S14 PPB12XS14 4 10.75 x 2.5 x 2.5 4 2.168 1.418

PPB12S15 PPB12XS15 5 13 x 2.5 x 2.5 4 2.168 1.418

PPB12S16 PPB12XS16 6 16.25 x 2.5 x 2.5 5 2.668 1.418

PPB12S17 PPB12XS17 7 18.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 6 2.668 1.418

PPB12S18 PPB12XS18 8 20.75 x 2.5 x 2.5 6 2.668 1.418

finishes available for an additional charge,

please contact Milbank Manufacturing

Co. for further assistance. All powder coat

finishesappliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

0.88"[22mm]pushbuttonholes,sizes,

materials, and many more options are

available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon

steel or type 304 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosures

feature:

• Coversecuredwithcaptivatedscrews.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothe

cover.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Universalpushbuttonholes(30.5mm).

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior

and exterior of enclosures. Recoatable,

smooth, white or RAL 7035 texture

polyester powder coat available at no

charge. Standard RAL and custom match

PPB • PPBXS

No Lid

.324

10-32 Captivated Screws

Ø .312

1.500

2.250

W + 0.336

H + 0.336

TYPE 12 – PENDANT OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE

TYPE 12 PENDANT OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection from oil, dirt,

and dust. Universal holes accommodate many

types of pilot lights, switches and pushbuttons.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C18

CATALOG NUMBER

HOLES ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SHPG.

WT.

HOLE LOCATION

CARBON STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

CARBON STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

J K E Y

PBSF12S11 PBSF12XS11 PBSFM12S11 PBSFM12XS11 1 3.5 x 3.25 x 4.87 7 1.86 1.73 3.34 3.53

PBSF12S12 PBSF12XS12 PBSFM12S12 PBSFM12XS12 2 3.5 x 5.5 x 4.87 4 1.86 1.73 3.34 3.53

PBSF12S13 PBSF12XS13 PBSFM12S13 PBSFM12XS13 3 3.5 x 7.75 x 4.87 4 1.86 1.73 3.34 3.53

PBSF12S14 PBSF12XS14 PBSFM12S14 PBSFM12XS14 4 3.5 x 10 x 4.87 5 1.86 1.73 3.34 3.53

PBSF12S22 PBSF12XS22 PBSFM12S22 PBSFM12XS22 4 7.25 x 6.25 x 6.75 6 2.61 2.11 5.22 6.78

PBSF12S23 PBSF12XS23 PBSFM12S23 PBSFM12XS23 6 7.25 x 8.5 x 6.75 7 2.61 2.11 5.22 6.78

PBSF12S24 PBSF12XS24 PBSFM12S24 PBSFM12XS24 8 7.25 x 10.75 x 6.75 9 2.61 2.11 5.22 6.78

PBSF12S33 PBSF12XS33 PBSFM12S33 PBSFM12XS33 9 9.5 x 8.50 x 7.87 10 2.61 2.11 6.34 8.73

PBSF12S25 PBSF12XS25 PBSFM12S25 PBSFM12XS25 10 7.25 x 13 x 6.75 13 2.61 2.11 5.22 6.78

PBSF12S26 PBSF12XS26 PBSFM12S26 PBSFM12XS26 12 7.25 x 15.25 x 6.75 13 2.61 2.11 5.22 6.78

PBSF12S43 PBSF12XS43 PBSFM12S43 PBSFM12XS43 12 11.75 x 8.50 x 9 11 2.61 2.11 7.47 10.69

PBSF12S28 PBSF12XS28 PBSFM12S28 PBSFM12XS28 16 7.25 x 19.75 x 6.75 16 2.61 2.11 5.22 6.78

PBSF12S44 PBSF12XS44 PBSFM12S44 PBSFM12XS44 16 11.75 x 10.75 x 9 13 2.61 2.11 7.47 10.69

PBSF12S45 PBSF12XS45 PBSFM12S45 PBSFM12XS45 20 11.75 x 13 x 9 16 2.61 2.11 7.49 10.69

PBSF12S55 PBSF12XS55 PBSFM12S55 PBSFM12XS55 25 14 x 13 x 10.12 20 2.61 2.11 8.59 12.62

PBSF12S56 PBSF12XS56 PBSFM12S56 PBSFM12XS56 30 14 x 15.25 x 10.12 20 2.61 2.11 8.59 12.62

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance.

All powder coat finishes applied over

cleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.Stainless

steel enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard enclosures or custom

design enclosures according to your

specifications.Customsizes,materials,

and many more options are available.

Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

• Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection from oil,

dirt, and dust. Universal holes accommodate

many types of pilot lights, switches and

pushbuttons.

TYPE 12 – SLOPING FRONT OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURES

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel or

type 304 stainless steel with continuously

welded seams. Enclosures feature:

•Coversecuredwithcaptivatedscrews.

•Oilresistantgasketappliedtothecover.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Universalpushbuttonholes(30.5mm)

• 22mmavailablewith:Madditiontopart

number.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

PBSF • PBSFM

ASECTION A-A

W + 0.336

H + 0.336

K 2.250

2.250

W - 0.875

Y + 0.5

Ø .313

2.483

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C19

CATALOG NUMBER

HOLES ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D SUB PANEL PART #

SUB PANEL

SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

CARBON STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

30.5MM HOLE

CARBON STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

PBHC12S22 PBHC12XS22 PBHCM12S22 PBHCM12XS22 4 8.5 x 7.5 x 6 A-PB7P6 6.5 x 5.5 10

PBHC12S32 PBHC12XS32 PBHCM12S32 PBHCM12XS32 6 11 x 7 x 6 A-PB10P6 9 x 5 12

PBHC12S33 PBHC12XS33 PBHCM12S33 PBHCM12XS33 9 11 x 10 x 6 A-PB9P8 9 x 8 15

PBHC12S43 PBHC12XS43 PBHCM12S43 PBHCM12XS43 12 13.5 x 10 x 6 A-PB12P11 11.5 x 8 17

PBHC12S44 PBHC12XS44 PBHCM12S44 PBHCM12XS44 16 13.5 x 12.5 x 6 A-PB12P11 11.5 x 10.5 19

PBHC12S54 PBHC12XS54 PBHCM12S54 PBHCM12XS54 20 16 x 12.5 x 6 A-PB14P11 14 x 10.5 25

PBHC12S55 PBHC12XS55 PBHCM12S55 PBHCM12XS55 25 16 x 15 x 6 A-PB14P13 14 x 13 27

PBHC12S65 PBHC12XS65 PBHCM12S65 PBHCM12XS65 30 18.5 x 15 x 6 A-PB17P13 16.5 x 13 29

PBHC12S66 PBHC12XS66 PBHCM12S66 PBHCM12XS66 36 18.5 x 17.5 x 6 A-PB17P16 16.5 x 15.5 34

PBHC12S76 PBHC12XS76 PBHCM12S76 PBHCM12XS76 42 21 x 17.5 x 6 A-PB19P16 19 x 15.5 38

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless Steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Customsizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection from oil, dirt,

and dust. Universal holes accommodate many

types of pilot lights, switches and pushbuttons.

PBHC • PBHCM

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

10-32 Captivated Screws

Subpanel

H H - 2

W - 2

6.000

2.668 2.500

3.168

2.500

W + 0.336

H + 0.336

H + 0.5

Ø .313 .325

D - 0.547

W - 0.875

TYPE 12 – LARGE CONTINUOUS HINGE COVER PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURE

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel or type

304 stainless steel with continuously welded

seams. Enclosures feature:

• Coversecuredwithcaptivatedscrews.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothecover.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

• Universalpushbuttonholes(30.5mm).

• 22mmavailablewith:Madditiontopart

number.

• Studsforoptionalpanelincluded.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C20

CATALOG NUMBER

HOLES ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SHPG.

WT. J

CARBON STEEL

30MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

30MM HOLE

CARBON STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

304 STAINLESS

STEEL

22.5MM HOLE

PBSL12S11 PBSL12XS11 PBSLM12S11 PBSLM12XS11 1 4 x 2.5 x 2.5 2 2.168

PBSL12S12 PBSL12XS12 PBSLM12S12 PBSLM12XS12 2 6.25 x 2.5 x 2.5 3 2.168

PBSL12S13 PBSL12XS13 PBSLM12S13 PBSLM12XS13 3 8.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 3 2.168

PBSL12S14 PBSL12XS14 PBSLM12S14 PBSLM12XS14 4 10.75 x 2.5 x 2.5 4 2.168

BPSL12S15 BPSL12XS15 BPSLM12S15 BPSLM12XS15 5 13 x 2.5 x 2.5 4 2.168

PBSL12S16 PBSL12XS16 PBSLM12S16 PBSLM12XS16 6 16.25 x 2.5 x 2.5 6 2.668

PBSL12S17 PBSL12XS17 PBSLM12S17 PBSLM12XS17 7 18.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 7 2.668

PBSL12S18 PBSL12XS18 PBSLM12S18 PBSLM12XS18 8 20.75 x 2.5 x 2.5 8 2.668

PBSL12S19 PBSL12XS19 PBSLM12S19 PBSLM12XS19 9 23 x 2.5 x 2.5 8 2.668

PBSL12S110 PBSL12SX110 PBSLM12S110 PBSLM12SX110 10 25.25 x 2.5 x 2.5 8 2.668

NO LID

10-32 Captivated Screws

W - 0.875

H + 0.5

.325

2.250

Ø .313

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection from oil, dirt,

and dust. Universal holes accommodate many

types of pilot lights, switches and pushbuttons.

PBSL • PBSLM

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Stainlesssteel

enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Customsizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type12

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel or type

304 stainless steel with continuously welded

seams. Enclosures feature:

• Coversecuredwithcaptivatedscrews.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothecover.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

• Universalpushbuttonholes(30mm).

• 22mmavailablewith:Madditiontopart

number.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

TYPE 12 – SLIMLINE OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURES

TYPE 12 – SLIMLINE OIL-TIGHT PUSHBUTTON ENCLOSURES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C21

CATALOG NUMBER SURFACE SIZE SHPG.

WT.

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

H X W X D

(INCHES)

MC8C8 MCXS8C8 8 x 8 x 7.09 9 5.59 7.44

MC8C12 MCXS8C12 8 x 12 x 7.09 11 5.59 7.44

MC8C16 MCXS8C16 8 x 16 x 7.09 14 5.59 7.44

MC8C20 MCXS8C20 8 x 20 x 7.09 17 5.59 7.44

MC12C12 MCXS12C12 12 x 12 x 9.09 15 7.59 10.91

MC12C16 MCXS12C16 12 x 16 x 9.09 20 7.59 10.91

MC12C20 MCXS12C20 12 x 20 x 9.09 24 7.59 10.91

MC12C24 MCXS12C24 12 x 24 x 9.09 28 7.59 10.91

MC16C16 MCXS16C16 16 x 16 x 11.09 25 9.59 14.38

MC16C20 MCXS16C20 16 x 20 x 11.09 29 9.59 14.38

MC16C24 MCXS16C24 16 x 24 x 11.09 35 9.59 14.38

MC16C30 MCXS16C30 16 x 30 x 11.09 42 9.59 14.38

MC16C36 MCXS16C36 16 x 36 x 11.09 47 9.59 14.38

MC20C20 MCXS20C20 20 x 20 x 13.09 36 11.59 17.84

MC20C24 MCXS20C24 20 x 24 x 13.09 42 11.59 17.84

MC20C30 MCXS20C30 20 x 30 x 13.09 50 11.59 17.84

for an additional charge, please contact

Milbank Manufacturing Co. for further

assistance. All powder coat finishes

appliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Stainless steel consolets are

polished with a #4 finish on six sides.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard enclosures or custom

design enclosures according to your

specifications. Holes, hubs, cutouts,

sizes,materials,andmanymoreoptions

are available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon

steel or type 304 stainless steel

with continuously welded seams.

Enclosures feature:

• Oilresistantadhesivegasket

applied to the cover secured by

captivated screws.

• Acontinuoushingewitha

removable hinge pin on the

long side.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on

interior and exterior of enclosures.

Recoatable, smooth, white or RAL

7035 texture polyester powder coat

available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available

APPLICATIONS

Consolets provide protection from oil, dirt,

and dust. They can be mounted on either of

two sides, providing a 30 degree or 60 degree

inclined control surface. These enclosures can

be mounted on machines, pedestals, or desk

tops, etc.

10-32 Captivated Screws

Lid Removed

Lid

VIEW A-A

W - 1.25

H - 1.25

.386

.387

H + 0.3

W + 0.336

2.483

.574

30°

TYPE 12 – OIL-TIGHT CONSOLETS

MC • MCXS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C22

charge. Standard RAL and custom match

finishes available for an additional charge,

please contact Milbank Manufacturing

Co. for further assistance. All powder coat

finishesappliedovercleanedphosphatized

surfaces. Carbon steel sub panel have a

white polyester powder coat finish. Stainless

steel and aluminum enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,louvers,sizes,materials,and

many more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately. Weights for Aluminum Enclosures are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

TYPE 12 – SINGLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL

SIZE

(H X L)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL # ALUMINUM #

M12S161206 M12XS161206 M12XZ161206 M12XA161206 16 x 12 x 6 24 A-16P12 13 x 9

M12S201206 M12XS201206 M12XZ201206 M12XA201206 20 x 12 x 6 29 A-20P12 17 x 9

M12S241206 M12XS241206 M12XZ241206 M12XA241206 24 x 12 x 6 32 A-24P12 21 x 9

M12S161606 M12XS161606 M12XZ161606 M12XA161606 16 x 16 x 6 29 A-16P16 13 x 13

M12S201606 M12XS201606 M12XZ201606 M12XA201606 20 x 16 x 6 33 A-20P16 17 x 13

M12S241606 M12XS241606 M12XZ241606 M12XA241606 24 x 16 x 6 39 A-24P16 21 x 13

M12S301606 M12XS301606 M12XZ301606 M12XA301606 30 x 16 x 6 46 A-30P16 27 x 13

M12S162006 M12XS162006 M12XZ162006 M12XA162006 16 x 20 x 6 33 A-20P16 17 x 13

M12S202006 M12XS202006 M12XZ202006 M12XA202006 20 x 20 x 6 38 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12S242006 M12XS242006 M12XZ242006 M12XA242006 24 x 20 x 6 45 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S302006 M12XS302006 M12XZ302006 M12XA302006 30 x 20 x 6 53 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S122406 M12XS122406 M12XZ122406 M12XA122406 12 x 24 x 6 32 A-24P12 21 x 9

M12S202406 M12XS202406 M12XZ202406 M12XA202406 20 x 24 x 6 46 A-24P20 17 x 21

M12S242406 M12XS242406 M12XZ242406 M12XA242406 24 x 24 x 6 51 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302406 M12XS302406 M12XZ302406 M12XA302406 30 x 24 x 6 61 A-30P24 21 x 21

M12S362406 M12XS362406 M12XZ362406 M12XA362406 36 x 24 x 6 69 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S363006 M12XS363006 M12XZ363006 M12XA363006 36 x 30 x 6 86 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S122408 M12XS122408 M12XZ122408 M12XA122408 12 x 24 x 8 35 A-24P12 9 x 21

M12S161208 M12XS161208 M12XZ161208 M12XA161208 16 x 12 x 8 27 A-16P12 13 x 9

M12S161608 M12XS161608 M12XZ161608 M12XA161608 16 x 16 x 8 31 A-16P16 13 x 13

M12S162008 M12XS162008 M12XZ162008 M12XA162008 16 x 20 x 8 29 A-20P16 13 x 17

M12S201208 M12XS201208 M12XZ201208 M12XA201208 20 x 12 x 8 30 A-20P12 17 x 9

M12S201608 M12XS201608 M12XZ201608 M12XA201608 20 x 16 x 8 36 A-20P16 17 x 13

M12S202008 M12XS202008 M12XZ202008 M12XA202008 20 x 20 x 8 43 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12S202408 M12XS202408 M12XZ202408 M12XA202408 20 x 24 x 8 50 A-24P20 17 x 21

M12S241608 M12XS241608 M12XZ241608 M12XA241608 24 x 16 x 8 41 A-24P16 21 x 13

M12S242008 M12XS242008 M12XZ242008 M12XA242008 24 x 20 x 8 50 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242408 M12XS242408 M12XZ242408 M12XA242408 24 x 24 x 8 57 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S243008 M12XS243008 M12XZ243008 M12XA243008 24 x 30 x 8 66 A-30P24 21 x 27

M12S302008 M12XS302008 M12XZ302008 M12XA302008 30 x 20 x 8 56 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S302408 M12XS302408 M12XZ302408 M12XA302408 30 x 24 x 8 67 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362408 M12XS362408 M12XZ362408 M12XA362408 36 x 24 x 8 75 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S422408 M12XS422408 M12XZ422408 M12XA422408 42 x 24 x 8 85 A-42P24 39 x 21

M12S482408 M12XS482408 M12XZ482408 M12XA482408 48 x 24 x 8 97 A-48P24 45 x 21

M12S303008 M12XS303008 M12XZ303008 M12XA303008 30 x 30 x 8 79 A-30P30 27 x 27

M12S363008 M12XS363008 M12XZ363008 M12XA363008 36 x 30 x 8 95 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423008 M12XS423008 M12XZ423008 M12XA423008 42 x 30 x 8 105 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S483008 M12XS483008 M12XZ483008 M12XA483008 48 x 30 x 8 119 A-48P30 45 x 27

M12S303608 M12XS303608 M12XZ303608 M12XA303608 30 x 36 x 8 90 A-36P30 27 x 33

M12S363608 M12XS363608 M12XZ363608 M12XA363608 36 x 36 x 8 104 A-36P36 33 x 33

M12S423608 M12XS423608 M12XZ423608 M12XA423608 42 x 36 x 8 120 A-42P36 39 x 33

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

APPLICATIONS

Designed to offer protection for electrical

controls, instruments, and terminals from

dust, dripping liquids, oil, and dirt.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type

304, type 316 stainless steel, or .125" 5052

H32 aluminum with continuous welded

seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorsecuredwithheavy-duty

continuous hinge with removable

hinge pin and clamps.

• Padlockinghaspandstaple.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Groundstudsinstalledinside

cabinet and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior

and exterior of enclosures. Recoatable,

smooth, white or RAL 7035 texture

polyester powder coat available at no

C23

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately. Weights for Aluminum Enclosures are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

TYPE 12 – SINGLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL

SIZE

(H X L)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL # ALUMINUM #

M12S483608 M12XS483608 M12XZ483608 M12XA483608 48 x 36 x 8 137 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603608 M12XS603608 M12XZ603608 M12XA603608 60 x 36 x 8 164 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S161210 M12XS161210 M12XZ161210 M12XA161210 16 x 12 x 10 29 A-16P12 13 x 9

M12S241210 M12XS241210 M12XZ241210 M12XA241210 24 x 12 x 10 39 A-24P12 21 x 9

M12S201610 M12XS201610 M12XZ201610 M12XA201610 20 x 16 x 10 39 A-20P16 17 x 13

M12S242010 M12XS242010 M12XZ242010 M12XA242010 24 x 20 x 10 53 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S302010 M12XS302010 M12XZ302010 M12XA302010 30 x 20 x 10 60 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S242410 M12XS242410 M12XZ242410 M12XA242410 24 x 24 x 10 63 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302410 M12XS302410 M12XZ302410 M12XA302410 30 x 24 x 10 73 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362410 M12XS362410 M12XZ362410 M12XA362410 36 x 24 x 10 82 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S363010 M12XS363010 M12XZ363010 M12XA363010 36 x 30 x 10 100 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423010 M12XS423010 M12XZ423010 M12XA423010 42 x 30 x 10 116 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S483010 M12XS483010 M12XZ483010 M12XA483010 48 x 30 x 10 124 A-48P30 45 x 27

M12S423610 M12XS423610 M12XZ423610 M12XA423610 42 x 36 x 10 124 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483610 M12XS483610 M12XZ483610 M12XA483610 48 x 36 x 10 148 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603610 M12XS603610 M12XZ603610 M12XA603610 60 x 36 x 10 166 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S201612 M12XS201612 M12XZ201612 M12XA201612 20 x 16 x 12 42 A-20P16 17 x 13

M12S242012 M12XS242012 M12XZ242012 M12XA242012 24 x 20 x 12 57 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242412 M12XS242412 M12XZ242412 M12XA242412 24 x 24 x 12 64 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302412 M12XS302412 M12XZ302412 M12XA302412 30 x 24 x 12 77 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362412 M12XS362412 M12XZ362412 M12XA362412 36 x 24 x 12 89 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S303012 M12XS303012 M12XZ303012 M12XA303012 30 x 30 x 12 94 A-30P30 27 x 27

M12S363012 M12XS363012 M12XZ363012 M12XA363012 36 x 30 x 12 103 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423012 M12XS423012 M12XZ423012 M12XA423012 42 x 30 x 12 122 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S723012 M12XS723012 M12XZ723012 M12XA723012 72 x 30 x 12 181 A-72P30 69 x 27

M12S363612 M12XS363612 M12XZ363612 M12XA363612 36 x 36 x 12 127 A-36P36 33 x 33

M12S423612 M12XS423612 M12XZ423612 M12XA423612 42 x 36 x 12 135 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483612 M12XS483612 M12XZ483612 M12XA483612 48 x 36 x 12 152 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603612 M12XS603612 M12XZ603612 M12XA603612 60 x 36 x 12 176 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S723612 M12XS723612 M12XZ723612 M12XA723612 72 x 36 x 12 215 A-72P36 69 x 33

M12S242016 M12XS242016 M12XZ242016 M12XA242016 24 x 20 x 16 67 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242416 M12XS242416 M12XZ242416 M12XA242416 24 x 24 x 16 75 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302416 M12XS302416 M12XZ302416 M12XA302416 30 x 24 x 16 88 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S363016 M12XS363016 M12XZ363016 M12XA363016 36 x 30 x 16 121 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S723016 M12XS723016 M12XZ723016 M12XA723016 72 x 30 x 16 206 A-72P30 69 x 27

M12S423616 M12XS423616 M12XZ423616 M12XA423616 42 x 36 x 16 155 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483616 M12XS483616 M12XZ483616 M12XA483616 48 x 36 x 16 170 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603616 M12XS603616 M12XZ603616 M12XA603616 60 x 36 x 16 199 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S302420 M12XS302420 M12XZ302420 M12XA302420 30 x 24 x 20 96 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S363020 M12XS363020 M12XZ363020 M12XA363020 36 x 30 x 20 127 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S483620 M12XS483620 M12XZ483620 M12XA483620 48 x 36 x 20 170 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603620 M12XS603620 M12XZ603620 M12XA603620 60 x 36 x 20 219 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S723020 M12XS723020 M12XZ723020 M12XA723020 72 x 30 x 20 227 A-72P30 69 x 27

M12S302424 M12XS302424 M12XZ302424 M12XA302424 30 x 24 x 24 109 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S723024 M12XS723024 M12XZ723024 M12XA723024 72 x 30 x 24 243 A-72P30 69 x 27

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C24

Print Pocket

(see notes)

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W=Less

Than 31"

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H=Less

Than 31"

Ground

Stud

Door Clamp

Padlocking

Hasp &

Staple

Mounting

Foot

Mounting

Foot

3/8-16

Collar Stud

3.25

.62 1.25

3.00

2.00 Ø .44

3.00

W - 1.77

Door

H - 1.83

Door

.62 1.25 .44

X X

SECTION X-X

YSECTION Y-Y

1.44

.91

.75

H - 3

Subpanel

W - 3

Subpanel

1.50

1.50 1.50

D - .28

1.00 12 GA

.19

.97 1.44

.85

14 GA

Print Pocket

(see notes)

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W=Less

Than 31"

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H=Less

Than 31"

Ground

Stud

Door Clamp

Padlocking

Hasp &

Staple

Mounting

Foot

Mounting

Foot

3/8-16

Collar Stud

3.25

.62 1.25

3.00

2.00 Ø .44

3.00

W - 1.77

Door

H - 1.83

Door

.62 1.25 .44

X X

SECTION X-X

YSECTION Y-Y

1.44

.91

.75

H - 3

Subpanel

W - 3

Subpanel

1.50

1.50 1.50

D - .28

1.00 12 GA

.19

.97 1.44

.85

14 GA

M12S • M12XS • M12XZ • M12XA

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6" x 6" when H and W are 24" or less.

Print pocket = 9" x 9" when H and W are greater than 24".

2. Panels will have formed ﬂanges when either Height or Width is

greater than or equal to 18".

3. On 12” wide enclosures, center of mounting foot to edge of

enclosure is 1.25”.

TYPE 12 – SINGLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

TYPE 12 – SINGLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C25

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester

powder coat available at no charge.

Standard RAL and custom match finishes

available for an additional charge,

please contact Milbank Manufacturing

Co. for further assistance. All powder

coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder

coat finish. Stainless Steel enclosures

have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard enclosures or custom

design enclosures according to your

specifications. Holes, hubs, cutouts,

louvers,sizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection for electrical

controls, instruments, and terminals from

dust, dripping liquids, dirt, and oil.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel,

type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuous welded seams. Enclosure

features:

• Overlappingdoorssecuredwith

continuous hinges with removable hinge

pins and key locking handle with three

point latching system.

TYPE 12 – DOUBLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

•Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

•Printpocket.

•Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

•Groundstudsinstalledinside

cabinet and door.

•Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL PART

NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

M12D244208 M12DXS244208 M12DXZ244208 24 x 42 x 8 94 A-42P24 21 x 39

M12D244808 M12DXS244808 M12DXZ244808 24 x 48 x 8 106 A-48P24 21 x 45

M12D304210 M12DXS304210 M12DXZ304210 30 x 42 x 10 121 A-42P30 27 x 39

M12D304810 M12DXS304810 M12DXZ304810 30 x 48 x 10 136 A-48P30 27 x 45

M12D306010 M12DXS306010 M12DXZ306010 30 x 60 x 10 165 A-60P30 27 x 57

M12D304212 M12DXS304212 M12DXZ304212 30 x 42 x 12 130 A-42P30 27 x 39

M12D364212 M12DXS364212 M12DXZ364212 36 x 42 x 12 150 A-42P36 33 x 39

M12D424212 M12DXS424212 M12DXZ424212 42 x 42 x 12 170 A-42P42 39 x 39

M12D304812 M12DXS304812 M12DXZ304812 30 x 48 x 12 145 A-48P30 27 x 45

M12D364812 M12DXS364812 M12DXZ364812 36 x 48 x 12 167 A-48P36 33 x 45

M12D424812 M12DXS424812 M12DXZ424812 42 x 48 x 12 189 A-42P48 39 x 45

M12D484812 M12DXS484812 M12DXZ484812 48 x 48 x 12 212 A-48P48 45 x 45

M12D306012 M12DXS306012 M12DXZ306012 30 x 60 x 12 176 A-60P30 27 x 57

M12D366012 M12DXS366012 M12DXZ366012 36 x 60 x 12 203 A-60P36 33 x 57

M12D426012 M12DXS426012 M12DXZ426012 42 x 60 x 12 229 A-42P60 39 x 57

M12D486012 M12DXS486012 M12DXZ486012 48 x 60 x 12 256 A-60P48 45 x 57

M12D606012 M12DXS606012 M12DXZ606012 60 x 60 x 12 308 A-60P60 57 x 57

M12D304216 M12DXS304216 M12DXZ304216 30 x 42 x 16 148 A-42P30 27 x 39

M12D364216 M12DXS364216 M12DXZ364216 36 x 42 x 16 169 A-42P36 33 x 39

M12D424216 M12DXS424216 M12DXZ424216 42 x 42 x 16 190 A-42P42 39 x 39

M12D306016 M12DXS306016 M12DXZ306016 30 x 60 x 16 198 A-60P30 27 x 57

M12D364816 M12DXS364816 M12DXZ364816 36 x 48 x 16 188 A-48P36 33 x 45

M12D366016 M12DXS366016 M12DXZ366016 36 x 60 x 16 226 A-60P36 33 x 57

M12D424816 M12DXS424816 M12DXZ424816 42 x 48 x 16 212 A-42P48 39 x 45

M12D484816 M12DXS484816 M12DXZ484816 48 x 48 x 16 235 A-48P48 45 x 45

M12D486016 M12DXS486016 M12DXZ486016 48 x 60 x 16 282 A-60P48 45 x 57

M12D426016 M12DXS426016 M12DXZ426016 42 x 60 x 16 254 A-42P60 39 x 57

M12D606016 M12DXS606016 M12DXZ606016 60 x 60 x 16 338 A-60P60 57 x 57

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C26

M12D • M12DXS • M12DZ

NOTES:

1. 9" x 9" Print pocket shipped inside

enclosure.

Mounting

Feet

Notes:

Large Print Pocket packed separate.

Ground

Stud

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W < 31

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H < 31

Panel (order

separately)

Continuous Hinge

Mounting

Foot

Panel (order

separately)

3/8-16 Collar Studs

SECTION Y-Y

(W/2) - .68

3.00

.55

(W/2) - .55

W - 2.52

Opening

H - 2.62

Opening

.55

1.31

1.31 1.31

3.00

.62

1.25

.62

.44

Ø .44

2.00

.79

H -1.61

Door

.82

2.00

1.78

1.50 45.00 1.50

33.00

1.50

H / 2

5.38

X X

SECTION X-X

1.31

.75

D - .15 12 GA

14 GA

1.11

10.00

.19

1.31

1.00

Mounting

Feet

Notes:

Large Print Pocket packed separate.

Ground

Stud

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W < 31

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H < 31

Panel (order

separately)

Continuous Hinge

Mounting

Foot

Panel (order

separately)

3/8-16 Collar Studs

SECTION Y-Y

(W/2) - .68

3.00

.55

(W/2) - .55

W - 2.52

Opening

H - 2.62

Opening

.55

1.31

1.31 1.31

3.00

.62

1.25

.62

.44

Ø .44

2.00

.79

H -1.61

Door

.82

2.00

1.78

1.50 45.00 1.50

33.00

1.50

H / 2

5.38

X X

SECTION X-X

1.31

.75

D - .15 12 GA

14 GA

1.11

10.00

.19

1.31

1.00

TYPE 12 – DOUBLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

TYPE 12 – DOUBLE DOOR WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C27

APPLICATIONS

Designed to house electrical controls,

terminals and instruments; providing

protection from dust, dirt, oil and water.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

MSDFM

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless Steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type 304

or type 316 stainless steel. Enclosure features:

• Strongandrigidconstruction.

• Allseamscontinuouslywelded.

• Noholesorknockoutsprovided.

• Rolledliparoundallsidesofenclosure

opening to increase strength and help keep

dirt and liquids out when the door is open.

• A14gaugecarbonsteel,14gaugetype304

stainless steel, or 12 gauge type 316 stainless

steel frame with mounting holes extends

completely around enclosure.

• Collarstudsprovidedformountingoptional

sub panels.

• Doorissecuredwithconcealedlift-offhinges

and slotted quarter turn latch(es).

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Lid Removed

Back

Print Pocket

(size per table)

Quaterturn Latch will be centered

when latch quantity is one

D + 1.071

H + 1

W + 1

D - 0.181

W + 3.852

H + 3.852

W - 1.5

.750

H - 1.5

Ø .500

4 holes

1.000

H - 1.8

W - 1.8

H - 1.648

Opening

W - 1.53

Opening

2.750

2.632

H + 2.852

Ø .281

4 holes

5.000

.750

TYPE 12 – FLUSH MOUNTED ENCLOSURE

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are 24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are greater than 24”

2. Panels have formed ﬂanges on all four sides when either Height

or Width is equal to or greater than 22.2".

3. When Height and Width are less than 23" enclosure will have

one slotted quarterturn latch.

4. When Height and Width are greater than 23" enclosure will

have two slotted quarterturn latches.

5. When Height is equal to or greater than 42" enclosure will have

one 3 point slotted quarterturn latch.

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART

NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

MSDFM16126 MSDFMXS16126 MSDFMXZ16126 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 27 A-M16P12 14.2 x 10.2

MSDFM20166 MSDFMXS20166 MSDFMXZ20166 20.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 38 A-M20P16 18.2 x 14.2

MSDFM20206 MSDFMXS20206 MSDFMXZ20206 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 44 A-M20P20 18.2 x 18.2

MSDFM24206 MSDFMXS24206 MSDFMXZ24206 24.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 50 A-M24P20 22.2 x 18.2

MSDFM24248 MSDFMXS24248 MSDFMXZ24248 24.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 61 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSDFM30248 MSDFMXS30248 MSDFMXZ30248 30.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 73 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C28

smooth, white or RAL 7035 texture polyester

powder coat available at no charge. Standard

RAL and custom match finishes available for

an additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,louvers,sizes,materials,and

many more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection for electrical

controls, instruments, and terminals from

dust, dripping liquids, dirt, and oil.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

TYPE 12 – TWO DOOR – FLOOR MOUNT ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

M12D544208-FT M12DXS544208-FT M12DXZ54428-FT 54 x 42 x 8 285 A-DD5442 50 x 38

M12D60488-FT M12DXS60488-FT M12DXZ60488-FT 60 x 48 x 8 342 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M12D604810-FT M12DXS604810-FT M12DXZ604810-FT 60 x 48 x 10 357 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M12D606010-FT M12DXS606010-FT M12DXZ606010-FT 60 x 60 x 10 415 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M12D726010-FT M12DXS726010-FT M12DXZ726010-FT 72 x 60 x 10 525 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M12D727210-FT M12DXS727210-FT M12DXZ727210-FT 72 x 72 x 10 590 A-DD7272 68 x 68

M12D604812-FT M12DXS604812-FT M12DXZ604812-FT 60 x 48 x 12 375 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M12D606012-FT M12DXS606012-FT M12DXZ606012-FT 60 x 60 x 12 430 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M12D726012-FT M12DXS726012-FT M12DXZ726012-FT 72 x 60 x 12 550 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M12D727212-FT M12DXS727212-FT M12DXZ727212-FT 72 x 72 x 12 626 A-DD7272 68 x 68

M12D604816-FT M12DXS604816-FT M12DXZ604816-FT 60 x 48 x 16 405 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M12D604820-FT M12DXS604820-FT M12DXZ604820-FT 60 x 48 x 20 435 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M12D604824-FT M12DXS604824-FT M12DXZ604824-FT 60 x 48 x 24 465 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M12D606024-FT M12DXS606024-FT M12DXZ606024-FT 60 x 60 x 24 520 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M12D726024-FT M12DXS726024-FT M12DXZ726024-FT 72 x 60 x 24 700 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M12D727224-FT M12DXS727224-FT M12DXZ727224-FT 72 x 72 x 24 805 A-DD7272 68 x 68

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 and 12 gauge carbon

steel, type 304 or 12 gauge type 316

stainless steel with continuous welded

seams. Enclosure features:

• Overlappingdoorssecuredwith

continuous hinges with removable hinge

pins and key locking handle with three

point latching system.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• 12-inchfloorstands.

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingeyes.

• Groundstudsinstalledinsidecabinet

and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

• Bodystiffenersforextrarigidity.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior

and exterior of enclosures. Recoatable,

C29

M12D • M12DXS • M12DXZ

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

2. 24” deep enclosures will receive 4

lifting eyebolts.

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Doors Removed

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Subpanel Support Brackets

Stieners

Per Milbank's

Specs

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

H - 1.5

Door

W/2 - 0.5

Door W/2 - 0.706

Door D

1.253

1.000

D - 0.09

H - 2.625

1.312

4 sides

W - 2.625

W - 4

H - 4

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

4.042 Ø .563

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Doors Removed

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Subpanel Support Brackets

Stieners

Per Milbank's

Specs

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

H - 1.5

Door

W/2 - 0.5

Door W/2 - 0.706

Door D

1.253

1.000

D - 0.09

H - 2.625

1.312

4 sides

W - 2.625

W - 4

H - 4

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

4.042 Ø .563

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Doors Removed

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Subpanel Support Brackets

Stieners

Per Milbank's

Specs

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

H - 1.5

Door

W/2 - 0.5

Door W/2 - 0.706

Door D

1.253

1.000

D - 0.09

H - 2.625

1.312

4 sides

W - 2.625

W - 4

H - 4

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

4.042 Ø .563

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Doors Removed

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Subpanel Support Brackets

Stieners

Per Milbank's

Specs

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

H - 1.5

Door

W/2 - 0.5

Door W/2 - 0.706

Door D

1.253

1.000

D - 0.09

H - 2.625

1.312

4 sides

W - 2.625

W - 4

H - 4

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

4.042 Ø .563

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Doors Removed

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Subpanel Support Brackets

Stieners

Per Milbank's

Specs

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

H - 1.5

Door

W/2 - 0.5

Door W/2 - 0.706

Door D

1.253

1.000

D - 0.09

H - 2.625

1.312

4 sides

W - 2.625

W - 4

H - 4

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

4.042 Ø .563

TYPE 12 – TWO DOOR – FLOOR MOUNT ENCLOSURES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C30

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection for electrical

terminals, controls, and instruments from dirt,

dust, dripping liquids, and oil. Freestanding

enclosures are designed to accept Unistrut®

mounted sub-panels, rack angles or other

adjustable mount equipment.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 and 12 gauge carbon

steel, type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuous welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorssecuredwithheavy-dutycontinuous

hinges with removable hinge pins and key

locking handle with three point latching

system.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

•Unistrut® channel.

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingeyes.

• Groundstudsinsidecabinetanddoor.

• Collarstudsprovidedformountingoptional

sub panel in back.

ACCESSORIES (ORDERED

SEPARATELY)

• Subpanelsincludefullsize,half-size,

side mount, and swing-out panels which

can be mounted and adjusted for depth

onthehorizontalUnistrut® channel.

• Clampingnutsforinstallingother

equipment.

NOTE:

Full, half, and side sub panels must be ordered separately.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

TYPE 12 – SINGLE DOOR & DUAL ACCESS – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURES

SINGLE DOOR DUAL ACCESS ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE

SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

(FULL PANEL)

SUB

PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

LIFTING

EYES

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

SINGLE DOOR - DUAL ACCESS

M12FSDA724824 M12FSDASS724824 M12FSDAXZ724824 72 x 48 x 24 595 A-72P48F1 60 x 44 4

M12FSDA726024 M12FSDASS726024 M12FSDAXZ726024 72 x 60 x 24 615 A-72P60F1 60 x 56 4

M12FSDA727224 M12FSDASS727224 M12FSDAXZ727224 72 x 72 x 24 695 A-72P72F1 60 x 68 4

M12FSDA907224 M12FSDASS907224 M12FSDAXZ907224 90 x 72 x 24 825 A-90P72F1 78 x 68 4

M12FSDA726036 M12FSDASS726036 M12FSDAXZ726036 70 x 60 x 36 750 A-72P60F1 60 x 56 4

SINGLE DOOR FREE-STANDING ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE

SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

(FULL PANEL)

SUB

PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SUB PANEL

PART #

(1/2 PANEL)

SUB PANEL

SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SIDE

MOUNTED

PANEL

PART #

SIDE

PANEL

H X W

(INCHES)

LIFT.

EYES

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

SINGLE DOOR

M12FS602418 M12FSXS602418 M12FSXZ602418 60 x 24 x 18 240 A-60P24F1 48 x 20 A-60P24F2 24.88 x 20 A-60SMP14 48 x 14 2

M12FS722418 M12FSXS722418 M12FSXZ722418 72 x 24 x 18 272 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP14 60 x 14 2

M12FS723018 M12FSXS723018 M12FSXZ723018 72 x 30 x 18 285 A-72P30F1 60 x 26 A-72P30F2 30.88 x 26 A-72SMP14 60 x 14 2

M12FS723618 M12FSXS723618 M12FSXZ723618 72 x 36 x 18 338 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP14 60 x 14 2

M12FS902420 M12FSXS902420 M12FSXZ902420 90 x 24 x 20 315 A-90P24F1 78 x 20 A-90P24F2 39.88 x 20 A-90SMP16 78 x 16 2

M12FS903620 M12FSXS903620 M12FSXZ903620 90 x 36 x 20 430 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 39.88 x 32 A-90SMP16 78 x 16 2

M12FS603624 M12FSXS603624 M12FSXZ603624 60 x 36 x 24 325 A-60P36F1 48 x 32 A-60P36F2 24.88 x 32 A-60SMP20 48 x 20 4

M12FS722424 M12FSXS722424 M12FSXZ722424 72 x 24 x 24 300 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP20 60 x 20 4

M12FS723024 M12FSXS723024 M12FSXZ723024 72 x 30 x 24 335 A-72P30F1 60 x 26 A-72P30F2 30.88 x 26 A-72SMP20 60 x 20 4

M12FS723624 M12FSXS723624 M12FSXZ723624 72 x 36 x 24 370 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP20 60 x 20 4

M12FS903624 M12FSXS903624 M12FSXZ903624 90 x 36 x 24 460 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 39.88 x 32 A-90SMP20 78 x 20 4

M12FS722430 M12FSXS722430 M12FSXZ722430 72 x 24 x 30 348 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP20 60 x 20 4

M12FS723630 M12FSXS723630 M12FSXZ723630 72 x 36 x 30 428 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP26 60 x 26 4

M12FS723636 M12FSXS723636 M12FSXZ723636 72 x 36 x 36 465 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP32 60 x 32 4

M12FS903636 M12FSXS903636 M12FSXZ903636 90 x 36 x 36 560 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 39.88 x 32 A-90SMP32 78 x 32 4

NOTE:

Full, half, and side sub panels must be ordered separately.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C31

Subpanel

(sold sepatately)

Doors Removed

3pt Keylocking

Handle

If D dimension is less than 24" Enclosure

will receive only 2 Lifting Eyes

Print Pocket

Unistrut for mounting Subpanels

H - 12

W - 4

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.875 1.312

H - 9.158

W - 1.459

4.875

(H - 13.75) / 2

H - 13.75

3pt Keylocking

Handle

If D dimension is less than 24" Enclosure

will receive only 2 lifting eyes

Subpanel Support Brackets

Door Removed

Subpanel

(sold separately)

Print Pocket

H - 12

W - 4

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312

H - 9.146

Door

W - 1.52

Door

1.104

4.979

(H - 13.75) / 2

H - 13.75

D - 0.208

1.000

M12FSDA SINGLE DOOR DUAL ACCESS

M12FS SINGLE DOOR

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – SINGLE DOOR & DUAL ACCESS – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C32

APPLICATIONS

Provide protection for electrical terminals,

controls, and instruments from dirt, dust,

dripping liquids, and oil. Freestanding

enclosures are designed to accept

Unistrut® mounted sub panels, rack angles

or other adjustable mount equipment.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 and 12 gauge carbon steel,

type 304 or 12 gauge type 316 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorssecuredwithheavy-dutycontinuous

hinges with removable hinge pins and key

locking handle with three point latching system.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Unistrut® channel.

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingbolts.

• Groundstudsinsidecabinetanddoor.

• Bodystiffenersforextrarigiditywhere

needed (not applicable for dual access).

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panel in back.

ACCESSORIES (ORDERED SEPARATELY)

• Subpanelsincludefullsize,half-size,side

mount, and swing-out panels. Sub-panels

can be mounted and adjusted for depth

onthehorizontalUnistrut® channel.

• Clampingnutsforinstallingotherequipment.

• Centerpanelsupports.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

NOTE:

Full, half, and side sub panels must be ordered separately.

TYPE 12 – TWO DOOR & TWO DOOR DUAL ACCESS – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURES

TWO DOOR FREE-STANDING ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER

ENCLOSURE

SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

(FULL PANEL)

SUB

PANEL

SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SUB PANEL

PART #

(HALF

PANEL)

SUB

PANEL

SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SIDE

MOUNTED

PANEL

PART #

SIDE

PANEL

H X W

(INCHES)

LIFT.

EYES

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

TWO DOOR - SINGLE ACCESS

M12FSD604818 M12FSDXS604818 M12FSDXZ604818

60 x 48 x 18 430 A-60P48F1 48 x 44 A-60P48F2 24.88 x 44 A-60SMP14 48 x 14 2

M12FSD724818 M12FSDXS724818 M12FSDXZ724818

72 x 48 x 18 492 A-72P48F1 60 x 44 A-72P48F2 30.88 x 44 A-72SMP14 60 x 14 2

M12FSD726018 M12FSDXS726018 M12FSDXZ726018

72 x 60 x 18 568 A-72P60F1 60 x 56 A-72P60F2 30.88 x 56 A-72SMP14 60 x 14 2

M12FSD727218 M12FSDXS727218 M12FSDXZ727218

72 x 72 x 18 645 A-72P72F1 60 x 68 A-72P72F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP14 60 x 14 2

M12FSD904820 M12FSDXS904820 M12FSDXZ904820

90 x 48 x 20 590 A-90P48F1 78 x 44 A-90P48F2 39.88 x 44 A-90SMP16 78 x 16 2

M12FSD907220 M12FSDXS907220 M12FSDXZ907220

90 x 72 x 20 783 A-90P72F1 78 x 68 A-90P72F2 39.88 x 68 A-90SMP16 78 x 16 2

M12FSD724824 M12FSDXS724824 M12FSDXZ724824

72 x 48 x 24 530 A-72P48F1 60 x 44 A-72P48F2 30.88 x 44 A-72SMP20 68 x 20 4

M12FSD726024 M12FSDXS726024 M12FSDXZ726024

72 x 60 x 24 645 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP20 60 x 20 4

M12FSD727224 M12FSDXS727224 M12FSDXZ727224

72 x 72 x 24 694 A-72P72F1 60 x 68 A-72P72F2 30.88 x 68 A-72SMP20 60 x 20 4

M12FSD907224 M12FSDXS907224 M12FSDXZ907224

90 x 72 x 24 825 A-90P72F1 78 x 68 A-90P72F2 39.88 x 68 A-90SMP20 78 x 20 4

M12FSD726036 M12FSDXS726036 M12FSDXZ726036

72 x 60 x 36 750 A-72P60F1 60 x 56 A-72P60F2 30.88 x 56 A-72SMP32 60 x 32 4

M12FSD907236 M12FSDXS907236 M12FSDXZ907236

90 x 72 x 36 1000 A-90P72F1 78 x 68 A-90P72F2 39.88 x 68 A-90SMP32 78 x 32 4

TWO DOOR DUAL ACCESS ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE

SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT.

SUB PANEL

PART # (FULL

PANEL)

SUB

PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

LIFTING

EYES

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS STEEL # 316 STAINLESS STEEL #

TWO DOOR - DUAL ACCESS

M12FSDAD724824 M12FSDADXS724824 M12FSDADXZ724824 72 x 48 x 24 595 A-72P48F1 60 x 44 4

M12FSDAD726024 M12FSDADXS726024 M12FSDADXZ726024 72 x 60 x 24 615 A-72P60F1 60 x 56 4

M12FSDAD727224 M12FSDADXS727224 M12FSDADXZ727224 72 x 72 x 24 695 A-72P72F1 60 x 68 4

M12FSDAD907224 M12FSDADXS907224 M12FSDADXZ907224 90 x 72 x 24 825 A-90P72F1 78 x 68 4

M12FSDAD726036 M12FSDADXS726036 M12FSDADXZ726036 72 x 60 x 36 750 A-72P60F1 60 x 56 4

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C33

Subpanels

(sold separately)

Doors Removed

3 pt Keylocking

Handles

Subpanels mounted

on Unistruts

Print Pocket

Enclosure will only receive 2

lifting eyes if D is less than 24"

H - 9.22

Door

(W/2) - 0.568

Door

(W/2) - 0.647

Door

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312

H - 12

W - 4

4.875

(H - 13.75) / 2

H - 13.75

Subpanel

(sold

separately)

Doors Removed

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Print Pocket

Unistruts in sides

Enclosure will only receive 4 lifting eyes

if D is 24" or more

Subpanel Support Brackets

H - 9.22

Door

(W/2) - 0.568

Door

(W/2) - 0.647

Door D

W - 0.183

1.000

4.875

(H - 13.75) / 2

H - 13.75

1.191

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312

H - 12

W - 4

M12FSD TWO DOOR

M12FSDAD TWO DOOR DUAL ACCESS

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – TWO DOOR & TWO DOOR DUAL ACCESS – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C34

NOTE:

Sub panels must be listed separately when ordering enclosures. Reference freestanding sub panels.

TYPE 12 – MULTI-DOOR ENCLOSURES WITH SUB PANELS

• 5-doorwillbesplitinto3-doorand

2-door sections to be shipped assembled

or separate.

• Subpanelsmustbelistedseparately

when ordering enclosures.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder

coat finish.

APPLICATIONS

Designed to house electrical controls,

terminals and instruments; providing

protection from dust, dirt, oil and water.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 and 12 gauge carbon

steel with continuously welded seams.

Enclosure features:

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors. Overlapping doors

which eliminate the need for a center

post.

• Eachenclosureisequippedwithheavy

duty lifting eyes, body stiffeners, 3-point

padlocking handles, removable print

pockets, provision for fluorescent lighting

and mechanical interlock with right hand

door serving as master door.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard enclosures or custom

design enclosures according to your

specifications.Holes,cutouts,sizes,

materials, and many more options are

available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

CATALOG NUMBER # OF

DOORS

ENCLOSURE SIZE H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL 1

SIZE H X W

(INCHES)

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL

2 SIZE H X W

(INCHES)

# OF

LIFTING

EYES

M123D8611214 3 86.12 x 112 x 14.12 1690 A-78X70 (1) 78 x 70 A-78P34 (1) 78 x 34 4

M124D8614914 4 86.12 x 149.19 x 14.12 1850 A-78X70 (2) 78 x 70 - - 8

M125D8618714 5 86.12 x 187 x 14.12 2200 A-78X70 (2) 78 x 70 A-78P34 (1) 78 x 34 8

M123D8611220 3 86.12 x 112 x 20.12 1850 A-78X70 (1) 78 x 70 A-78P34 (1) 78 x 34 4

M124D8614920 4 86.12 x 149.19 x 20.12 2000 A-78X70 (2) 78 x 70 - - 8

M125D8618720 5 86.12 x 187 x 20.12 2900 A-78X70 (2) 78 x 70 A-78P34 (1) 78 x 34 8

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C35

M123D

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

Subpanel 1

(included) Subpanel 2

(included)

Doors Removed

Unistrut for Mounting Lights

C-Channel (in Back)

Subpanel Support Brackets

(Omit when Subpanel is less than 36")

Door Secured by

Mechanical Interlock

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Print Pocket

81.03

35.51 1.29

D - 1.083

2.00

3.12

79.75

3.12

1.31 34.37

4.62

70.38 1.31

78.00

34.00 70.00

78.00

9.00

35.97 35.97

Subpanel 1

(included) Subpanel 2

(included)

Doors Removed

Unistrut for Mounting Lights

C-Channel (in Back)

Subpanel Support Brackets

(Omit when Subpanel is less than 36")

Door Secured by

Mechanical Interlock

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Print Pocket

81.03

35.51 1.29

D - 1.083

2.00

3.12

79.75

3.12

1.31 34.37

4.62

70.38 1.31

78.00

34.00 70.00

78.00

9.00

35.97 35.97

TYPE 12 – MULTI-DOOR ENCLOSURES WITH SUB PANELS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C36

M124D

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside

enclosure.

Unistrut for Mounting Lights

C-Channel

(in Back)

Print Pocket 3pt Padlocking

Handles

Subpanel 2

(included)

Subpanel 2

(included)

Doors Removed

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

Subpanel Support

Brackets

71.38 1.31

3.12

79.75

3.12

78.00

70.00

78.00

70.00

9.00

81.03

36.47 36.47 36.47 36.47 D1.29

D - 1.083

2.00

4.62

71.381.31

Unistrut for Mounting Lights

C-Channel

(in Back)

Print Pocket 3pt Padlocking

Handles

Subpanel 2

(included)

Subpanel 2

(included)

Doors Removed

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

Subpanel Support

Brackets

71.38 1.31

3.12

79.75

3.12

78.00

70.00

78.00

70.00

9.00

81.03

36.47 36.47 36.47 36.47 D1.29

D - 1.083

2.00

4.62

71.381.31

TYPE 12 – MULTI-DOOR ENCLOSURES WITH SUB PANELS

TYPE 12 – MULTI-DOOR ENCLOSURES WITH SUB PANELS INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C37

M125D

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” Print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

Subpanel 1

(included)

Subpanel 2

(included)

Subpanel 3

(included)

Doors Removed

Subpanel Support Brackets

(Omit when Subpanel is less than 36")

Print Pocket

3pt Padlocking

Handles

C-Channel

(in back)

Unistrut for Mounting Lights

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

1.31 34.38

4.62

70.38

4.62

70.38 1.31

3.12

79.75

3.12

78.00

34.00

78.00

70.00

78.00

70.00

9.00

H81.03

35.51 35.97 35.97 35.97 35.97 D1.29

D - 1.083

2.00

Subpanel 1

(included)

Subpanel 2

(included)

Subpanel 3

(included)

Doors Removed

Subpanel Support Brackets

(Omit when Subpanel is less than 36")

Print Pocket

3pt Padlocking

Handles

C-Channel

(in back)

Unistrut for Mounting Lights

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

1.31 34.38

4.62

70.38

4.62

70.38 1.31

3.12

79.75

3.12

78.00

34.00

78.00

70.00

78.00

70.00

9.00

H81.03

35.51 35.97 35.97 35.97 35.97 D1.29

D - 1.083

2.00

TYPE 12 – MULTI-DOOR ENCLOSURES WITH SUB PANELS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C38

APPLICATIONS

Designed to accommodate Allen-Bradley,

Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square D,

Westinghouse, and Siemens/ITE flange mount

disconnect switches and circuit breakers and

protect them from dust, dripping liquids, dirt

and oil. For Disconnect order information see

page C42.

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITH HANDLES

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITH HANDLES

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type

304 or type 316 stainless steel. Enclosure

features:

• Doorissecuredwithheavy-dutycontinuous

hinge with removable hinge pin.

• Providedwithblackanodizedpadlocking

handle with defeater mechanism and

two or three point latching system.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistant

gasket applied to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Externalmountingfeetforwall

or machinery mounting.

• Groundstudsinstalledinside

cabinet and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedfor

mounting optional sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

NOTE:

These enclosures will not accept Allen-Bradley

1494F and 1494D circuit breaker operators.

(see page C42)

1) M12S603712-FD-H, M12XS603712-FD-H, and M12XZ603712-FD-H Accepts ABV 1494V 400 and 600 Amp and ITE 800/1200 Amp only.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be listed separately when ordering enclosures.

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

WALL MOUNT DISCONNECTS WITH HANDLES

M12S202108-FD-H M12XS202108-FD-H M12XZ202108-FD-H 20 x 21.38 x 8 44 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12S242108-FD-H M12XS242108-FD-H M12XZ242108-FD-H 24 x 21.38 x 8 51 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242508-FD-H M12XS242508-FD-H M12XZ242508-FD-H 24 x 25.38 x 8 58 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302108-FD-H M12XS302108-FD-H M12XZ302108-FD-H 30 x 21.38 x 8 59 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S302508-FD-H M12XS302508-FD-H M12XZ302508-FD-H 30 x 25.38 x 8 63 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362508-FD-H M12XS362508-FD-H M12XZ362508-FD-H 36 x 25.38 x 8 77 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S363108-FD-H M12XS363108-FD-H M12XZ363108-FD-H 36 x 31.38 x 8 94 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423108-FD-H M12XS423108-FD-H M12XZ423108-FD-H 42 x 31.38 x 8 109 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S423708-FD-H M12XS423708-FD-H M12XZ423708-FD-H 42 x 37.38 x 8 128 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483708-FD-H M12XS483708-FD-H M12XZ483708-FD-H 48 x 37.38 x 8 137 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603708-FD-H M12XS603708-FD-H M12XZ603708-FD-H 60 x 37.38 x 8 153 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S202110-FD-H M12XS202110-FD-H M12XZ202110-FD-H 20 x 21.38 x 10 45 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12S242110-FD-H M12XS242110-FD-H M12XZ242110-FD-H 24 x 21.38 x 10 55 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242510-FD-H M12XS242510-FD-H M12XZ242510-FD-H 24 x 25.38 x 10 60 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302110-FD-H M12XS302110-FD-H M12XZ302110-FD-H 30 x 21.38 x 10 59 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S302510-FD-H M12XS302510-FD-H M12XZ302510-FD-H 30 x 25.38 x 10 71 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362510-FD-H M12XS362510-FD-H M12XZ362510-FD-H 36 x 25.38 x 10 82 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S363110-FD-H M12XS363110-FD-H M12XZ363110-FD-H 36 x 31.38 x 10 105 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423110-FD-H M12XS423110-FD-H M12XZ423110-FD-H 42 x 31.38 x 10 119 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S423710-FD-H M12XS423710-FD-H M12XZ423710-FD-H 42 x 37.38 x 10 139 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483710-FD-H M12XS483710-FD-H M12XZ483710-FD-H 48 x 37.38 x 10 148 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603710-FD-H M12XS603710-FD-H M12XZ603710-FD-H 60 x 37.38 x 10 178 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S302510-FD-H M12XS302510-FD-H M12XZ302510-FD-H 30 x 25.38 x 12 76 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S363112-FD-H M12XS363112-FD-H M12XZ363112-FD-H 36 x 31.38 x 12 103 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423112-FD-H M12XS423112-FD-H M12XZ423112-FD-H 42 x 31.38 x 12 123 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S423712-FD-H M12XS423712-FD-H M12XZ423712-FD-H 42 x 37.38 x 12 138 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483712-FD-H M12XS483712-FD-H M12XZ483712-FD-H 48 x 37.38 x 12 153 A-48P36 45 x 33

1) M12S603712-FD-H 1) M12XS603712-FD-H 1) M12XZ603712-FD-H 60 x 37.38 x 12 183 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S363116-FD-H M12XS363116-FD-H M12XZ363116-FD-H 36 x 31.38 x 16 117 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423716-FD-H M12XS423716-FD-H M12XZ423716-FD-H 48 x 37.38 x 16 175 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603716-FD-H M12XS603716-FD-H M12XZ603716-FD-H 60 x 37.38 x 16 200 A-60P36 57 x 33

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C39

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are 24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are greater than 24”.

2. Panels will have formed ﬂanges when either Height or

Width is greater than 18".

3. When H=40" or greater the handle is centered in

the height and includes a three point latch system.

When H is less than 40" the handle is at the

bottom and includes a two point latch system.

MOUNTING FOOT

PANEL ( ORDER

SEPARATELY)

Ground

Stud

Omit Two Middle

Studs IF W < 33

Omit Two Middle

Studs IF H < 31

3/8-16 Collar

Stud

SECTION Y-Y

3.00

.62

Ø .44 2.00

3.00

.62 1.25 .44

1.75 2.62

X X

SECTION X-X

D - .35

.75

1.25

W-2.88

H-1.42

2.00

1.50

H-3.00

1.50

.88

2.75

14 GA

2.22

1.00 12 GA

.19

W-4.38

.90

1.38

Space Occupied By Disconnects

E = 4.75 when D = 8.00

E = 7.09 when D = 10.00

E = 11.62 when D = 12.00

E = 11.62 when D = 16.00

E = 18.38 for M12S603712-FD-H

Z = Wire Bend Spacing

See charts on pages C59-C64 for “F”, “G”, and

“Z” dimensions which cover space occupied by

disconnect and wire bend spacing. Disconnects

occupy the space indicated by “E”, “F”, and “G”.

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITH HANDLES

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITH HANDLES

M12S-FD-H WITH HANDLES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C40

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type

304 or type 316 stainless steel. Enclosure

features:

• Doorissecuredwithheavy-duty

continuous hinge with removable hinge pin.

• Punchingavailableformanufacturers

door hardware.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Externalmountingfeetforwall

or machinery mounting.

• Groundstudsinstalledinside

cabinet and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITHOUT HANDLES

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITHOUT HANDLES

APPLICATIONS

Designed to accommodate Allen-Bradley,

Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square D,

Westinghouse, and Siemens/ITE flange mount

disconnect switches and circuit breakers and

protect them from dust, dripping liquids, dirt

and oil. For Disconnect order information see

page C42.

NOTE:

These enclosures will not accept Allen-Bradley

1494F and 1494D circuit breaker operators.

(see page C42)

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

WALL MOUNT DISCONNECTS WITH HANDLES

M12S202108-FD M12XS202108-FD M12XZ202108-FD 20 x 21.38 x 8 44 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12S242108-FD M12XS242108-FD M12XZ242108-FD 24 x 21.38 x 8 51 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242508-FD M12xS242508-FD M12xS242508-FD 24 x 25.38 x 8 58 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302108-FD M12xS302108-FD M12xS302108-FD 30 x 21.38 x 8 59 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S302508-FD M12xS302508-FD M12xS302508-FD 30 x 25.38 x 8 63 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362508-FD M12xS362508-FD M12xS362508-FD 36 x 25.38 x 8 77 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S363108-FD M12xS363108-FD M12xS363108-FD 36 x 31.38 x 8 94 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423108-FD M12xS423108-FD M12xS423108-FD 42 x 31.38 x 8 109 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S423708-FD M12xS423708-FD M12xS423708-FD 42 x 37.38 x 8 128 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483708-FD M12xS483708-FD M12xS483708-FD 48 x 37.38 x 8 137 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603708-FD M12xS603708-FD M12xS603708-FD 60 x 37.38 x 8 153 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S202110-FD M12XS202110-FD M12XZ202110-FD 20 x 21.38 x 10 45 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12S242110-FD M12XS242110-FD M12XZ242110-FD 24 x 21.38 x 10 55 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12S242510-FD M12XS242510-FD M12XZ242510-FD 24 x 25.38 x 10 60 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12S302110-FD M12XS302110-FD M12XZ302110-FD 30 x 21.38 x 10 59 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12S302510-FD M12XS302510-FD M12XZ302510-FD 30 x 25.38 x 10 71 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S362510-FD M12XS362510-FD M12XZ362510-FD 36 x 25.38 x 10 82 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12S363110-FD M12XS363110-FD M12XZ363110-FD 36 x 31.38 x 10 105 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423110-FD M12XS423110-FD M12XZ423110-FD 42 x 31.38 x 10 119 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S423710-FD M12XS423710-FD M12XZ423710-FD 42 x 37.38 x 10 139 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483710-FD M12XS483710-FD M12XZ483710-FD 48 x 37.38 x 10 148 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603710-FD M12XS603710-FD M12XZ603710-FD 60 x 37.38 x 10 178 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S302512-FD M12XS302512-FD M12XZ302512-FD 30 x 25.38 x 12 76 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12S363112-FD M12XS363112-FD M12XZ363112-FD 36 x 31.38 x 12 103 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423112-FD M12XS423112-FD M12XZ423112-FD 42 x 31.38 x 12 123 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12S423712-FD M12XS423712-FD M12XZ423712-FD 42 x 37.38 x 12 138 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12S483712-FD M12XS483712-FD M12XZ483712-FD 48 x 37.38 x 12 153 A-48P36 45 x 33

1) M12S603712-FD 1) M12XS603712-FD 1) M12XZ603712-FD 60 x 37.38 x 12 183 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12S363116-FD M12XS363116-FD M12XZ363116-FD 36 x 31.38 x 16 117 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12S423716-FD M12XS423716-FD M12XZ423716-FD 48 x 37.38 x 16 175 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12S603716-FD M12XS603716-FD M12XZ603716-FD 60 x 37.38 x 16 200 A-60P36 57 x 33

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

1) M12S603712-FD-H, M12XS603712-FD-H, and M12XZ603712-FD-H Accepts ABV 1494V 400 and 600 Amp and ITE 800/1200 Amp only.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be listed separately when ordering enclosures.

C41

M12S-FD - WITHOUT HANDLES

Space Occupied By Disconnects

E = 4.75 when D = 8.00

E = 7.09 when D = 10.25

E = 11.62 when D = 12.00

E = 11.62 when D = 16.00

E = 18.38 for M12S603712-FD

Z = Wire Bend Spacing

See charts on pages C57-C64 for “F”, “G”, and “Z” dimensions

which cover space occupied by disconnect and wire bend spacing.

Disconnects occupy the space indicated by “E”, “F”, and “G”.

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and

W are 24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and

W are greater than 24”.

2. Panels will have formed ﬂanges when either Height

or Width is greater than or equal to 18".

3. When H=40” or greater the handle is centered in

the height and includes a three point latch system.

When H is less than 40” the handle is at the bottom

and includes a two point latch system.

MOUNTING FOOT

PANEL ( ORDER

SEPARATELY)

Ground

Stud

Omit Two Middle

Studs IF W < 33

Omit Two Middle

Studs IF H < 31

3/8-16 Collar

Stud

SECTION Y-Y

3.00

.62

Ø .44 2.00

3.00

.62 1.25 .44

1.75 2.62

X X

SECTION X-X

D - .35

.75

1.25

W-2.88

H-1.42

2.00

1.50

H-3.00

1.50

.88

2.75

14 GA

2.22

1.00 12 GA

.19

W-4.38

.90

1.38

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITHOUT HANDLES

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT WITHOUT HANDLES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C42

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT

Disconnect Ordering Information

When ordering ﬂange-mounted

disconnects from the various

manufacturers, be sure to order the

necessary items. Each company has

a different system, read through the

following list of items required and refer

to the charts on pages C59-C64.

Use a Type 4 disconnect operating

handle on the enclosure ﬂange to

provide corrosion resistance and

maintain the enclosure rating.

Items with an (*) proceeding them are

available from disconnect manufacturer

as complete kits.

Allen-Bradley

When using a 1494V disconnect switch,

order:

*1. A disconnect switch with ﬂange

mounted operator. (Bulletin 1494V)

*2. An operating handle (Bulletin 1494V-

H1) Note: use (Bulletin 1494V-H2)

operating handle when ordering

12WMRH-060-037-012-SDAV

enclosure.

*3. A connecting rod - Use (Bulletin

1494V-RA1) when D = 8.00 [203] or

10.25 [260] - Use (Bulletin 1494V-

RA2) when D = 12.00 [305] or 16.00

[406] - Use (Bulletin 1494V-RB2) for

400A or 600A switch on 12WMRH-

060-037-012-SDAV enclosure.

*4. A trailer fuse block kit, if required

(Bulletin 1494V)

*5. A fuse clip kit, if required

6. Line and load connectors, if required

When using a Bulletin 1494V circuit

breaker operating mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (C-H/Westinghouse)

2. A circuit breaker operating

mechanism (Bulletin 1494V)

3. An operating handle (Bulletin 1494V-

H11)

4. A connecting rod - Use (Bulletin

1494V-RA1) when D = 8.00 [203] or

10.25 [260] - Use (Bulletin 1494V-

RA2) when D = 12.00 [305] or 16.00

[406]

ABB Controls

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A ﬂange-operated switch (fusible or

non-fusible)

2. A shaft - Use (DSFHN-12) when D =

8.00 [203], 10.25 [260] or 12.00 [305] -

when D = 16.00 [406] use (DSFHS-17)

3. A handle (DSFGN-HS12)

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker (ABB)

*2. An operating mechanism

*3. A shaft - Use (FHS-12) when D = 8.00

[203], 10.25 [260] or 12.00 [305] -

when D = 16.00 [406] use (FHS-17)

*4. A handle mechanism (FHN-HS12)

Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

When using a Type C361 disconnect

switch, order:

*1. A disconnect switch with an operating

mechanism

*2. An operating handle (C361H1 or

C361H3)

When using a Type C371 circuit breaker

operating mechanism with a C-H/

Westinghouse circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

*2. An operating mechanism

*3. An operating handle (C361H1 or

C361H3)

When using a C-H/Westinghouse circuit

breaker with a Type 4/4X Flex Shaft™

handle mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A complete Flex Shaft™ handle

mechanism

General Electric

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch (Type QMR or

QMW)

2. A fuse clip kit or no-fuse kit

3. A ﬂange handle (STDA1 or STDA2)

4. A variable depth operating mechanism

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A ﬂange handle (STDA1 or STDA2)

3. A variable depth operating mechanism

When using a circuit breaker with a

Spectra Flex™ cable operator, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A ﬂange-mounted handle mechanism

3. A breaker-mounted mechanism

4. An operating cable

I-T-E Siemens

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A basic switch (right hand)

2. A fuse or non-fuse kit

3. A ﬂange-mounted handle (FHOHS)

4. Switch operator

5. Cable 36.00 inch

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. Pressure wire connectors

3. A ﬂange-mounted handle (FHOH) Note:

use (FHOHN) for 12WMRH-060-037-

012-SDAV enclosure

4. A circuit breaker operator mechanism

5. An operating cable - standard 36.00

inch for 125A to 600A circuit

breakers - 48.00 inch for 800A to

1200A circuit breakers

Square D

When using a Class 9422 disconnect

switch, order:

*1. A disconnect switch with operating

mechanism (Class 9422)

*2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker (Square D)

2. An operating mechanism (Class

9422)

3. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

When using a Class 9422 Type “T”

disconnect switch with a cable

mechanism, order:

1. A disconnect switch with operating

mechanism (Class 9422,Type T)

2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

3. A cable mechanism (Class 9422

CFT_O) 3, 5, or 10 foot

When using a circuit breaker with a

cable mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (Square D)

2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

3. A cable mechanism (Class 9422

CFT_0) 3, 5, or 10 foot

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C43

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type 304

or type 316 stainless steel with continuously

welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorsecuredwithheavy-dutycontinuous

hinge with removable hinge pin.

• Providedwithblackzincanodized

padlocking handle with defeater mechanism

and two or three point latching system.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasketapplied

to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

• Groundstudsinstalledinsidecabinetand

door.

• Collarstudsprovidedformountingoptional

sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•NEMAType12

1) Suitable for 200 amp disconnect switches and 1494F-L only.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be listed separately when ordering enclosures.

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

ALLEN BRADLEY 1494F & D SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

ALLEN BRADLEY 1494F & D SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT

APPLICATIONS

Designed to accommodate Allen-Bradley

1494F and 1494D flange mount disconnect

switches and circuit breakers and protect

them from dust, dripping liquids, dirt and oil.

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

M12SAB202108-FD M12XSAB202108-FD M12XZAB202108-FD 20 x 21.38 x 8 44 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12SAB242108-FD M12XSAB242108-FD M12XZAB242108-FD 24 x 21.38 x 8 51 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12SAB242508-FD M12XSAB242508-FD M12XZAB242508-FD 24 x 25.38 x 8 58 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12SAB302108-FD M12XSAB302108-FD M12XZAB302108-FD 30 x 21.38 x 8 59 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12SAB302508-FD M12XSAB302508-FD M12XZAB302508-FD 30 x 25.38 x 8 63 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12SAB362508-FD M12XSAB362508-FD M12XZAB362508-FD 36 x 25.38 x 8 77 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12SAB363108-FD M12XSAB363108-FD M12XZAB363108-FD 36 x 31.38 x 8 94 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12SAB423108-FD M12XSAB423108-FD M12XZAB423108-FD 42 x 31.38 x 8 109 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12SAB423708-FD M12XSAB423708-FD M12XZAB423708-FD 42 x 37.38 x 8 128 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12SAB483708-FD M12XSAB483708-FD M12XZAB483708-FD 48 x 37.38 x 8 137 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12SAB603708-FD M12XSAB603708-FD M12XZAB603708-FD 60 x 37.38 x 8 153 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12SAB202110-FD M12XSAB202110-FD M12XZAB202110-FD 20 x 21.38 x 10 45 A-20P20 17 x 17

M12SAB242110-FD M12XSAB242110-FD M12XZAB242110-FD 24 x 21.38 x 10 55 A-24P20 21 x 17

M12SAB242510-FD M12XSAB242510-FD M12XZAB242510-FD 24 x 25.38 x 10 60 A-24P24 21 x 21

M12SAB302110-FD M12XSAB302110-FD M12XZAB302110-FD 30 x 21.38 x 10 59 A-30P20 27 x 17

M12SAB302510-FD M12XSAB302510-FD M12XZAB302510-FD 30 x 25.38 x 10 71 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12SAB362510-FD M12XSAB362510-FD M12XZAB362510-FD 36 x 25.38 x 10 82 A-36P24 33 x 21

M12SAB363110-FD M12XSAB363110-FD M12XZAB363110-FD 36 x 31.38 x 10 105 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12SAB423110-FD M12XSAB423110-FD M12XZAB423110-FD 42 x 31.38 x 10 119 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12SAB423710-FD M12XSAB423710-FD M12XZAB423710-FD 42 x 37.38 x 10 139 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12SAB483710-FD M12XSAB483710-FD M12XZAB483710-FD 48 x 37.38 x 10 148 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12SAB603710-FD M12XSAB603710-FD M12XZAB603710-FD 60 x 37.38 x 10 178 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12SAB302512-FD M12XSAB302512-FD M12XZAB302512-FD 30 x 25.38 x 12 76 A-30P24 27 x 21

M12SAB363112-FD M12XSAB363112-FD M12XZAB363112-FD 36 x 31.38 x 12 103 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12SAB423112-FD M12XSAB423112-FD M12XZAB423112-FD 42 x 31.38 x 12 123 A-42P30 39 x 27

M12SAB423712-FD M12XSAB423712-FD M12XZAB423712-FD 42 x 37.37 x 12 138 A-42P36 39 x 33

M12SAB483712-FD M12XSAB483712-FD M12XZAB483712-FD 48 x 37.38 x 12 153 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12SAB603712-FD M12XSAB603712-FD M12XZAB603712-FD 60 x 37.38 x 12 183 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12SAB363116-FD M12XSAB363116-FD M12XZAB363116-FD 36 x 31.38 x 16 117 A-36P30 33 x 27

M12SAB483716-FD M12XSAB483716-FD M12XZAB483716-FD 48 x 37.38 x 16 175 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12SAB603716-FD M12XSAB603716-FD M12XZAB603716-FD 60 x 37.38 x 16 200 A-60P36 57 x 33

M12SAB483716-FD-A 1) M12SAB483716-FD-A 1) M12SAB483716-FD-A 1) 48 x 37.38 x 16 175 A-48P36 45 x 33

M12SAB603716-FD-A 1) M12SAB603716-FD-A 1) M12SAB603716-FD-A 1) 60 x 37.38 x 16 200 A-60P36 57 x 33

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C44

3/8-16 Collar

Studs

MOUNTING FEET

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H < 31

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W < 33

Ground

Stud

PANEL ( ORDER

SEPARATELY )

SECTION Y-Y

H H - 3.00

W - 4.38

.62

3.00

Ø .44

1.25

3.00

.62

.88

1.50

2.621.75

1.50

X X

SECTION X-X

2.75

2.22

14 GA

D - .35

.19

12 GA

2.00

.44

2.00

1.25

W - 2.88

H - 1.42

1.00 .75

1.38

.90

M12SAB

Disconnect Ordering Information

When using a 1494F disconnect switch,

order:

1. A disconnect switch (30A, 60A, or

100A)

2. A fuse block adapter, if required

3. Line and load connectors, if required

Exception: M12SAB603712-FD enclosure

requires one set (1494F-L4) 3-point

latching hardware

M12SAB603712-FD enclosure will

only accept 200A (1494F) disconnect

switch. This switch will not ﬁt in any

other size.

When using a Bulletin 1494D circuit

breaker operating mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (C-H/Westinghouse)

2. A circuit breaker operating mechanism

3. A slide mechanism

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are 24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are greater than 24”.

2. Panels will have formed ﬂanges when either Height or Width is greater than or equal to 18".

3. When H=40” or greater the handle is centered in the height and includes a three point latch

system. When H is less than 40” the handle is at the bottom and includes a two point latch system.

Space Occupied By Disconnects

E = 3.84 when D = 8.00

E = 6.75 when D = 10.25

E = 9.50 when D = 12.00

Except for 200A switches

E = 9.50 when D = 16.00

E = 10.50 when D = 12.00

For enclosures with 200A switches

Z = Wire Bend Spacing

See charts on pages C57-C64 for “F”, “G”,

and “Z” dimensions which cover space

occupied by disconnect and wire bend

spacing. Disconnects occupy the space

indicated by “E”, “F”, and “G”.

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

ALLEN BRADLEY 1494F & D SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – WALL MOUNT

ALLEN BRADLEY 1494F & D SINGLE DOOR DISCONNECT

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C45

Right Hand Flange Disconnects Center Post Disconnects

Space Occupied By Disconnects

Note:

E = 7.88 [204] when H = 60.12 [1527]

E = 13.88 [343] when H = 72.12 [1832]

Allen-Bradley 1494F and 1494D

E = 5.88 [149] when H = 60.12 [1527]

E = 11.88 [288] when H = 72.12 [1832]

except for 200 Amp

E = 10.56 [255] when H = 72.12 [1832] for

200 Amp only

Z = Wire Bend Spacing

See charts on pages C57-C64 for “F”, “G”,

and “Z” dimensions which cover space

occupied by disconnect and wire bend

spacing. Disconnects occupy the space

indicated by “E”, “F”, and “G”.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsubpanels

have a white polyester powder coat finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed to accommodate Allen-Bradley,

Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square D,

Westinghouse, and Telemecanique/ITE flange

mount disconnect switches and circuit breakers

and protect them from dust, dripping liquids, dirt

and oil. For ordering information see page C47.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 gauge carbon steel

with continuously welded seams. Enclosure

features:

• Doorssecuredwithcontinuoushinges

with removable hinge pins.

• Blackzincanodizedpadlockinghandle

with built-in defeater mechanism (on

the master door only) and three point

latching system.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Removablecenterpostforeasy

installation of the sub panel.

• 15-inchfloorstands.

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingeyes.

• Universalcutoutprovidesmounting

for most disconnect operators by using

Adapter Kits.

• Groundstudsinstalledinside

cabinet and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

• Bodystiffenersforextrarigiditywhere

needed.

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES –

FLOOR MOUNT DOUBLE DOOR RIGHT FLANGE

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES –

FLOOR MOUNT DOUBLE DOOR RIGHT FLANGE

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES) SHIPPING WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

FD604912-FT 60 x 49.75 x 12 485 A-DD6048 56 x 44

FD606112-FT 60 x 61.75 x 12 535 A-DD6060 56 x 56

FD726112-FT 72 x 61.75 x 12 635 A-DD7260 68 x 56

FD727312-FT 72 x 73.75 x 12 710 A-DD7272 68 x 68

FD604918-FT 60 x 49.75 x 18 535 A-DD6048 56 x 44

FD606118-FT 60 x 61.75 x 18 630 A-DD6060 56 x 56

FD726118-FT 72 x 61.75 x 18 797 A-DD7260 68 x 56

FD727318-FT 72 x 73.75 x 18 845 A-DD7272 68 x 68

FD604924-FT 60 x 49.75 x 24 639 A-DD6048 56 x 44

FD606124-FT 60 x 61.75 x 24 727 A-DD6060 56 x 56

FD727324-FT 72 x 73.75 x 24 970 A-DD7272 68 x 68

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

NOTE:

Sub panels ordered separately.

NOTE:

Adapter plates must be ordered separately.

See page C97 for ordering information.

C46

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclsoure.

Subpanel

Support

Brackets

Pocket 3pt

Padlocking

Handle

Both Doors

Left Door Secured

With Mechanical

Interlock. Right

Serving as the

Master Door.

Body Stieners

Subpanels

Ordered

Separately

Universal Disconnect

Cutout

Adapter Plates

Sold Separately.

Interlock Hook

Mtg. Channel

( W/2 ) - 2.56 ( W/2 ) - 2.56

2.01

.92 2.20

H H - .98

.62

.36

X X

SECTION X-X

(W/2)-4.2 (W/2)-4.2 3.001.75

3.64

D - .04 1.00

10 GA.

YSECTION Y-Y

D1.22 3.31 W - 5.75 2.44

2.00

H - 4

2.00

15.00

H - 3.0

Subpanel

Support

Brackets

Pocket 3pt

Padlocking

Handle

Both Doors

Left Door Secured

With Mechanical

Interlock. Right

Serving as the

Master Door.

Body Stieners

Subpanels

Ordered

Separately

Universal Disconnect

Cutout

Adapter Plates

Sold Separately.

Interlock Hook

Mtg. Channel

( W/2 ) - 2.56 ( W/2 ) - 2.56

2.01

.92 2.20

H H - .98

.62

.36

X X

SECTION X-X

(W/2)-4.2 (W/2)-4.2 3.001.75

3.64

D - .04 1.00

10 GA.

YSECTION Y-Y

D1.22 3.31 W - 5.75 2.44

2.00

H - 4

2.00

15.00

H - 3.0

Subpanel

Support

Brackets

Pocket 3pt

Padlocking

Handle

Both Doors

Left Door Secured

With Mechanical

Interlock. Right

Serving as the

Master Door.

Body Stieners

Subpanels

Ordered

Separately

Universal Disconnect

Cutout

Adapter Plates

Sold Separately.

Interlock Hook

Mtg. Channel

( W/2 ) - 2.56 ( W/2 ) - 2.56

2.01

.92 2.20

H H - .98

.62

.36

X X

SECTION X-X

(W/2)-4.2 (W/2)-4.2 3.001.75

3.64

D - .04 1.00

10 GA.

YSECTION Y-Y

D1.22 3.31 W - 5.75 2.44

2.00

H - 4

2.00

15.00

H - 3.0

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – FLOOR MOUNT

DOUBLE DOOR RIGHT FLANGE

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – FLOOR MOUNT

DOUBLE DOOR RIGHT FLANGE

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C47

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – FLOOR MOUNT

DOUBLE DOOR RIGHT FLANGE

TYPE 12 – DISCONNECT ENCLOSURES – FLOOR MOUNT

DOUBLE DOOR RIGHT FLANGE

Space Occupied By Disconnects

See charts on pages C57-C64 for "F",

"G", and "Z" dimensions which cover

space occupied by disconnect and wire

bend spacing. Disconnects occupy the

space indicated by "E", "F" and "G" on

disconnect diagrams on the previous

page.

All 24.13 [610] deep enclosures include

an adjustable size platform which is

6.00 [152] high. The platform is required

for mounting the following disconnect

devices.

• ABBControlsange-operated

devices

• CutlerHammerC361devices

• CutlerHammerC371mechanisms

which use C371E, F, G, K operating

mechanism

• GeneralElectricTypeTDAdevices

• SquareDClass9422devices

The platform can be omitted if long

connecting rods are ordered.

• ForCutler-Hammeroperating

mechanisms C371E and C371F

order catalog number C371CS1

connecting rod. For C371G and

C371K order catalog number

C371CS2 connecting rod

• ForGeneralElectricdevices,order

catalog number TDSR extended

length drive rod

• ForSquareDdevices,order

catalog number 9422-R2 extra long

operating rod(s). Some devices

require two rods.

Disconnect Ordering Information

When ordering ﬂange-mounted

disconnects from the various

manufacturers, be sure to order the

necessary items. Each company has

a different system, read through the

following list of items required and

refer to the charts on pages C57-C64.

Items with an (*) proceeding them are

available from disconnect manufacturer

as complete kits.

Allen-Bradley

When using a 1494F ﬂange mounted

disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch

2. A fuse block adapter

3. Line and load connectors, if required

When using a 1494D ﬂange-mounted

operator for a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker (C-H/

Westinghouse)

2. A ﬂange mounted operator

mechanism

3. A slide mechanism

When using 1494V disconnect switch,

order:

*1. A disconnect switch

*2. An operating handle

*3. A connecting rod (long)

*4. A trailer fuse block kit, if required

*5. A fuse clip kit, if required

6. Line and load connectors, if required

When using a 1494V circuit breaker

operating mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (C-H/

Westinghouse)

2. A circuit breaker operating mechanism

3. An operating handle

4. A connecting rod (long)

An optional Allen-Bradley channel support

kit is recommended when Allen-Bradley

1494V devices are installed in 72.13 [1829]

high enclosures with center post mounted

operating handle

ABB Controls

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A ﬂange-operated switch (fusible or

non-fusible)

2. A shaft (DSFHS-12) for 12.13 [305]

deep or (DSFHS-17) for 18.13 [457]

deep enclosures in 24.13 [610] deep

enclosure a platform must be used

with shaft

3. A handle (DSFHN-HS12)

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker (ABB)

2. An operating mechanism

3. A shaft (FSH-12) for 12.13 [305]

deep or (FSH-17) for 18.13 [457]

deep enclosures in 24.13 [610] deep

enclosure a platform must be used with

shaft

4. A handle (FHN-HS12)

Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

When using a Type C361 disconnect

switch, order:

*1. A disconnect switch with an operating

mechanism

*2. An operating handle (C361H1 or

C361H3)

When using a Type C371 circuit breaker

operating mechanism with a C-H/

Westinghouse circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

*2. An operating mechanism

*3. An operating handle

When using a Type SM handle mechanism,

order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A Type SM handle mechanism

When using a C-H/Westinghouse circuit

breaker with a Type 4/4X Flex Shaft™

handle mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A complete Flex Shaft™ handle

mechanism

General Electric

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch (Type QMR or

QMW)

2. A fuse clip kit or no-fuse kit

3. A ﬂange handle (STDA1 or STDA2)

4. A variable depth operating mechanism

5. An extended length drive rod, if

required

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A ﬂange handle (STDA1 or STDA2)

3. A variable depth operating mechanism

4. An extended length drive rod, if

required

An optional General Electric Flange

Stiffener Kit (catalog # TDSR) is

recommended when General Electric Type

TDA devices are installed in 72.13 [1829]

high enclosures with operating handle

mounted on center post. Use with

TDOM1, TDOM2, TDOM3, S100M1A,

and S100M3 operating mechanisms.

When using a circuit breaker with a

Spectra Flex™ cable operator, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A ﬂange-mounted handle

mechanism

3. A breaker-mounted mechanism

4. An operating cable

I-T-E Siemens

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A basic switch (right hand)

2. A fuse or non-fuse kit

*3. A ﬂange-mounted handle (FHOHS)

*4. Switch operator

*5. FHOECO36 36.00 inch cable for

12.13 [305] deep enclosures or

FHOECO48 for 18.13 [457] and 24.13

[610] deep enclosures

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. Pressure wire connectors

*3. A ﬂange-mounted handle

*4. A circuit breaker operator

mechanism

*5. An operating cable - 36.00 [914]

or 48.00 [1219] long cable for

12.13 [305] and 18.13 [457] deep

enclosures and 48.00 [1219] cable

24.13 [610] deep enclosures

* These items are available from ITE as

a complete mechanism with a 36.00

[914] long cable only. Order items

separately when using a 48.00 [1219]

operating cable.

Square D

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch with operating

mechanism

2. A universal handle mechanism

3. A long operating rod, if required

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. An operating mechanism

3. A universal handle mechanism

When using a Class 9422 Type “T”

disconnect switch with a cable

mechanism, order:

1. A disconnect switch with operating

mechanism (Class 9422,Type T)

2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

3. A cable mechanism (Class 9422

CFT_O) 3, 5, or 10 foot

When using a circuit breaker with a

cable mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (Square D)

2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

3. A cable mechanism (Class 9422

CFT_0) 3-, 5-, or 10-foot

An optional Square D Channel Flange

Support Kit (catalog # 9422-C1) is

recommended when some Square D

devices are installed in 72.13 [1829]

high enclosures with operating handle

mounted on center post.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C48

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

APPLICATIONS

Designed to provide protection for electrical

instruments, terminals, and controls from

dust, oil, dirt and dripping liquids.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 gauge carbon steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure

features:

• Singleormultipledoorssecuredwith

continuous hinges and removable

hinge pins.

• Blackzincanodizedpadlockingdefeater

handle, three point latching system, and

overhead mechanical interlock.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingeyes.

• Groundstudsinsidecabinetanddoor.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can

modify standard enclosures or custom

design enclosures according to your

specifications.Holes,cutouts,sizes,

materials, and many more options are

available. Quotations

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

• Bodystiffenersforextrarigidity.

• 5-doorwillbesplitinto3-doorand2-door

sections to be shipped assembled or

separate.

• Universalcutoutprovidesmountingformost

disconnect operators by using Adapter Kits.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsubpanels

have a white polyester powder coat finish.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

NOTE:

Adapter plates must be ordered separately.

See page C97 for ordering information.

C49

Space Occupied By Disconnects

Note:

E = 11.88 [302] when H = 72 [1778]

E = 17.88 [454] when H = 84 [2134], except 400 Amp or 600 Amp switches

E = 20.88 [530] when H = 90 [2286], except 400 Amp or 600 Amp switches

E = 16.43 [417] when H = 84 [2134], 400 Amp and 600 Amp switches only

E = 19.43 [494] when H = 90 12286], 400 Amp and 600 Amp switches only

Allen Bradley 1494F only

E = 9.88 [251] when H = 72 [1778], except 200 Amp switch

E = 15.88 [403] when H = 84 [21341, except 200 Amp switch

E = 18.80 [478] when H = 90 [2286], except 200 Amp switch

E = 8.56 [217] when H = 72 [1778], 200 Amp switch only

E = 14.56 [370] when H = 84 [2134], 200 Amp switch only

E = 17.56 [446] when H = 90 [2286], 200 Amp switch only

Z = Wire Bend Spacing

See charts on pages C57-C64 for “F”, “G, and “Z” dimensions which cover space

occupied by disconnect and wire bend spacing. Disconnects occupy the space

indicated by “E”, “F”, and “G”.

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

CATALOG NUMBER DOORS

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL PART

NUMBER A

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SUB PANEL PART

NUMBER B

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

SINGLE DOOR

M12FS722818AF-FD 1 72 x 28.25 x 18 368 A-60P21.75 60 x 21.75 - -

M12FS723418AF-FD 1 72 x 34.25 x 18 430 A-60P27.75 60 x 27.75 - -

M12FS724018AF-FD 1 72 x 40.25 x 18 559 A-60P33.75 60 x 33.75 - -

M12FS844018AF-FD 1 84 x 40.25 x 18 630 A-72P33.75 72 x 33.75 - -

M12FS904018AF-FD 1 90 x 40.25 x 18 750 A-78P33.75 78 x 33.75 - -

M12FS904020AF-FD 1 90 x 40.25 x 20 865 A-78P33.75 78 x 33.75 - -

M12FS844024AF-FD 1 84 x 40.25 x 24 750 A-72P33.75 72 x 33.75 - -

M12FS904024AF-FD 1 90 x 40.25 x 24 910 A-78P33.75 78 x 33.75 - -

DOUBLE DOOR

M12FSD725418AF-FD 2 72 x 54.5 x 18 695 A-60P48 60 x 48 - -

M12FSD726618AF-FD 2 72 x 66.5 x 18 815 A-60P60 60 x 60 - -

M12FSD727818AF-FD 2 72 x 78.5 x 18 895 A-60P72 60 x 72 - -

M12FSD847818AF-FD 2 84 x 78.5 x 18 1200 A-72P72 72 x 72 - -

M12FSD907818AF-FD 2 90 x 78.5 x 18 1250 A-78P72 78 x 72 - -

M12FSD907820AF-FD 2 90 x 78.5 x 20 1330 A-78P72 78 x 72 - -

M12FSD727824SF-FD 2 72 x 78.5 x 24 965 A-60P72 60 x 72 - -

M12FSD847824AF-FD 2 84 x 78.5 x 24 1200 A-72P72 72 x 72 - -

M12FSD907824AF-FD 2 90 x 78.5 x 24 1392 A-78P72 78 x 72 - -

THREE DOOR

M12FS3D7210018AF-FD 3 72 x 100.75 x 18 1330 A-60P60 60 x 60 A-60P27.75 60 x 27.75

M12FS3D7211818AF-FD 3 72 x 118.75 x 18 1540 A-60P72 60 x 72 A-60P33.75 60 x 33.75

M12FS3D8411818AF-FD 3 84 x 118.75 x 18 1750 A-72P72 72 x 72 A-72P33.75 72 x 33.75

M12FS3D8411824AF-FD 3 84 x 118.75 x 24 1836 A-72P72 72 x 72 A-72P33.75 72 x 33.75

M12FS3D9011824AF-FD 3 90 x 118.75 x 24 1950 A-78P72 78 x 72 A-78P33.75 78 x 33.75

FOUR DOOR

M12FS4D8415818AF-FD 4 84 x 158 x18 2300 (2) A-72P72 72 x 72 - -

M12FS4D9015818AF-FD 4 90 x 158 x 18 2400 (2) A-78P72 78 x 72 - -

M12FS4D8415824AF-FD 4 84 x 158 x 24 2536 (2) A-72P72 72 x 72 - -

M12FS4D9015824AF-FD 4 90 x 158 x 24 2600 (2) A-78P72 78 x 72 - -

FIVE DOOR

M12FD5D8419718AF-FD 5 84 x 197.75 x 18 2580 (2) A-72P72 72 x 72 A-72P33.75 72 x 33.75

M12FS5D9019718AF-FD 5 90 x 197.75 x 18 2800 (2) A-78P72 78 x 72 A-78P33.75 78 x 33.75

M12FS5D8419724AF-FD 5 84 x 197.75 x 24 2830 (2) A-72P72 72 x 72 A-72P33.75 72 x 33.75

M12FS5D9019724AF-FD 5 90 x 197.75 x 24 2900 (2) A-78P72 78 x 72 A-78P33.75 78 x 33.75

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C50

Subpanel Support Brackets

(omit if enclosure W is less than 36") Print Pocket

Shipped Loose

3pt Padlocking Handle

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

Enclosure will receive a total of

4 lifting eyes when D is 24" or more

Unistrut for Defeater Hook

Subpanel

Ordered

Seperately

Door Removed

X X

SECTION X-X

3.00

3.12

H - 10.25

Opening

7.12

1.22

H - 12

1.00

D - 0.18

W - 3.85

Door

H - 8.23

Door

2.18

4.06 2.44

4.00

8.00

W - 6.5

9.00

W - 5.5

Opening

2.50

Unistrut for Defeater Hook

Subpanel Support Brackets

3pt Padlocking Handles

Print Pocket

Shipped Loose

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

Enclosure will receive a total of

4 lifting eyes when D is 24" or more

Doors Removed

This Door Secured with Mechanical Interlock

Removable

Center Post

2.50 (W/2) - 4.57

Opening

3.64

3.12

H - 10.25

Opening

7.12

W - 6.5

Panel

H - 12

Panel

SECTION X-X

4.00

8.00

D1.26

H - 8.23

Doors

9.00

1.00

D - 0.183

4.06

(W/2) - 4.57

Opening 3.00

2.18(W/2) - 2.92

Door

1.99

(W/2) - 2.92

Door

2.44

X X

M12FS-FD SINGLE DOOR

M12FSD-FD DOUBLE DOOR

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – SINGLE & DOUBLE DOORS

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – SINGLE & DOUBLE DOORS

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C51

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

Removable

Center Post

Nonremovable

Center Post

Subpanel Support Brackets

(omit if the subpanel W is less than 36) Print Pockets

Shipped Loose

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

Large

Subpanel Small

Subpanel

Interlock Hook

Mtg. Channel

X X

SECTION X-X

(W/3) - 4.88

Opening

5.00

(W/3) - 4.88

Opening

3.50

3.12

H - 10.25

Opening

7.12

4.00

8.00

D1.26

H - 8.23

Door

2.67(W/3) - 3.22

Door

3.34

(W/3) - 3.22

Door

1.98

(W/3) - 3.22

Door

9.00

3.00 2.94

D - 1.18

2 (W/3) -7.17

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12

(W/3) - 5.83

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12

3.64

(W/3) - 4.88

Opening

2.50

2.00

Removable

Center Post

Nonremovable

Center Post

Subpanel Support Brackets

(omit if the subpanel W is less than 36) Print Pockets

Shipped Loose

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

Large

Subpanel Small

Subpanel

Interlock Hook

Mtg. Channel

X X

SECTION X-X

(W/3) - 4.88

Opening

5.00

(W/3) - 4.88

Opening

3.50

3.12

H - 10.25

Opening

7.12

4.00

8.00

D1.26

H - 8.23

Door

2.67(W/3) - 3.22

Door

3.34

(W/3) - 3.22

Door

1.98

(W/3) - 3.22

Door

9.00

3.00 2.94

D - 1.18

2 (W/3) -7.17

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12

(W/3) - 5.83

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12

3.64

(W/3) - 4.88

Opening

2.50

2.00

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – THREE DOOR

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – THREE DOOR

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

M12FS3D-FD THREE DOOR

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C52

M12FS4D-FD FOUR DOOR

Doors Removed

Large

Subpanel

Large

Subpanel

Removable

Centerpost

Removable

Centerpost

Nonremovable

Centerpost

Subpanel Support Brackets

Print Pockets

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

A A

SECTION A-A

3.500 (W/4) - 4.698

Opening

3.646

(W/4) - 4.698

Opening

4.500

(W/4) - 4.698

Opening

3.646

(W/4) - 4.698

Opening

3.500

3.125

H - 10.25

Opening

7.125

H -12

(W/2) - 7

(to nearest 1/8")

(W/2) - 7

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12

H - 8.971

Door

D1.229 8.000

4.000

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

2.916

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

2.897

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

2.480

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

3.135

2.000

D - 1.145

9.00

4.000 2.940

Doors Removed

Large

Subpanel

Large

Subpanel

Removable

Centerpost

Removable

Centerpost

Nonremovable

Centerpost

Subpanel Support Brackets

Print Pockets

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

A A

SECTION A-A

3.500 (W/4) - 4.698

Opening

3.646

(W/4) - 4.698

Opening

4.500

(W/4) - 4.698

Opening

3.646

(W/4) - 4.698

Opening

3.500

3.125

H - 10.25

Opening

7.125

H -12

(W/2) - 7

(to nearest 1/8")

(W/2) - 7

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12

H - 8.971

Door

D1.229 8.000

4.000

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

2.916

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

2.897

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

2.480

(W/4) - 3.532

Door

3.135

2.000

D - 1.145

9.00

4.000 2.940

NOTES:

1. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – FOUR DOOR

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – FOUR DOOR

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C53

M12FS5D-FD FIVE DOOR

NOTES:

1. 5-door will be split into 3-door and

2-door sections to be shipped assembled

or separate.

2. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside

enclsoure.

Large

Subpanel

Large

Subpanel

Small

Subpanel

Removable

Centerpost Removable

Centerpost

Nonremovable

Centerpost

Enclosure to have two sections bolted together.

Sections to be sealed with gasket and secured

with 3/8" bolts.

Doors Removed

Master Door

(All other doors secured with

Mechanical Interlock)

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Print Pockets

Hole for Mechanical Interlock

Open end of Section 1

Unistrut for

Mounting LIghts

3.50 (W/5) - 4.87

3.64

(W/5) - 4.87

5.00

(W/5) - 4.87

3.64

(W/5) - 4.87

5.00

3.12

H - 10.25

7.12

H - 12

2 (W/5) - 7.1

(to nearest 1/8")

2 (W/5) - 7.1

(to nearest 1/8")

H - 12 H - 12

(W/5) - 5.8

(to nearest 1/8")

(W/5) - 4.87 3.50

Section 1 Section 2

D1.26

A A

SECTION A-A

(W/5) - 3.28

Door

2.92

(W/5) - 3.28

Door

3.34

(W/5) - 3.28

Door

2.92

(W/5) - 3.28

Door

3.34

(W/5) - 3.28

Door

2.70

9.00 D - 1.145

2.00

4.00 2.94

3.00

H - 8.23

Door

4.00

8.00

3.38

3.75

2.00

1.00

2.00

1.00

O .50

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – FIVE DOOR

FREESTANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

TYPE 12 – HEAVY-DUTY ENCLOSURES – FIVE DOOR

FREE TANDING DISCONNECT WITH SUB PANEL

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C54

APPLICATIONS

Modular enclosures can be bolted together

in any desired arrangement. This design

provides maximum versatility; enclosures

can be added or removed as required.

Modular disconnect enclosures have

provisions for flange mount disconnects

on right-hand side.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 gauge carbon steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure

features:

• Doorssecuredwithheavygaugeliftoff

hinges.

• Blackzincanodizedpadlockinghandle

with built-in defeater mechanism (on

the master door only) and three point

latching system.

• Eachenclosurehasamechanical

interlock so all doors can be interlocked

with the master door.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Removablecenterpostforeasyinstallation

of the sub panel (two

door only).

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingeyes.

• Groundstudsinstalledinside

cabinet and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedfor

mounting sub panel.

• Panelsupportsareprovidedtosupportpanels

and aid in panel installation.

• Bodystiffenersforextrarigidity

where needed.

ACCESSORIES (SOLD SEPARATELY)

• EndPlate:notincludedwithenclosures.See

page C97 in accessories section for ordering

information. Gasket material and bolts are

included with each end plate.

• FlatEndPlates:Canbeusedasbarriers

between enclosures. See page C97 in

accessories section for ordering information.

• Adaptorkits.

• Gasketkit:Requiredateachjointbetween

modular enclosures. Includes parts needed

to connect the interlock system between

adjacent enclosures.

Single & Two Door Disconnect

The cutouts for the disconnect operation are

located on the right flange and the right side

is closed (left side open) so the disconnect

operator cannot be obscured by a door.

The heavy-duty overhead mechanical

interlocking system is factory tested and

provides quick, effective assembly of up to 5

doors in a row, controlled by a single master

door. When the master door is opened, the

interlock is automatically released, permitting

all doors to be opened in any order. All doors

can be closed in any order.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

TYPE 12 – MODULAR ENCLOSURES

TYPE 12 – MODULAR ENCLOSURES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C55

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

PANEL

DIMENSIONS DOOR OPENING DOOR SIZE

A B J K L M

M12MOD843818 84 x 39.75 x 18 A-72P33.75 72.00 33.75 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.75

M12MOD843824 84 x 39.75 x 24 A-72P33.75 72.00 33.75 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.75

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

PANEL

DIMENSIONS DOOR OPENING DOOR SIZE

A B J K L M

M12MOD843918-FD 84 x 40.25 x 18 A-72P33.75 72.00 33.75 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.75

M12MOD843924-FD 84 x 40.25 x 24 A-72P33.75 72.00 33.75 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.75

Unistrut for Defeater Hook

Door to serve as Master Door

Print Pocket

3pt Padlocking

Handle

Enclosure to receive an additional set of

Lifting Eyes if D is 24" or greater

Subpanel Support Brackets

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

Doors Removed

Subpanel

X X

SECTION X-X

(2.500) W - 5.5

Opening 3.000

3.125

H - 10.24

Opening

7.125

H - 12

E3.375

2.000

3.750

2.000

Ø .500

H - 8.907

Door

D1.016

4.000

8.000

W - 4.045

Door 2.511

4.060 2.440

2.000

D - 1.358

W - 6.5

9.000

NOTES:

1. Reference page C95 for sub panel layout.

2. Adapter kits must be ordered separately.

3. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclsoure.

NOTES:

1. Reference page C95 for sub panel layout.

2. Adapter kits must be ordered separately.

3. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclsoure.

Doors Removed

Subpanel

Subpanel Support

Brackets

Print Pocket

Door to be secured with Mechanical Interlock

3pt Padlocking

Handle

Enclosure to receive an additional set of

Lifting Eyes if D is 24" or greater

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

X X

SECTION X-X

2.500 W - 5

Opening

2.500

3.125

H - 10.25

Opening

7.125

H - 12

W - 6

W - 3.545

Door

2.011

2.000

D - 1.358

9.000

(3.000 )

3.000

H - 8.907

Door

D1.016

3.375

3.750

2.000

Ø .500

TYPE 12 – MODULAR ENCLOSURES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C56

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

PANEL

DIMENSIONS DOOR OPENING DOOR SIZE

A B J K L M

M12MOD847818-FD 84 x 78.50 x 18 A-72P72 72.00 72.00 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.7

M12MOD847824-FD 84 x 78.50 x 24 A-72P72 72.00 72.00 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.7

Removable

Centerpost

Subpanel Support Brackets

Doors Removed

Subpanel

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

Print Pocket

3pt Padlocking

Handles

This door to serve as Master Door

other door secured with Mechanical Interlock

Enclosure to receive an additional set of

Lifting Eyes if D is 24" or greater

Unistrut for Defeater Hook

X X

SECTION X-X

2.500 (W/2) - 4.562

Opening

(3.625 )

(W/2) - 4.562

Opening

3.000

3.125

H - 10.25

Opening

7.125

H - 12

W - 6.5

H - 8.907

Door

D1.016 8.000

4.000

3.375

2.000

3.750

2.000

Ø .500

(W/2) - 3.107

Opening

2.170

(W/2) - 3.107

Opening

2.510

2.440

4.060 2.000

D - 1.358

9.000

NOTES:

1. Reference page C95 for sub panel layout.

2. Adapter kits must be ordered separately.

3. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclsoure.

Enclosure to receive an additional set of

Lifting Eyes if D is 24" or greater

Doors Removed

Subpanel

Removable

Centerpost

Subpanel Support Brackets

Print Pocket

Doors to be secured with Mechanical Interlock

3pt Padlocking

Handles

Unistrut for

Mounting Lights

X X

SECTION X-X

2.500 (W/2) - 4.312

Opening

(3.625)

(W/2) - 4.312

Opening

2.500

3.125

H - 10.25

Opening

7.125

W - 6

H - 12

H - 8.907

Door

3.750

2.000

3.375

2.000

4.000

8.000

Ø .500

Typ

9.000

3.000 2.000 (3.000)

D - 1.358

D1.016

(W/2) - 2.857

Door

2.646

(W/2) - 2.857

Door

NOTES:

1. Reference C95 for sub panel layout.

2. Adapter kits must be ordered separately.

3. 9” x 9” print pocket shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – MODULAR ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

PANEL

DIMENSIONS DOOR OPENING DOOR SIZE

A B J K L M

M12MOD847718 84.00 x 78.00 x 18.00 A-72P72 72.00 72.00 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.7

M12MOD847724 84.00 x 78.00 x 24.00 A-72P72 72.00 72.00 73.75 34.75 75.77 36.7

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C57

Space Occupied By Disconnects

See charts on pages C57-C64 for "F",

"G", and "W" dimensions which cover

space occupied by disconnect and wire

bend spacing. Disconnects occupy the

space indicated by "E", "F" and "G" on

disconnect diagrams on the previous

page.

All 24.13 [610] deep enclosures include

an adjustable size platform which is

6.00 [152] high. The platform is required

for mounting the following disconnect

devices.

• ABBControlsange-operated

devices.

• CutlerHammerC361devices.

• CutlerHammerC371mechanisms.

which use C371E, F, G, K operating

mechanism.

• GeneralElectricTypeTDAdevices.

• SquareDClass9422devices.

The platform can be omitted if long

connecting rods are ordered.

• ForCutler-Hammeroperating

mechanisms C371E and C371F order

catalog number C371CS1 connecting

rod. For C371G and C371K order

catalog number C371CS2 connecting

rod.

• ForGeneralElectricdevices,order

catalog number TDSR extended

length drive rod.

• ForSquareDdevices,ordercatalog

number 9422-R2 extra long operating

rod(s). Some devices require two

rods.

Disconnect Ordering Information

When ordering ﬂange-mounted

disconnects from the various

manufacturers, be sure to order the

necessary items. Each company has a

different system, so care is required.

Order the following items from the

disconnect manufacturer.

Key to Symbols

Items available from disconnect

manufacturer as complete kits.

Please note:

1. The “Space Occupied/

Available Wiring Space” tables

on following pages are based

upon information supplied by

disconnect manufacturers. Milbank

Manufacturing Co. does not assume

responsibility for the accuracy of

these dimensions.

2. This information is subject to change

without notice. Please contact

Milbank Manufacturing Co. for the

disconnect manufacturer if there are

questions.

Allen-Bradley

When using a 1494F ﬂange mounted

disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch.

2. A fuse block adapter.

3. Line and load connectors, if required

When using a 1494D ﬂange-mounted

operator for a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker (C-H/Westinghouse)

2. A ﬂange mounted operator

mechanism

3. A slide mechanism

When using 1494V disconnect switch,

order:

*1. A disconnect switch

*2. An operating handle

*3. A connecting rod (long)

*4. A trailer fuse block kit, if required

*5. A fuse clip kit, if required

6. Line and load connectors, if required

When using a 1494V circuit breaker

operating mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (C-H/Westinghouse)

2. A circuit breaker operating mechanism

3. An operating handle

4. A connecting rod (long)

ABB Controls

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A ﬂange-operated switch (fusible or

non-fusible)

2. A shaft (DSFHS-17) for 18.13 [457]

deep enclosures (DSFHS-22) for 20.13

[511] deep enclosures in 24.13 [613]

deep enclosure a platform must be

used with shaft

3. A handle (DSFHN-HS12)

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker (ABB)

2. An operating mechanism

3. A shaft (FSH-17) for 18.13 [457]

deep or (FSH-22) for 20.13 [511]

deep enclosures in 24.13 [613] deep

enclosure a platform must be used

with shaft

4. A handle (FHN-HS12)

Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse

When using a Type C361 disconnect

switch, order:

*1. A disconnect switch with an operating

mechanism

*2. An operating handle (C361H1 or

C361H3)

When using a Type C371 circuit breaker

operating mechanism with a C-H/

Westinghouse circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

*2. An operating mechanism

*3. An operating handle

When using a Type SM handle mechanism,

order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A Type SM handle mechanism

When using a C-H/Westinghouse circuit

breaker with a Type 4/4X Flex Shaft™

handle mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A complete Flex Shaft™ handle

mechanism

General Electric

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch (Type QMR or

QMW)

2. A fuse clip kit or no-fuse kit

3. A ﬂange handle (STDA1 or STDA2)

4. A variable depth operating mechanism

5. An extended length drive rod, if

required

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A ﬂange handle (STDA1 or STDA2)

3. A variable depth operating

mechanism

4. An extended length drive rod, if

required

When using a circuit breaker with a

Spectra Flex™ cable operator, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. A ﬂange-mounted handle mechanism

3. A breaker-mounted mechanism

4. An operating cable

I-T-E Siemens

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A basic switch (right hand)

2. A fuse or non-fuse kit

*3. A ﬂange-mounted handle (FHOHS)

*4. Switch operator

*5. FHOECO48 cable

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. Pressure wire connectors

*3. A ﬂange-mounted handle

*4. A circuit breaker operator

mechanism

*5. An operating cable - 36.00 [914]

or 48.00 [1219] long cable for

18.13 [460] and 20.13 [511] deep

enclosures and 48.00 [1219] cable

24.13 [610] deep enclosures

* These items are available from ITE as a

complete mechanism with a 36.00 [914]

long cable only. Order items separately

when using a 48.00 [1219] operating

cable.

Square D

When using a disconnect switch, order:

1. A disconnect switch with operating

mechanism

2. A universal handle mechanism

3. A long operating rod, if required

When using a circuit breaker, order:

1. A circuit breaker

2. An operating mechanism

3. A universal handle mechanism

4. A long operating rod, if required

When using a Class 9422 Type “T”

disconnect switch with a cable

mechanism, order:

1. A disconnect switch with operating

mechanism (Class 9422,Type T)

2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

3. A cable mechanism (Class 9422

CFT_O) 3, 5, or 10 feet

When using a circuit breaker with a

cable mechanism, order:

1. A circuit breaker (Square D)

2. A handle mechanism (Class 9422

Type A-1)

3. A cable mechanism (Class 9422

CFT_0) 3-, 5-, or 10-feet

MULTI-DOOR AND MODULAR ENCLOSURES DISCONNECT INFORMATION

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C58

TYPE 4 TYPE 5

TYPE 1 TYPE 2

TYPE 3

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C59

Type

Number

Amp

Rating Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

DS30 30A No Fuse — 3.88 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS30 30A 30 250 H, K, R 5.25 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS30 30A 30 600 H, K, R 8.00 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS30 30A 30 600 J 5.25 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS30 30A 60 250 H, K 6.00 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS30 30A 60 600 H, K 8.50 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS30 30A 60 600 J 5.38 6.75 E - 1.88 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A No Fuse — 3.88 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 60 250 H, K, R 6.00 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 60 600 H, K, R 8.50 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 60 600 J 5.38 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 30 600 H, K, R 8.00 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 100 250 H, K 8.50 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 100 600 H, K 10.50 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS60 60A 100 600 J 7.25 6.75 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 0

DS100 100A No Fuse — 3.88 6.75 E - 2.18 0 0 0 - 1

DS100 100A 100 250 H, K, R. 8.12 6.75 E - 2.18 0 0 0 - 1

DS100 100A 100 600 H, K, R 10.12 6.75 E - 2.18 0 0 0 - 1

DS100 100A 100 600 J 6.88 6.75 E - 2.18 0 0 0 - 1

DS100 100A 60 600 H, K, R 10.12 6.75 E - 2.18 0 0 0 - 1

DS100 100A 60 600 J 8.88 6.75 E - 2.18 0 0 0 - 1

DS200 200A No Fuse — 4.75 7.88 E - 3.50 0 0 1 - 2

DS200 200A 200 250 H, K, R 10.88 7.88 E - 3.50 0 0 0 - 2

DS200 200A 200 600 H, K, R 13.38 7.88 E - 3.50 0 0 0 - 2

DS200 200A 200 600 J 9.50 7.88 E - 3.50 0 0 0 - 2

DS200 200A 100 600 H, K, R 12.00 7.88 E - 3.50 0 0 0 - 2

DS200 200A 100 600 J 8.75 7.88 E - 3.50 0 0 0 - 2

DS400 400A No Fuse — 10.75 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS400 400A 400 250 H, K, R 16.12 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS400 400A 400 600 H, K, R 19.12 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS400 400A 400 600 J 14.62 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS600 600A No Fuse — 10.75 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS600 600A 600 250 H, R 16.12 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS600 600A 600 600 H, R 19.12 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

DS600 600A 600 600 J 14.62 10.88 E - 6.29 - 4 - 5 3

M40 15A-150A GE Circuit Breaker

TED, THED, TEC — 5.62 4.62 E - 0.50 0 0 0 - 0

M40 15A-150A

Westinghouse

Circuit Breaker

F Frame / Series C

— 5.00 4.62 E - 0.50 0 0 0 - 0

M50 70A-250A

Westinghouse

Circuit Breaker

J Frame / Series C

— 9.75 4.88 E - 1.00 0 0 1 - 2

M60 100A-

400A

Westinghouse

Circuit Breaker

K Frame / Series C

— 9.69 6.25 E - 1.125 6 0 0 - 2

Allen-Bradley 1494V Disconnects

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8.00 inch deep enclosures.

2. Do not use in 8.00 or 10.00 inch deep enclosures.

3. Only ﬁts Type 5 Enclsoure with a Designator after Depth.

4. Only ﬁts enclosures 84.00 and 90.00 inch high with the AB designator at the end of the part number.

5. Only ﬁt enclosures 12.00 inches deep.

6. Do not use in 60" High Enclosures.

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C60

Type

Number

Frame

Rating Breaker Type Frame Size Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

N4/N40 150A Westinghouse F Frame / Series C 5.81 4.44 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

N4/N40 150A General Electric TEC, TED, THED 5.81 4.44 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

N5/N50 225A General Electric TFC, TFK, THFK 8.81 4.63 E - 1.41 0 0 - 1 -

N5/N50 250A Westinghouse J Frame / Series C 8.81 4.63 E - 1.45 0 0 - 1 -

N5/N60 400A Westinghouse K Frame / Series C 8.81 5.75 E - 1.31 8 0 - 1 -

Type

Number

Amp

Rating Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

N30 30A No Fuse — 4.62 6.38 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

NF30 30A 30 250 H, K, R 6.25 6.38 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

NF30 30A 60 250 H, K, R 7.25 6.38 F - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

NF30 30A 30 600 H, K, R 9.25 6.38 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

NF30 30A 60 600 H, K, R 9.75 6.38 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

NF30 30A 30 600 J 6.50 6.38 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

NF30 30A 60 600 J 6.62 6.38 E - 0.59 0 0 - 0 -

N60 60A No Fuse — 4.62 6.38 E - 1.34 00 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 30 600 H, K, R 10.38 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 60 250 H, K, R 8.38 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 100 250 H, K, R 10.88 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 60 600 H, K, R 10.88 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 100 600 H, K, R 12.88 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 60 600 J 7.75 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

NF60 60A 100 600 J 9.75 6.38 E - 1.34 0 0 - 0 -

N100 100A No Fuse — 4.62 7.13 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

NF100 100A 100 250 H, K, R. 11.38 7.13 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

NF100 100A 200 250 H, K, R 12.25 7.38 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

NF100 100A 100 600 H, K, R 13.38 7.12 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

NF100 100A 200 600 H, K, R 14.75 7.50 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

NF100 100A 100 600 J 10.12 7.13 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

NF100 100A 200 600 J 10.88 7.38 E - 3.12 8 0 - 1 -

N200 200A No Fuse — 7.12 10.13 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

NF200 200A 200 250 H, K, R 15.00 10.13 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

NF200 200A 400 250 H, K, R 18.56 10.50 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

NF200 200A 200 600 H, K, R 17.56 10.13 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

NF200 200A 400 600 H, K, R 19.56 10.75 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

NF200 200A 200 600 J 13.69 10.13 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

NF200 200A 400 600 J 15.00 10.38 E - 3.38 8 0 - 7 -

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8" deep enclosures.

6. Only ﬁt enclosures with the AB designator at the end of the part number.

7. Only ﬁt enclosures 12.00 inches deep.

8. Do not use in 60" high enclosures.

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8" deep enclosures.

6. Only ﬁt enclosures with the AB designator at the end of the part number.

8. Do not use in 60" high enclosures.

Allen-Bradley 1494F Disconnects

Allen-Bradley 1494D Circuit Breaker Operators

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C61

Type

Number

Amp

Rating Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

TCN-30 30A No Fuse — 3.80 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TCF-30 30A 30 250 H,K,R 5.53 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TCF-33 30A 30 600 H,K,R 8.15 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TCF-33 30A 60 250 H,K,R 6.15 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TCF-33 30A 30 600 J 3.80 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TDN-60 60A No Fuse — 3.80 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TDN-60 60A 30 600 H,K,R 8.15 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TDN-60 60A 60 250 H,K,R 6.15 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TDN-63 60A 60 600 H,K,R 8.65 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TDN-63 60A 60 600 J 5.53 6.97 E - 1.06 0 0 0 - 0

TEN-10 100A No Fuse — 3.80 6.97 E - 1.19 0 0 0 - 1

TEF-10 100A 100 250 H,K,R 8.25 6.97 E - 1.19 0 0 0 - 1

TEF-10 100A 100 600 H,K,R 10.25 6.97 E - 1.19 0 0 0 - 1

TEF-13 100A 100 600 J 7.05 6.97 E - 1.19 0 0 0 - 1

TEF-13 100A 200 600 J E - 1.19 0 0 0 - 1

TC-1 30A No Fuse — 5.75 6.13 E - 2 0 0 0 - 0

TC-2 30A 30 250 H,K,R 5.75 6.13 E - 2 0 0 0 - 0

TC-3 30A 30 600 H,K,R 7.75 6.13 E - 2 0 0 0 - 0

TC-3 30A 60 250 H,K,R 5.88 6.13 E - 2 0 0 0 - 0

TC-3 30A 30 600 J 5.75 6.13 E - 2 0 0 0 - 0

TD-1 60A No Fuse — 6.38 6.75 E - 1.13 0 0 0 - 0

TD-2 60A 30 600 H,K,R 8.50 6.75 E - 1.13 0 0 0 - 0

TD-2 60A 60 250 H,K,R 6.50 6.75 E - 1.13 0 0 0 - 0

TD-3 60A 60 600 H,K,R 9.00 6.75 E - 1.13 0 0 0 - 0

TD-3 60A 60 600 J 6.38 6.75 E - 1.13 0 0 0 - 0

TE-1 100A No Fuse — 4.75 8.50 E - 1.38 0 0 1 - 1

TE-2 100A 100 250 H,K,R 7.50 8.50 E - 1.38 0 0 1 - 1

TE-2 100A 100 600 H,K,R 9.50 8.50 E - 1.38 0 0 1 - 1

TE-2 100A 100 600 J 6.25 8.50 E - 1.38 0 0 1 - 1

TE-3 100A 200 600 J 13.75 8.50 E - 1.38 0 0 1-1

TF-1 200A No Fuse — 5.50 11.75 E - 2.75 0 0 1 - 2

TF-2 200A 200 250 H,K,R 11.50 11.75 E - 2.75 0 0 1 - 2

TF-2 200A 200 600 H,K,R 14.00 11.75 E - 2.75 0 0 1 - 2

TF-2 200A 200 600 J 10.12 11.75 E - 2.75 0 0 1 - 2

TF-3 200A 400 600 J 14.50 11.75 E - 2.75 0 0 0 - 2

RG-1 75A GJL Circuit Breaker 3.53 3.88 E - 1.16 0 0 0 - 0

RG-1 100A GJL Circuit Breaker 3.53 3.88 E - 1.16 0 0 0 - 0

RN-1 100A FAL,FHL Circuit Breaker 5.12 5.38 E - 1.00 0 0 0 - 0

RP-1 250A KAL,KHL Circuit Breaker 7.12 5.75 E - 0.50 0 0 0 - 0

RR-1 400A LAL,LHL,Q4L Circuit Breaker 7.62 8.88 E - 4.62 - 0 1 - 2

Square D Class 9422 Disconnects

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8.00 inch deep enclosures.

2. Do not use in 8.00 or 10.00 inch deep enclosures.

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C62

Mechanism Amp Rating Frame Type Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

SDOM1A 150A TEB, TED, THED 7.75 5.38 E - .64 0 0 0 - 0

SDOM1A 150A TEC 7.75 5.38 E - .64 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 150A TB1 12.38 5.38 E - .64 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 150A TEC, TECL 12.38 5.38 E - .64 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1C 150A TEL 7.75 5.38 E - .64 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1D 150A THLC1 7.75 5.38 E - .64 0 0 0 - 1

TDOM3 225A TFJ 10.38 5.88 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 1

TDOM3 225A TFK, THFK, TFL 10.38 5.88 E - 2.00 0 0 0 - 1

TDOM4 400A TJJ, TJK4, THJK4, TJL4V 8.25 9.50 E - 2.00 8 0 0 - 1

TDOM4 600A TJK6, THJK6, TJ4V, TJL4V 8.25 9.50 E - 2.00 8 0 1 - 1

TDOM5 400A TB4, TJH6S 14.25 9.50 E - 2.00 8 0 0 - 1

TDOM6 225A TLB2, THLC2 11.75 9.50 E - 2.50 8 9 9 - 2

TDOM6 400A TLB4, THLC4 11.75 9.50 E - 2.50 8 9 9 - 2

TDOM6 225A TLB2, THLC2 11.75 9.50 E - 2.50 9 10 - - -

TDOM7 600A TB6 18.12 9.50 E - 2.50 9 9 - - -

TDOM7 800A TB8 18.12 9.50 E - 2.50 9 9 - - -

TDOM7 1200A TKL12S 18.12 9.50 E - 2.50 9 10 - - -

Mechanism Amp

Rating Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

TDOM1A 30A No Fuse — 7.75 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1A 30A 30 250 H,R 7.75 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 30A 30 600 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 30A 60 250 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 30A 60 600 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1A 60A No Fuse — 7.75 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 60A 60 250 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 60A 60 600 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 60A 100 250 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 60A 100 600 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1A 100A No Fuse — 7.75 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 100A 100 250 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 100A 100 600 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 100A 200 250 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM1B 100A 200 600 H,R 12.38 5.25 E + .5 0 0 0 - 0

TDOM2 200A No Fuse — 7.00 9.12 E - 2.12 0 0 0 - 2

TDOM2 200A 200 250 H,R 15.38 9.12 E - 2.12 0 0 0 - 2

TDOM2 200A 200 600 H,R 15.38 9.12 E - 2.12 0 0 0 - 2

General Electric Type STDA Operators for Disconnects

General Electric Type STDA Operators for Circuit Breakers

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8.00 inch deep enclosures.

2. Do not use in 8.00 or 10.00 inch deep enclosures.

8. Do not use in 60.00 inch high enclosures.

9. Do not use in 60.00 or 72.00 inch high enclosures.

10. Do not use in 60.00, 72.00, or 84.00 inch high enclosures.

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C63

Switch

Number

Amp

Rating

Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

OETL-NF30-F 40A No Fuse — 4.45 3.91 E + 1.68 0 0 0 - 0

OETL-NF60-F 80A No Fuse — 4.86 3.91 E + 1.47 0 0 0 - 0

OETL-NF100-F 100A No Fuse — 4.86 4.91 E + 0.91 0 0 0 - 0

OETL-NF175-F 175A No Fuse — 7.30 6.62 E - 1.34 0 0 0 - 1

OETL-NF200-F 200A No Fuse — 7.36 7.41 E + 1.34 0 0 0 - 1

OESA-F30J6-F 30A 30 600 J 4.28 6.71 E = Z 0 0 0 - 0

OESA-F60J6-F 50A 60 600 J 4.28 6.38 E = Z 0 0 0 - 0

OESA-F100J6-F 100A 100 600 J 6.54 7.78 E - 0.45 0 0 0 - 0

Complete

Operator

Circuit

Breaker Max Amp Circuit Breaker Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Mechanism Frame Rating Height Width Circuit Breaker Type 1 2 3 4 5

FHOE036 ED 125A 6.34 3.00 ED2,ED4,ED6,HED4,HED6 0 0 0 - 0

FHOE36 CED 125A 9.58 3.00 CED6 0 0 0 - 0

FHOF036 FD 250A 9.50 4.50 FXD6-A,FD6-A,HFD6,FXD6-ETJ,HHFD6,HHFXD6 0 0 0 - 0

FHOJ036 CFD 250A 14.25 4.50 CFD6,CFD6-ETI 0 0 0 - 0

FHOJ036 JD 400A 11.00 7.50 JXD2,JXD6,JD6,HJD6,HHJD6,HHJXD6,JXD6-ETI 0 0 0 - 0

FHOJ036 CJD 400A 17.86 7.50 CJD6,CJD6-ETI 0 0 0 - 0

FHOJ036 LD 600A 11.00 7.50 LXD6,LD6,HLD6,HHLD6,HHLDX6,LXD6-ETI 0 0 0 - 0

FHOJ036 CLD 600A 17.86 7.50 CLD6,CLD6-ETI 0 0 0 - 0

FHOLM036 LMD 800A 16.00 9.00 LMD6,LMXD6,HLMD6,HLMXD6,LMXD6-ETI 0 0 0 - 0

FHON048 MD 800A 24.00 9.00 MD6,MXD6,HMD6,HMXD6,CMD6,MXD6-ETI,CMD6-ETI - 4 - 5 3

FHON048 ND 1200A 24.00 9.00 ND6,NXD6,HND6,HNXD6,CND6 - 4 - 5 3

Switch Amp Rating Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G 1 2 3 4 5

MCS603R 30A No Fuse — 5.52 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS603R 30A 30 250 H,K,R 8.11 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS603R 30A 30 600 H,K,R 10.11 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS603R 30A 30 600 J 8.48 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS606R 60A No Fuse — 5.52 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS606R 60A 60 250 H,K,R 7.86 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS606R 60A 60 600 H,K,R 10.38 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS606R 60A 60 600 J 8.36 6.13 0 0 0 - 0

MCS610R 100A No Fuse — 7.59 7.38 0 0 0 - 0

MCS610R 100A 100 250 H,K,R 11.85 7.38 0 0 0 - 0

MCS610R 100A 100 600 H,K,R 13.85 7.38 0 0 0 - 0

MCS610R 100A 100 600 J 10.60 7.38 0 0 0 - 0

MCS620R 200A No Fuse — 9.02 9.17 0 0 0 - 0

MCS620R 200A 200 250 H,K,R 14.70 9.17 0 0 0 - 0

MCS620R 200A 200 600 H,K,R 17.20 9.17 0 0 0 - 0

MCS620R 200A 200 600 J 13.32 9.17 0 0 0 - 0

I-T-E Disconnect Switches for Max-Flex™ Operators

I-T-E Circuit Breakers with Max-Flex™ Operators

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

3. Only ﬁts Type 5 Enclosures with a Designator after Depth.

4. Only ﬁt enclosures 84.00 and 90.00 inch high with the AB designator at the end of the part number.

5. Only ﬁt enclosures 12.00 inches deep.

ABB Controls Disconnect Switches with Flange Mounted Operators

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8.00 inch deep enclosures.

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C64

Switch

Number

Type

Number

Amp

Rating

Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Class Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

Amp Volt F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

C361 NC 30A No Fuse — 5.75 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SC21 30A 30 250 H,K,R 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SC61 30A 60 250 H,K,R 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SC61 30A 30 600 H,J,K,R 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 ND 60A No Fuse — 5.75 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SD22 60A 60 250 H,K,R 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SD22 60A 30 600 J 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SD62 60A 60 600 H,K,R 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SD62 60A 60 600 J 8.38 7.64 E - 1.31 0 0 0 - 0

C361 NE 100A No Fuse — 5.56 9.13 E - 1.75 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SE263 100A 100 250 H,K,R 10.31 9.13 E - 1.75 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SE263 100A 100 600 H,K,R 10.31 9.13 E - 1.75 0 0 0 - 0

C361 SE263 100A 100 600 J 10.31 9.13 E - 1.75 0 0 0 - 0

C361 NF 200A No Fuse — 13.06 10.13 E - 3.68 0 0 0 - 2

C361 SF264 200A 200 250 H,K,R 13.06 10.13 E - 3.68 0 0 0 - 2

C361 SF264 200A 200 600 H,J,K,R 13.06 10.13 E - 3.68 0 0 0 - 2

Mechanism Amp Rating Frame Type Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

FHD-M 150A D 6.92 3.94 E + 0.54 0 0 0 - 0

FHF-M 150A-225A E/Q 5.98 4.23 E - 0.91 8 0 1 - 2

FHF-M 225A F 7.44 4.23 E - 0.91 0 0 0 - 0

FHJ-M 400A J 9.71 5.62 E - 2.85 8 0 1 - 2

FHM-M 600A L 8.28 11.26 E - 2.85 - 0 0 - 2

FHM-M 800A M 10.11 11.26 E - 3.75 - 9 - - -

Mechanism Max Amp

Rating Frame Type Space Occupied Wire Bend

Space

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

F G Z 1 2 3 4 5

C371E 225A F Frame:EHD,FDB,FD,HFD,FDC 6.00 5.63 E - 0.31 0 0 0 - 0

C371E 150A F-Frame:HMCP 6.00 5.63 E - 0.31 0 0 0 - 0

C371F 250A J Frame:JDB,JD,HJD,JDC 10.94 8.13 E - 0.37 0 0 1 - 1

C371F 250A J Frame:HMCP 8.94 8.13 E - 0.37 0 0 1 - 1

C371F 400A K Frame:DK,KDB,KD,HKD 9.75 8.13 E - 0.87 8 0 1 - 2

C371F 400A K Frame:HMCP 9.75 8.13 E - 0.87 8 0 1 - 2

C371G 600A L Frame:LD,HLD,LDC 8.44 12.00 E - 2.44 9 0 1 - 2

C371G 600A L Frame:HMCP 8.44 12.00 E - 2.44 9 0 1 - 2

Complete

Operator

Mechanism

Amp

Rating Frame Type Breaker

Height

Breaker

Width

Disconnects Fit The Enclosure

Type Indicated Below (Page C58)

12345

F1S03 225A F-Frame/EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC 6.00 4.12 0 0 - - -

F1S03 150A F-Frame HMCP 6.00 4.12 0 0 - - -

F2S03 250A J-Frame/JDB,JD,HJD,JDC 10.00 4.12 8 0 - - -

F2S03 250A J-Frame HMCP 10.00 4.12 8 0 - - -

F3S03 400A K-Frame/DK,KDB,KD,HKD 10.12 5.50 8 0 - - -

F3S03 400A K-Frame HMCP 12.45 5.50 8 0 - - -

F4S04 600A L-Frame/LD,HLD,LDC 10.75 8.25 - 9 - - -

F4S04 600A L-Frame HMCP 12.50 8.25 - 9 - - -

F7S04 800A M Frame/MD,MDS 16.00 8.25 - 9 - - -

Cutler-Hammer C361 Disconnect Switches

Cutler-Hammer C371 Circuit Breaker Operators for C-H / Westinghouse Circuit Breakers

Cutler-Hammer Flex Shaft™ Operator Mechanisms for C-H / Westinghouse Circuit Breakers

ABB Controls Circuit Breakers with Flange Mounted Operators

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

2. Do not use with 8.00 or 10.00 inch deep enclosures.

8. Do not use in 60.00 inch high enclosures.

9. Do not use in 60.00 or 72.00 inch high enclosures.

0 Will ﬁt enclosure. No special restrictions.

1. Do not use in 8.00 inch deep enclosures.

2. Do not use with 8.00 or 10.00 inch deep enclosures.

8. Do not use in 60.00 inch high enclosures.

9. Do not use in 60.00 or 72.00 inch high enclosures.

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION

DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INFORMATION INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C65

CATALOG

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT.

M12SP-924B Console Body 48 x 24 x 18 150

A-30P20 Interior Subpanel 27 x 17 16

M12SP-936B Console Body 48 x 36 x 18 186

A-30P30 Interior Subpanel 27 x 27 24

A-30P20 Interior Side Subpanel 27 x 17 16

CATALOG

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ENCLOSURE

SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

M12SP1-C18 Console Body 40 x 18 x 20 100

A-30X15 Interior Subpanel 30 x 15 12

M12SP1-C24 Console Body 40 x 24 x 20 115

A-30X21 Interior Subpanel 30 x 21 17

M12SP1-C30 Console Body 40 x 30 x 20 140

A-30X27 Interior Subpanel 30 x 27 21

M12SP1-C36 Console Body 40 x 36 x 20 165

A-30X33 Interior Subpanel 30 x 33 26

M12SP1-C42 Console Body 40 x 42 x 20 210

A-30X39 Interior Subpanel 30 x 39 31

M12SP1-C48 Console Body 40 x 48 x 20 235

A-30X45 Interior Subpanel 30 x 45 36

APPLICATIONS

Designed to house electrical controls,

instruments, and components. Pushbuttons,

pilot lights, meters, switches, etc. can be

mounted on the sloping control panel or on

the instrument panel.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosures

feature:

•Doorsandexteriorpanelshaveoilresistant

gaskets and are secured by three point

latches with key locking handles.

•The24"and36"consoleshaveasingledoor

on the front. The door surfaces are flush

with the front to the body.

•Eachconsolehasalargesloping

control panel hinged along the bottom

edge and secured with captivated panel

screws thread into sealed wells for a

good secure fit.

• Stopsareprovidedtoholdthe

control panel open.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsubpanels

have a white polyester powder coat finish.

M12SP1 SINGLE DOOR M12SP1 DOUBLE DOOR M12SP-924 SINGLE DOOR

TYPE 12 – SERIES 1 AND SERIES 9 CONSOLES

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C66

M12SP1 DOUBLE DOOR

M1SP1 SINGLE DOOR

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Print Pocket

Outer panels secured

with 10-32 screws

D1.16

24.02

Door

22.88

Opening

.70

6.99

Panel

6.55

Opening

14.02

Panel

W - 1.66

Upper Panels

W - 3.40

Upper Openings

W - 1.45

Door

W - 2.65

Opening

133°

137°

2.50

11.89

Opening

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Outer panels secured

with 10-32 screws

D1.11

.70

6.54

Opening

7.02

Panel

133°

137°

14.02

Panel

22.88

Opening

23.90

Doors

W - 2.65

Opening

W - 3.40

Openings

W - 1.67

Panels

(W / 2) - 0.79

Left Door

(W / 2) - 0.70

Right Door 2.50

11.83

Opening

NOTE:

9" x 9" Print pockets shipped inside enclosure.

NOTE:

9” x 9” Print pockets shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – SERIES 1 AND SERIES 9 CONSOLES

TYPE 12 – SERIES 1 AND SERIES 9 CONSOLES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C67

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

Control panel secured

with 10-32 screws

48.00

18.001.11

21.88

Panel

26.25

Door

24.00

21.50

19.75

23.19

21.50

3.63

2.00

32.00

M12SP-924B

M12SP-936B

Print Pocket

3pt Keylocking

Handle

48.00

18.001.11

21.88

Panel

26.25

Door

36.00

33.50

31.75

35.19

33.50

32.00

3.63

NOTE:

9" x 9" Print pockets shipped inside enclosure.

NOTE:

9" x 9" Print pockets shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – SERIES 1 AND SERIES 9 CONSOLES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C68

CATALOG

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

M12SP14B Console Body Only 50 x 24 x 23 181

M12SP14T Top Only 16 x 24 x 12.5 45

A-14W Writing Desk -- x 24 x 10 10

A-14P2 Half Panel 22 x 17 26

A-14P3 Full Panel 42.25 x 17 24

M12SP1436B Console Body Only 50 x 36 x 23 235

M12SP1436T Top Only 16 x 36 x 12.5 62

A-1436W Writing Desk -- x 36 x 10 12

A-1436P2 Half Panel 22 x 29 34

A-1436P3 Full Panel 42.25 x 29 44

M12SP1448BD Console Body Only 50 x 48 x 23 290

M12SP1448T Top Only 16 x 48 x 12.5 79

A-1448W Writing Desk -- x 48 x 10 14

CATALOG

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

A-1448P2 Half Panel 22 x 41 43

A-1448P3 Full Panel 42.25 x 41 57

M12SP1460BD Console Body Only 50 x 60 x 23 311

M12SP1460T Top Only 16 x 60 x 12.5 96

A-1460W Writing Desk -- x 60 x 10 20

A-1460P2 Half Panel 22 x 53 42

A-1460P3 Full Panel 42.25 x 53 77

M12SP1472BD Console Body Only 50 x 72 x 23 382

M12SP1472T Top Only 16 x 72 x 12.5 112

A-1472W Writing Desk -- x x 72 x 10 25

A-1472P2 Half Panel 22 x 65 50

A-1472P3 Full Panel 42.25 x 65 102

A-1448W Writing Desk -- x 48 x 10 14

APPLICATIONS

Designed to house electrical controls,

instruments, and components. Pushbuttons, pilot

lights, meters, switches, etc. can be mounted on

the sloping control panel or on the instrument

panel.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosures feature:

• Doorsandexteriorpanelshaveoilresistant

gaskets and are secured by three point

latches with key locking handles.

• The24"and36"consoleshaveasingle

door on the front. The 48" console has

overlapping double doors on the front.

• Thedoorsurfacesareflushwiththefront

to the body.

• Eachconsolehasalargeslopingcontrol

panel hinged along the bottom edge and

secured with captivated panel screws threaded

into sealed wells for a good secure fit.

• Stopsareprovidedtoholdthecontrol

panel open.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsubpanels

have a white polyester powder coat finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon request.

CONSOLE TOPS

16" high x 12 1/2" deep and extend the full

width of the console. The 24" and 36" tops

have a gasketed instrument panel on the front

and gasketed access panel on the back. The

48" has one instrument panel on the front and

two access panels on the rear. The 60" has two

gasketed instrument panels on the front and one

gasketed access panel on the back. The

72" has two gasketed instrument panels

in front and two gasketed access panels

in the back. The tops are fabricated from

14 gauge carbon steel with continuously

welded seams. Tops are easily attachable

to console bodies.

CONSOLE WRITING DESK

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel

and easily attached to console. Mounting

hardware is included.

STATIONARY SUB-PANELS

Half panel and full panel 12 gauge carbon

steel stationary sub panels are easy to

remove and are adjustable from front to

back. Order separately.

RACK MOUNTING ANGLES

For mounting 19" rack mounted

equipment in the 24" Console.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type12

TYPE 12 – SERIES 14 CONSOLES

TYPE 12 – SERIES 14 CONSOLES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C69

M12SP-14B SINGLE DOOR

M12SP-14B DOUBLE DOOR

Outer panels secured

with 10-32 screws

Print Pocket

3 pt Keylocking

Handles Subpanel mounted on unistrut

50.00

23.00

10.00

32.00

16.00

12.50

19.13

Panel

25.94

Door

W - 3.5

Door

W - 4.87

Opening

24.56

Opening

15.19

Panel

W - .81

Panel

46.44

Door

W - 3.5

Door

W - 4.87

Opening

45.06

Opening

150°

120°

2.63

45.94

Subpanels mounted on unistrut

Outer panels secured

with 10-32 screws

Print Pockets

3pt Keylocking

Handels

15.19

Panel

59.19

Panel

57.50

Opening

13.50

Opening

25.94

Door

(W/2) - 1.75

Door

(W/2) - 1.75

Door

W - 4.87

Opening

24.56

Opening

12.50

16.00

50.00

20.84

Panel

32.00

10.00

46.44

Doors

45.06

Opening

W/2) - 1.75

Door

W/2) - 1.75

Door

W - 4.87

Opening

(W/2) - 2.5

Opening

(W/2) - 2.5

Opening

(W/2) - .81

Panel

(W/2) - .81

Panel

23.00

2.63

NOTE:

9” x 9” Print pockets shipped inside enclosure.

NOTE:

9” x 9” Print pockets shipped inside enclosure.

TYPE 12 – SERIES 14 CONSOLES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C70

APPLICATIONS

Type 4 JIC enclosures are designed for

use in areas which may be regularly

hosed down or otherwise very wet.

Subpanel

Ordered

Seperately

Lid Removed

W - 2

Mtg.

H + 0.75

Mtg.

H - 1.125

W - 1.125

H + 0.34

W + 0.34 .25 D

D - 0.5

.44

I.D.

Ø .31

Mtg.

CC4 • CC4XS • CC4XZ

NOTES:

1. When Height is equal to or less than 8" there

will be one set of clamps on that side.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 16 or 14 gauge carbon steel, type

304 or type 316 stainless steel with continuously

welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorsecuredwithzincclampsonfoursides.

• Stainlesssteeldoorsaresecuredwithtype316

stainless steel clamps.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothedoors.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

• Weldnutsformountingoptionalsubpanel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray on interior and exterior

of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth, white or RAL

7035 texture polyester powder coat finish available

at no charge. Standard RAL and custom match

finishes available for an additional charge, please

contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for further

assistance. All powder coat finishes applied over

cleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteel

sub panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a polished

#4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design enclosures

according to your specifications. Holes, cutouts,

sizes,materials,andmanymoreoptionsare

available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type4

TYPE 4 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES – CLAMP COVER ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

CC443JIC4 CC443JIC4XS CC443JIC4XZ 4 x 4 x 3 3 - -

CC643JIC4 CC643JIC4XS CC643JIC4XZ 6 x 4 x 3 4 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

CC863JIC4 CC863JIC4XS CC863JIC4XZ 8 x 6 x 3.5 7 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

CC444JIC4 CC444JIC4XS CC444JIC4XZ 4 x 4 x 4 4 - -

CC644JIC4 CC644JIC4XS CC644JIC4XZ 6 x 4 x 4 5 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

CC664JIC4 CC664JIC4XS CC664JIC4XZ 6 x 6 x 4 6 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

CC884JIC4 CC884JIC4XS CC884JIC4XZ 8 x 8 x 4 9 A-88SBP 6.88 x 6.88

CC1084JIC4 CC1084JIC4XS CC1084JIC4XZ 10 x 8 x 4 11 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

CC1264JIC4 CC1264JIC4XS CC1264JIC4XZ 12 x 6 x 4 10 A-126SBP 10.88 x 4.88

CC12105JIC4 CC12105JIC4XS CC12105JIC4XZ 12 x 10 x 5 17 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

CC666JIC4 CC666JIC4XS CC666JIC4XZ 6 x 6 x 6 8 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

CC866JIC4 CC866JIC4XS CC866JIC4XZ 8 x 6 x 6 10 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

CC1086JIC4 CC1086JIC4XS CC1086JIC4XZ 10 x 8 x 6 14 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

CC10106JIC4 CC10106JIC4XS CC10106JIC4XZ 10 x 10 x 6 16 A-1010SBP 8.88 x 8.88

CC12126JIC4 CC12126JIC4XS CC12126JIC4XZ 12 x 12 x 6 21 A-1212SBP 10.88 x 10.88

CC1486JIC4 CC1486JIC4XS CC1486JIC4XZ 14 x 8 x 6 18 A-148SBP 12.88 x 6.88

CC14126JIC4 CC14126JIC4XS CC14126JIC4XZ 14 x 12 x 6 24 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

CC16106JIC4 CC16106JIC4XS CC16106JIC4XZ 16 x 10 x 6 23 A-1610SBP 14.88 x 8.88

CC16146JIC4 CC16146JIC4XS CC16146JIC4XZ 16 x 14 x 6 30 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

CC12108JIC4 CC12108JIC4XS CC12108JIC4XZ 12 x 10 x 8 22 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

CC14128JIC4 CC14128JIC4XS CC14128JIC4XZ 14 x 12 x 8 28 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

CC16148JIC4 CC16148JIC4XS CC16148JIC4XZ 16 x 14 x 8 34 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

CC161410JIC4 CC161410JIC4XS CC161410JIC4XZ 16 x 14 x 10 39 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C71

Subpanel

Lid Removed

Subpanel

(sold separately)

HH + 1.125

W - 1.125

1.000

H + 0.75

W - 2

Ø .313

W + 0.3

H + 0.336

D - 0.586

.438

APPLICATIONS

Type 4 JIC enclosures are designed for use in

areas which may be regularly hosed down or

otherwise very wet.

HC4 • HC4XS • HC4XZ

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

NOTES:

1. When Height or Width is equal to or less than 8"

there will be one set of clamps on that side.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 16 or 14 gauge carbon steel, 14

gauge type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Doorsecuredwithzincclampsonthree

sides.

• Stainlesssteeldoorsaresecuredwithtype

316 stainless steel clamps.

• Oilresistantgasketappliedtothedoors.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

• Weldnutsformountingoptionalsubpanel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray on interior and exterior

of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth, white

or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder coat

finish available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materialsandmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

• UL50Listed

• CUL50Listed

• Type4

TYPE 4 – JUNCTION ENCLOSURES – CONTINOUS HINGE COVER ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES) SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

HC443JIC4 HC443JIC4XS HC443JIC4XZ 4 x 4 x 3 2 - -

HC643JIC4 HC643 JIC4XS HC643JIC4XZ 6 x 4 x 3 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

HC863JIC4 HC863JIC4XS HC863JIC4XZ 8 x 6 x 3.5 5 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

HC444JIC4 HC444JIC4XS HC444JIC4XZ 4 x 4 x 4 2 - -

HC644JIC4 HC644JIC4XS HC644JIC4XZ 6 x 4 x 4 3 A-64SBP 4.88 x 2.88

HC664JIC4 HC664JIC4XS HC664JIC4XZ 6 x 6 x 4 4 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

HC884JIC4 HC884JIC4XS HC884JIC4XZ 8 x 8 x 4 6 A-88SBP 6.88 x 6.88

HC1084JIC4 HC1084JIC4XS HC1084JIC4XZ 10 x 8 x 4 8 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

HC1264JIC4 HC1264JIC4XS HC1264JIC4XZ 12 x 6 x 4 7 A-126SBP 10.88 x 4.88

HC12105JIC4 HC12105JIC4XS HC12105JIC4XZ 12 x 10 x 5 12 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

HC666JIC4 HC666JIC4XS HC666JIC4XZ 6 x 6 x 6 5 A-66SBP 4.88 x 4.88

HC866JIC4 HC866JIC4XS HC866JIC4XZ 8 x 6 x 6 7 A-86SBP 6.88 x 4.88

HC1086JIC4 HC1086JIC4XS HC1086JIC4XZ 10 x 8 x 6 9 A-108SBP 8.88 x 6.88

HC10106JIC4 HC10106JIC4XS HC10106JIC4XZ 10 x 10 x 6 11 A-1010SBP 8.88 x 8.88

HC12126JIC4 HC12126JIC4XS HC12126JIC4XZ 12 x 12 x 6 14 A-1212SBP 10.88 x 10.88

HC1486JIC4 HC1486JIC4XS HC1486JIC4XZ 14 x 8 x 6 12 A-148SBP 12.88 x 6.88

HC14126JIC4 HC14126JIC4XS HC14126JIC4XZ 14 x 12 x 6 16 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

HC16146JIC4 HC16146JIC4XS HC16146JIC4XZ 16 x 14 x 6 20 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

HC16106JIC4 HC16106JIC4XS HC16106JIC4XZ 16 x 10 x 6 16 A-1610SBP 14.88 x 8.88

HC12108JIC4 HC12108JIC4XS HC12108JIC4XZ 12 x 10 x 8 15 A-1210SBP 10.88 x 8.88

HC14128JIC4 HC14128JIC4XS HC14128JIC4XZ 14 x 12 x 8 19 A-1412SBP 12.88 x 10.88

HC16148JIC4 HC16148JIC4XS HC16148JIC4XZ 16 x 14 x 8 23 A-1614SBP 14.88 x 12.88

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C72

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type

304, type 316 stainless steel or .125" 5052 H32

aluminum with continuously welded seams.

Enclosure features:

• Doorissecuredwithheavy-dutycontinuous

hinge with removable hinge pin and

stainless steel clamps.

• Padlockinghaspandstaple.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Externalmountingfeetforwallor

machinery mounting.

• Groundstudsinstalledinsidecabinetanddoor.

• Collarstudsprovidedformountingoptional

sub panels.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder coat

finish available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder

coat finish. Stainless steel and aluminum

enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type4&4X

APPLICATIONS

Designed to protect electrical controls,

instruments, and/or terminals in certain

outdoor applications or wet areas, where

regular hosing down with water is

standard procedure.

TYPE 4 & 4X – SINGLE DOOR – WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL SUB PANEL SIZE

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL # ALUMINUM # H X W X D

(INCHES)

PART

NUMBER

H X L

(INCHES)

M4S161206 M4XS161206 M4XZ161206 M4XA161206 16 x 12 x 6 24 A-16P12 13 x 9

M4S161606 M4XS161606 M4XZ161606 M4XA161606 16 x 16 x 6 29 A-16P16 13 x 13

M4S162006 M4XS162006 M4XZ162006 M4XA162006 16 x 20 x 6 33 A-20P16 17 x 13

M4S201606 M4XS201606 M4XZ201606 M4XA201606 20 x 16 x 6 33 A-20P16 17 x 13

M4S202006 M4XS202006 M4XZ202006 M4XA202006 20 x 20 x 6 38 A-20P20 17 x 17

M4S241206 M4XS241206 M4XZ241206 M4XA241206 24 x 12 x 6 32 A-24P12 21 x 9

M4S241606 M4XS241606 M4XZ241606 M4XA241606 24 x 16 x 6 39 A-24P16 21 x 13

M4S242006 M4XS242006 M4XZ242006 M4XA242006 24 x 20 x 6 45 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S242406 M4XS242406 M4XZ242406 M4XA242406 24 x 24 x 6 51 A-24P24 21 x 21

M4S302006 M4XS302006 M4XZ302006 M4XA302006 30 x 20 x 6 53 A-30P20 27 x 17

M4S302406 M4XS302406 M4XZ302406 M4XA302406 30 x 24 x 6 61 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S362406 M4XS362406 M4XZ362406 M4XA362406 36 x 24 x 6 69 A-36P24 33 x 21

M4S201206 M4XS201206 M4XZ201206 M4XA201206 20 x 12 x 6 29 A-20P12 17 x 9

M4S122406 M4XS122406 M4XZ122406 M4XA122406 12 x 24 x 6 32 A-12P24 9 x 21

M4S202406 M4XS202406 M4XZ202406 M4XA202406 20 x 24 x 6 46 A-20P24 17 x 21

M4S301606 M4XS301606 M4XZ301606 M4XA301606 30 x 16 x 6 46 A-30P16 27 x 13

M4S363006 M4XS363006 M4XZ363006 M4XA363006 36 x 30 x 6 86 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S122408 M4XS122408 M4XZ122408 M4XA122408 12 x 24 x 8 35 A-12P24 9 x 21

M4S161208 M4XS161208 M4XZ161208 M4XA161208 16 x 12 x 8 27 A-16P12 13 x 9

M4S161608 M4XS161608 M4XZ161608 M4XA161608 16 x 16 x 8 31 A-16P16 13 x 13

M4S162008 M4XS162008 M4XZ162008 M4XA162008 16 x 20 x 8 29 A-20P16 17 x 13

M4S201208 M4XS201208 M4XZ201208 M4XA201208 20 x 12 x 8 30 A-20P12 17 x 9

M4S201608 M4XS201608 M4XZ201608 M4XA201608 20 x 16 x 8 36 A-20P16 17 x 13

M4S202008 M4XS202008 M4XZ202008 M4XA202008 20 x 20 x 8 43 A-20P20 17 x 17

M4S202408 M4XS202408 M4XZ202408 M4XA202408 20 x 24 x 8 50 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S241608 M4XS241608 M4XZ241608 M4XA241608 24 x 16 x 8 41 A-24P16 21 x 13

M4S242008 M4XS242008 M4XZ242008 M4XA242008 24 x 20 x 8 50 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S242408 M4XS242408 M4XZ242408 M4XA242408 24 x 24 x 8 57 A-24P24 21 x 21

M4S243008 M4XS243008 M4XZ243008 M4XA243008 24 x 30 x 8 66 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S302008 M4XS302008 M4XZ302008 M4XA302008 30 x 20 x 8 56 A-30P20 27 x 17

M4S302408 M4XS302408 M4XZ302408 M4XA302408 30 x 24 x 8 67 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S303008 M4XS303008 M4XZ303008 M4XA303008 30 x 30 x 8 79 A-30P30 27 x 27

M4S303608 M4XS303608 M4XZ303608 M4XA303608 30 x 36 x 8 90 A-30P36 33 x 27

M4S362408 M4XS362408 M4XZ362408 M4XA362408 36 x 24 x 8 75 A-36P24 33 x 21

M4S363008 M4XS363008 M4XZ363008 M4XA363008 36 x 30 x 8 95 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S363608 M4XS363608 M4XZ363608 M4XA363608 36 x 36 x 8 104 A-36P36 33 x 33

M4S422408 M4XS422408 M4XZ422408 M4XA422408 42 x 24 x 8 85 A-42P24 39 x 21

M4S423008 M4XS423008 M4XZ423008 M4XA423008 42 x 30 x 8 105 A-42P30 39 x 27

M4S423608 M4XS423608 M4XZ423608 M4XA423608 42 x 36 x 8 120 A-42P36 39 x 33

M4S482408 M4XS482408 M4XZ482408 M4XA482408 48 x 24 x 8 97 A-48P24 45 x 21

M4S483008 M4XS483008 M4XZ483008 M4XA483008 48 x 30 x 8 119 A-48P30 45 x 27

M4S483608 M4XS483608 M4XZ483608 M4XA483608 48 x 36 x 8 137 A-48P36 45 x 33

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C73

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately. Weights for Aluminum Enclosures are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

TYPE 4 & 4X – SINGLE DOOR – WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL SUB PANEL SIZE

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL # ALUMINUM # H X W X D

(INCHES)

PART

NUMBER

H X L

(INCHES)

M4S603608 M4XS603608 M4XZ603608 M4XA603608 60 x 36 x 8 164 A-60P36 57 x 33

M4S161210 M4XS161210 M4XZ161210 M4XA161210 16 x 12 x 10 29 A-16P12 13 x 9

M4S201610 M4XS201610 M4XZ201610 M4XA201610 20 x 16 x 10 39 A-20P16 17 x 13

M4S241210 M4XS241210 M4XZ241210 M4XA241210 24 x 12 x 10 39 A-24P12 21 x 9

M4S242010 M4XS242010 M4XZ242010 M4XA242010 24 x 20 x 10 53 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S302010 M4XS302010 M4XZ302010 M4XA302010 30 x 20 x 10 60 A-30P20 27 x 17

M4S242410 M4XS242410 M4XZ242410 M4XA242410 24 x 24 x 10 63 A-24P24 21 x 21

M4S302410 M4XS302410 M4XZ302410 M4XA302410 30 x 24 x 10 73 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S362410 M4XS362410 M4XZ362410 M4XA362410 36 x 24 x 10 82 A-36P24 33 x 21

M4S363010 M4XS363010 M4XZ363010 M4XA363010 36 x 30 x 10 100 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S423010 M4XS423010 M4XZ423010 M4XA423010 42 x 30 x 10 116 A-42P30 39 x 27

M4S423610 M4XS423610 M4XZ423610 M4XA423610 42 x 36 x 10 124 A-42P36 39 x 33

M4S483010 M4XS483010 M4XZ483010 M4XA483010 48 x 30 x 10 124 A-48P30 45 x 27

M4S483610 M4XS483610 M4XZ483610 M4XA483610 48 x 36 x 10 148 A-48P36 45 x 33

M4S603610 M4XS603610 M4XZ603610 M4XA603610 60 x 36 x 10 166 A-60P36 57 x 33

M4S201612 M4XS201612 M4XZ201612 M4XA201612 20 x 16 x 12 42 A-20P16 17 x 13

M4S242012 M4XS242012 M4XZ242012 M4XA242012 24 x 20 x 12 57 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S242412 M4XS242412 M4XZ242412 M4XA242412 24 x 24 x 12 64 A-24P24 21 x 21

M4S302412 M4XS302412 M4XZ302412 M4XA302412 30 x 24 x 12 77 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S303012 M4XS303012 M4XZ303012 M4XA303012 30 x 30 x 12 94 A-30P30 27 x 27

M4S362412 M4XS362412 M4XZ362412 M4XA362412 36 x 24 x 12 89 A-36P24 33 x 21

M4S363012 M4XS363012 M4XZ363012 M4XA363012 36 x 30 x 12 103 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S423012 M4XS423012 M4XZ423012 M4XA423012 42 x 30 x 12 122 A-42P30 39 x 27

M4S723012 M4XS723012 M4XZ723012 M4XA723012 72 x 30 x 12 181 A-72P30 69 x 27

M4S363612 M4XS363612 M4XZ363612 M4XA363612 36 x 36 x 12 127 A-36P36 33 x 33

M4S423612 M4XS423612 M4XZ423612 M4XA423612 42 x 36 x 12 135 A-42P36 39 x 33

M4S483612 M4XS483612 M4XZ483612 M4XA483612 48 x 36 x 12 152 A-48P36 45 x 33

M4S603612 M4XS603612 M4XZ603612 M4XA603612 60 x 36 x 12 190 A-60P36 57 x 33

M4S723612 M4XS723612 M4XZ723612 M4XA723612 72 x 36 x 12 215 A-72P36 69 x 33

M4S242016 M4XS242016 M4XZ242016 M4XA242016 24 x 20 x 16 67 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S242416 M4XS242416 M4XZ242416 M4XA242416 24 x 24 x 16 75 A-24P24 21 x 21

M4S302416 M4XS302416 M4XZ302416 M4XA302416 30 x 24 x 16 88 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S363016 M4XS363016 M4XZ363016 M4XA363016 36 x 30 x 16 121 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S723016 M4XS723016 M4XZ723016 M4XA723016 72 x 30 x 16 206 A-72P30 69 x 27

M4S423616 M4XS423616 M4XZ423616 M4XA423616 42 x 36 x 16 155 A-42P36 39 x 33

M4S483616 M4XS483616 M4XZ483616 M4XA483616 48 x 36 x 16 170 A-48P36 45 x 33

M4S603616 M4XS603616 M4XZ603616 M4XA603616 60 x 36 x 16 199 A-60P36 57 x 33

M4S302420 M4XS302420 M4XZ302420 M4XA302420 30 x 24 x 20 96 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S363020 M4XS363020 M4XZ363020 M4XA363020 36 x 30 x 20 127 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S723020 M4XS723020 M4XZ723020 M4XA723020 72 x 30 x 20 227 A-72P30 69 x 27

M4S483620 M4XS483620 M4XZ483620 M4XA483620 48 x 36 x 20 190 A-48P36 45 x 33

M4S603620 M4XS603620 M4XZ603620 M4XA603620 60 x 36 x 20 240 A-60P36 57 x 33

M4S302424 M4XS302424 M4XZ302424 M4XA302424 30 x 24 x 24 109 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S723024 M4XS723024 M4XZ723024 M4XA723024 72 x 30 x 24 243 A-72P30 69 x 27

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C74

Door Clamp

Padlocking

Hasp &

Staple

Mounting

Foot

Mounting

Foot

3/8-16

Collar Stud

Two Clamps

30" or Larger

Pocket

Ground

Stud

Panel (order

separately)

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H=Less

Than 31"

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W=Less

Than 31"

3.25

.62 1.25

3.00

2.00 Ø .44

3.00

W - 1.77

Door

H - 1.83

Door

.62 1.25 .44

X X

SECTION X-X

YSECTION Y-Y

1.44

.91

.19

.97 1.44

.85

14 GA

2.00

.88

1.50

W - 31.50

H - 3

1.50

.75

12 GA 1.00

Door Clamp

Padlocking

Hasp &

Staple

Mounting

Foot

Mounting

Foot

3/8-16

Collar Stud

Two Clamps

30" or Larger

Pocket

Ground

Stud

Panel (order

separately)

Omit Two Middle

Studs If H=Less

Than 31"

Omit Two Middle

Studs If W=Less

Than 31"

3.25

.62 1.25

3.00

2.00 Ø .44

3.00

W - 1.77

Door

H - 1.83

Door

.62 1.25 .44

X X

SECTION X-X

YSECTION Y-Y

1.44

.91

.19

.97 1.44

.85

14 GA

2.00

.88

1.50

W - 31.50

H - 3

1.50

.75

12 GA 1.00

M4S • M4XS • M4XZ • M4XA

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are 24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are greater than 24”.

2. Panels have formed ﬂanges on all four sides when Height or

Width is equal to or greater than 18".

3. On 12" wide enclosures, center of mounting foot to

edge of enclosure is 1.25".

TYPE 4 & 4X – SINGLE DOOR – WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES

TYPE 4 & 4X – SINGLE DOOR – WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C75

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 and 12 gauge carbon steel,

type 304 or 12 gauge type 316 stainless steel

with continuously welded seams. Enclosure

features:

•Doorsaresecuredwithcontinuoushinges

with removable hinge pins, and clamps

and screws.

•Padlockinghaspandstaple.

•Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

•12-inchfloorstands.

•Printpocket.

•Heavy-dutyeyes.

•Groundstudsinsidecabinetanddoor.

•Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

•Removablecenterpostforeasy

installation of the sub panel.

•Bodystiffenersforextrarigidity.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

APPLICATION

Designed to house electrical controls, and

instruments in a variety of environments,

including wet environments.

coat available at no charge. Standard

RAL and custom match finishes available

for an additional charge, please contact

Milbank Manufacturing Co. for further

assistance. All powder coat finishes applied

overcleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

Carbon steel sub panels have a white

polyester powder coat finish. Stainless steel

enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type4&4X

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

TYPE 4 – DOUBLE DOOR – FLOOR MOUNT ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER

SUB PANEL

SIZE

(H X L)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

M4D62488-FT M4DXS62488-FT M4DXZ62488-FT 62 x 48 x 8 340 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M4D624810-FT M4DXS624810-FT M4DXZ624810-FT 62 x 48 x 10 357 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M4D626010-FT M4DXS626010-FT M4DXZ626010-FT 62 x 60 x 10 433 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M4D746010-FT M4DXS746010-FT M4DXZ746010-FT 74 x 60 x 10 518 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M4D747210-FT M4DXS747210-FT M4DXZ747210-FT 74 x 72 x 10 626 A-DD7272 68 x 68

M4D624812-FT M4DXS624812-FT M4DXZ624812-FT 62 x 48 x 12 385 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M4D626012-FT M4DXS626012-FT M4DXZ626012-FT 62 x 60 x 12 507 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M4D746012-FT M4DXS746012-FT M4DXZ746012-FT 74 x 60 x 12 542 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M4D747212-FT M4DXS747212-FT M4DXZ747212-FT 74 x 72 x 12 626 A-DD7272 68 x 68

M4D624816-FT M4DXS624816-FT M4DXZ624816-FT 62 x 48 x 16 424 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M4D626016-FT M4DXS626016-FT M4DXZ626016-FT 62 x 60 x 16 508 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M4D746016-FT M4DXS746016-FT M4DXZ746016-FT 74 x 60 x 16 560 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M4D747216-FT M4DXS747216-FT M4DXZ747216-FT 74 x 72 x 16 687 A-DD7272 68 x 68

M4D624820-FT M4DXS624820-FT M4DXZ624820-FT 62 x 48 x 20 464 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M4D626020-FT M4DXS626020-FT M4DXZ626020-FT 62 x 60 x 20 552 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M4D746020-FT M4DXS746020-FT M4DXZ746020-FT 74 x 60 x 20 638 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M4D747220-FT M4DXS747220-FT M4DXZ747220-FT 74 x 72 x 20 739 A-DD7272 68 x 68

M4D624824-FT M4DXS624824-FT M4DXZ624824-FT 62 x 48 x 24 503 A-DD6048 56 x 44

M4D626024-FT M4DXS626024-FT M4DXZ626024-FT 62 x 60 x 24 596 A-DD6060 56 x 56

M4D746024-FT M4DXS746024-FT M4DXZ746024-FT 74 x 60 x 24 686 A-DD7260 68 x 56

M4D747224-FT M4DXS747224-FT M4DXZ747224 -FT 74 x 72 x 24 805 A-DD7272 68 x 68

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C76

M4D-FT • M4DXS-FT • M4DXZ-FT

Padlock

Provisions

Subpanel

(sold

separately)

Doors Removed

Removable Centerpost

Enclosure will receive a total of

4 lifting eyes when D is 24" or more

Print Pocket

Subpanel Support

Brackets

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

W/2 - 1.95

H - 3.624

3.250

1.312

3.625

W/2 - 3.125 1.312

2.312

H - 4.625

2.312

W - 4

H - 6

1.000

D - 0.183

2.817

W - 2.625

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

Ø .563

4.042

1.191

Padlock

Provisions

Subpanel

(sold

separately)

Doors Removed

Removable Centerpost

Enclosure will receive a total of

4 lifting eyes when D is 24" or more

Print Pocket

Subpanel Support

Brackets

A A

SECTION A-A

12.000

W/2 - 1.95

H - 3.624

3.250

1.312

3.625

W/2 - 3.125 1.312

2.312

H - 4.625

2.312

W - 4

H - 6

1.000

D - 0.183

2.817

W - 2.625

B B

SECTION B-B

2.167

2.875

Ø .563

4.042

1.191

TYPE 4 – DOUBLE DOOR – FLOOR MOUNT ENCLOSURES

NOTES:

1. Maximum between door clamps is

16.84” (center to center).

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C77

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 12 gauge carbon steel, type 304

or type 316 stainless steel with continuously

welded seams. Enclosure

features:

•Doorsaresecuredwithheavy-duty

continuous hinges with removable hinge

pins and clamps and screws on three sides.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to doors.

• Unistrut® channel.

• Printpocket.

• Heavy-dutyliftingeyes.

• Groundstudsinsideenclosureanddoor.

• Collarstudsprovidedformountingoptional

sub panel in back.

ACCESSORIES

(ORDERED SEPARATELY)

• Subpanelsincludefullsize,halfsize,side

mount and swing out panels can be mounted

andadjustedfordepthonthehorizontal

Unistrut® channel.

• Clampingnutsforinstallingother

equipment.

APPLICATIONS

Designed to house electrical and electronic

controls, instruments and components in

areas which may be hosed down. Hold-down

clamps on top, bottom and open side of

door for maximum dust and moisture-proof

protection.

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type4&4X

TYPE 4 – SINGLE DOOR – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURE

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE

SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART #

SUB

PANEL

SIZE

(H X L)

HALF PANEL

PART #

HALF

PANEL

SIZE

(H X L)

SIDE

MOUNTED

PANEL

SIDE

PANEL

SIZE

(H X L)

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

M4FS602518 M4FSXS602518 M4FSXZ602518 60 x 25 x 18 240 A-60P24F1 48 x 20 A-60P24F2 24.5 x 20 A-60SMP14 48 x 14

M4FS722518 M4FSXS722518 M4FSXZ722518 72 x 25 x 18 272 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP14 60 x 14

M4FS723118 M4FSXS723118 M4FSXZ723118 72 x 31 x 18 285 A-72P30F1 60 x 26 A-72P30F2 30.88 x 26 A-72SMP14 60 x 14

M4FS723718 M4FSXS723718 M4FSXZ723718 72 x 37 x 18 338 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP14 60 x 14

M4FS902520 M4FSXS902520 M4FSXZ902520 90 x 25 x 20 315 A-90P24F1 78 x 20 A-90P24F2 24.88 x 20 A-90SMP16 78 x 16

M4FS903120 M4FSXS903120 M4FSXZ903120 90 x 31 x 20 361 A-90P30F1 78 x 26 A-90P30F2 24.88 x 26 A-90SMP16 78 x 16

M4FS903720 M4FSXS903720 M4FSXZ903720 90 x 37 x 20 430 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 24.88 x 32 A-90SMP16 78 x 16

M4FS603724 M4FSXS603724 M4FSXZ603724 60 x 37 x 24 325 A-60P36F1 48 x 32 A-60P36F2 24.5 x 32 A-60SMP20 48 x 20

M4FS722524 M4FSXS722524 M4FSXZ722524 72 x 25 x 24 300 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP20 60 x 20

M4FS723124 M4FSXS723124 M4FSXZ723124 72 x 31 x 24 335 A-72P30F1 60 x 26 A-72P30F2 30.88 x 26 A-72SMP20 60 x 20

M4FS723724 M4FSXS723724 M4FSXZ723724 72 x 37 x 24 370 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP20 60 x 20

M4FS902524 M4FSXS902524 M4FSXZ902524 90 x 25 x 24 346 A-90P24F1 78 x 20 A-90P24F2 24.88 x 20 A-90SMP20 78 x 20

M4FS903124 M4FSXS903124 M4FSXZ903124 90 x 31 x 24 395 A-90P30F1 78 x 26 A-90P30F2 24.88 x 26 A-90SMP20 78 x 20

M4FS903724 M4FSXS903724 M4FSXZ903724 90 x 37 x 24 460 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 24.88 x 32 A-90SMP20 78 x 20

M4FS722530 M4FSXS722530 M4FSXZ722530 72 x 25 x 30 348 A-72P24F1 60 x 20 A-72P24F2 30.88 x 20 A-72SMP26 60 x 26

M4FS902530 M4FSXS902530 M4FSXZ902530 90 x 25 x 30 395 A-90P24F1 78 x 20 A-90P24F2 24.88 x 20 A-90SMP26 78 x 26

M4FS723130 M4FSXS723130 M4FSXZ723130 72 x 31 x 30 378 A-72P30F1 60 x 26 A-72P30F2 30.88 x 26 A-72SMP26 60 x 26

M4FS903130 M4FSXS903130 M4FSXZ903130 90 x 31 x 30 445 A-90P30F1 78 x 26 A-90P30F2 24.88 x 26 A-90SMP26 78 x 26

M4FS723730 M4FSXS723730 M4FSXZ723730 72 x 37 x 30 428 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP26 60 x 26

M4FS903730 M4FSXS903730 M4FSXZ903730 90 x 37 x 30 515 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 24.88 x 32 A-90SMP26 78 x 26

M4FS723136 M4FSXS723136 M4FSXZ723136 72 x 31 x 36 422 A-72P30F1 60 x 26 A-72P30F2 30.88 x 26 A-72SMP32 60 x 32

M4FS723736 M4FSXS723736 M4FSXZ723736 72 x 37 x 36 465 A-72P36F1 60 x 32 A-72P36F2 30.88 x 32 A-72SMP32 60 x 32

M4FS903736 M4FSXS903736 M4FSXZ903736 90 x 37 x 36 560 A-90P36F1 78 x 32 A-90P36F2 24.88 x 32 A-90SMP32 78 x 32

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C78

M4FS • M4FSXS • M4FSXZ

NOTES:

1. Maximum between door clamps

is 16.84” (center to center).

Door Removed

Subpanel

(sold separately)

When D is less than 24 Enclosure

will receive only 2 lifting eyes

Unistrut in sides of enclosure

Print Pocket

A A

SECTION A-A

(H - 13.625) / 2

H - 13.625

1.000

D - 0.152

H - 9.259

Door

W - 1.521

Door

H - 12

W - 5

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312 3.250

Door Removed

Subpanel

(sold separately)

When D is less than 24 Enclosure

will receive only 2 lifting eyes

Unistrut in sides of enclosure

Print Pocket

A A

SECTION A-A

(H - 13.625) / 2

H - 13.625

1.000

D - 0.152

H - 9.259

Door

W - 1.521

Door

H - 12

W - 5

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312 3.250

Door Removed

Subpanel

(sold separately)

When D is less than 24 Enclosure

will receive only 2 lifting eyes

Unistrut in sides of enclosure

Print Pocket

A A

SECTION A-A

(H - 13.625) / 2

H - 13.625

1.000

D - 0.152

H - 9.259

Door

W - 1.521

Door

H - 12

W - 5

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312 3.250

Door Removed

Subpanel

(sold separately)

When D is less than 24 Enclosure

will receive only 2 lifting eyes

Unistrut in sides of enclosure

Print Pocket

A A

SECTION A-A

(H - 13.625) / 2

H - 13.625

1.000

D - 0.152

H - 9.259

Door

W - 1.521

Door

H - 12

W - 5

3.125

H - 10.25

7.125

1.312 W - 2.625 1.312 3.250

TYPE 4 – SINGLE DOOR – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURE

TYPE 4 – SINGLE DOOR – FREESTANDING ENCLOSURE INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C79

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel, type

304 or type 316 stainless steel. Enclosure

features:

•Doorissecuredwithheavydutycontinuous

hinge with removable hinge pin.

•Stainlesssteelclampsandscrewson

remaining three sides.

•Adhesivebackedoilresistantgasketapplied

to doors.

•PrintPocket

•Externalmountingfeetforwallormachinery

mounting.

•Groundstudsinstalledinsidedoorand

cabinet

•Collarstudsprovidedformountingoptional

sub panels.

•Furnishedwithholesinrightflangefor

mounting of operating handle or mechanism.

•Padlockprovision

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Carbonsteelsub

panels have a white polyester powder coat

finish. Stainless steel enclosures have a

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARD

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type4

TYPE 4 – SINGLE DOOR WALL MOUNTED DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG. WT. SUB PANEL

PART NUMBER SUB PANEL SIZE

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

M4S24218-FD M4XS24218-FD M4XZ24218-FD 24 x 21.37 x 8 51 A-24P20 21 x 17

M4S242508-FD M4XS242508-FD M4XZ242508-FD 24 x 25.37 x 8 55 A-24P24 21 x 21

M4S302508-FD M4XS302508-FD M4XZ302508-FD 30 x 25.37 x 8 67 A-30P24 27 x 21

M4S363108-FD M4XS363108-FD M4XZ363108-FD 36 x 31.37 x 8 94 A-36P30 33 x 27

M4S423112-FD M4XS423112-FD M4XZ423112-FD 42 x 31.37 x 12 128 A-42P30 39 x 27

M4S423712-FD M4XS423712-FD M4XZ423712-FD 42 x 37.37 x 12 141 A-42P36 39 x 33

M4S483712-FD M4XS483712-FD M4XZ483712-FD 48 x 37.37 x 12 157 A-48P36 45 x 33

M4S603712-FD M4XS603712-FD M4XZ603712-FD 60 x 37.37 x 12 188 A-60P36 57 x 33

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

APPLICATIONS

For use in the same locations as

Milbank’s standard NEMA 4 enclosures.

For Disconnect order information see

page C42.

Type 12 shown

C80

MOUNTING FOOT

PANEL ( ORDER

SEPARATELY)

Omit Two Middle

Studs IF H < 31

3/8-16 Collar

Stud

Ground

Stud

Omit Two Middle

Studs IF W < 33

SECTION Y-Y

3.00

.62

Ø .44

2.00

3.00

.62 1.25 .44

1.75 2.62

X X

SECTION X-X

.75

1.25 1.50

H-3.00

1.50

.88

2.75

14 GA

1.00 12 GA

.19

W-4.38

1.38 D - .18

1.07

2.00

H - 1.83

W - 2.86

2.19

M4S-FD • M4XS-FD • M4XZ-FD

Space Occupied by Disconnects

E = 8.62 when D = 8.00

E = 11.62 when D = 12.00

Z = Wire Bend Spacing

See charts on pages C57-C64 for “F”, “G”, and “Z” dimensions

which cover space occupied by disconnect and wire bend

spacing. Disconnects occupy the space indicated by

“E”, “F”, and “G”.

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are

24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are

greater than 24”.

2. Panels will have formed ﬂanges when either

Height or Width is greater than 18".

3. Maximum spacing between door clamps

is 16.84" (center to center).

TYPE 4 – SINGLE DOOR – WALL MOUNTED DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE

TYPE 4 – SINGLE DOOR – WALL MOUNTED DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C81

APPLICATION

Designed to house electrical controls,

instruments, and terminals in a variety of

environments, including wet environments.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel,

type 304 or type 316 stainless steel with

continuously welded seams. Enclosure features:

• Minimumwidthtroughshapedbodyflange

and hidden hinge design providing full 180

degree door opening while excluding liquids

and contaminants.

• Doorissecuredwithconcealedlift-off

hinges and slotted quarter-turn latch:

Standard quarter turn latches can be

replaced with a variety of optional latches.

• Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

• Printpocket.

• Holesareprovidedforwallormachinery

mounting, options include bolt-on or

weld-on mounting feet.

• Groundstudsinstalledinsidecabinet

and door.

• Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panel.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder coat

available at no charge. Standard RAL and custom

match finishes available for an additional charge,

please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co.

for further assistance. All powder coat finishes

appliedovercleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

Carbon steel sub-panels are finished with a

white polyester powder coating. Stainless steel

enclosures have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design enclosures

according to your specifications. Holes, cutouts,

sizes,materials,andmanymoreoptionsare

available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type4,12,13

•StainlessEnclosures:Type4,4X,12,13

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – SINGLE DOOR – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART

NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

MSD12126 MSDXS12126 MSDXZ12126 12 x 12 x 6 9 A-M12P12 10.2 x 10.2

MSD12246 MSDXS12246 MSDXZ12246 12 x 24 x 6 15 A-M12P24 10.2 x 22.2

MSD16126 MSDXS16126 MSDXZ16126 16x 12 x 6 29 A-M16P12 14.2 x 10.2

MSD16166 MSDXS16166 MSDXZ16166 16x 16 x 6 27 A-M16P16 14.2 x 14.2

MSD16206 MSDXS16206 MSDXZ16206 16 x 20 x 6 31 A-M16P20 14.2 x 18.2

MSD20126 MSDXS20126 MSDXZ20126 20 x 12 x 6 40 A-M20P12 18.2 x 10.2

MSD20166 MSDXS20166 MSDXZ20166 20 x 16 x 6 29 A-M20P16 18.2 x 14.2

MSD20206 MSDXS20206 MSDXZ20206 20 x 20 x 6 35 A-M20P20 18.2 x 18.2

MSD20246 MSDXS20246 MSDXZ20246 20 x 24 x 6 44 A-M20P24 18.2 x 22.2

MSD24126 MSDXS24126 MSDXZ24126 24 x 12 x 6 15 A-M24P12 22.2 x 10.2

MSD24166 MSDXS24166 MSDXZ24166 24 x 16 x 6 35 A-M24P16 22.2 x 14.2

MSD24206 MSDXS24206 MSDXZ24206 24 x 20 x 6 39 A-M24P20 22.2 x 18.2

MSD24246 MSDXS24246 MSDXZ24246 24 x 24 x 6 81 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSD30166 MSDXS30166 MSDXZ30166 30 x 16 x 6 69 A-M30P16 28.2 x 14.2

MSD30206 MSDXS30206 MSDXZ30206 30 x 20 x 6 43 A-M30P20 28.2 x 18.2

MSD30246 MSDXS30246 MSDXZ30246 30 x 24 x 6 50 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

MSD36246 MSDXS36246 MSDXZ36246 36 x 24 x 6 89 A-M36P24 34.2 x 22.2

MSD36306 MSDXS36306 MSDXZ36306 36 x 30 x 6 127 A-M36P30 34.2 x 28.2

MSD12248 MSDXS12248 MSDXZ12248 12 x 24 x 8 17 A-M12P24 10.2 x 22.2

MSD16128 MSDXS16128 MSDXZ16128 16 x 12 x 8 23 A-M16P12 14.2 x 10.2

MSD16168 MSDXS16168 MSDXZ16168 16x 16 x 8 27 A-M16P16 14.2 x 14.2

MSD16208 MSDXS16208 MSDXZ16208 16 x 20 x 8 33 A-M16P20 14.2 x 18.2

MSD20128 MSDXS20128 MSDXZ20128 20 x 12 x 8 42 A-M20P12 18.2 x 10.2

MSD20168 MSDXS20168 MSDXZ20168 20 x 16 x 8 33 A-M20P16 18.2 x 14.2

MSD20208 MSDXS20208 MSDXZ20208 20 x 20 x 8 38 A-M20P20 18.2 x 18.2

MSD20248 MSDXS20248 MSDXZ20248 20 x 24 x 8 49 A-M20P24 18.2 x 22.2

MSD24168 MSDXS24168 MSDXZ24168 24 x 16 x 8 39 A-M24P16 22.2 x 14.2

MSD24208 MSDXS24208 MSDXZ24208 24 x 20 x 8 44 A-M24P20 22.2 x 18.2

MSD24248 MSDXS24248 MSDXZ24248 24 x 24 x 8 52 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSD24308 MSDXS24308 MSDXZ24308 24 x 30 x 8 55 A-M24P30 22.2 x 28.2

MSD30208 MSDXS30208 MSDXZ30208 30 x 20 x 8 48 A-M30P20 28.2 x 18.2

MSD30248 MSDXS30248 MSDXZ30248 30 x 24 x 8 55 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

MSD30308 MSDXS30308 MSDXZ30308 30 x 30 x 8 94 A-M30P30 28.2 x 28.2

MSD30368 MSDXS30368 MSDXZ30368 30 x 36 x 8 79 A-M30P36 28.2 x 34.2

MSD36248 MSDXS36248 MSDXZ36248 36 x 24 x 8 98 A-M36P24 34.2 x 22.2

MSD36308 MSDXS36308 MSDXZ36308 36 x 30 x 8 138 A-M36P30 34.2 x 28.2

MSD36368 MSDXS36368 MSDXZ36368 36 x 36 x 8 125 A-M36P36 34.2 x 34.2

MSD42248 MSDXS42248 MSDXZ42248 42 x 24 x 8 104 A-M42P24 40.2 x 22.2

For Optional Mounting Feet Order Part Number A-MSDMFKXS (Set of four)

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C82

NOTE:

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – SINGLE DOOR – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

SUB PANEL

PART

NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

MSD42308 MSDX42308 MSDXZ42308 42 x 30 x 8 88 A-M42P30 40.2 x 28.2

MSD42368 MSDX42368 MSDXZ42368 42 x 36 x 8 108 A-M42P36 40.2 x 34.2

MSD48248 MSDX48248 MSDXZ48248 48 x 24 x 8 87 A-M48P24 46.2 x 22.2

MSD48308 MSDX48308 MSDXZ48308 48 x 30 x 8 95 A-M48P30 46.2 x 28.2

MSD48368 MSDX48368 MSDXZ48368 48 x 36 x 8 97 A-M48P36 46.2 x 34.2

MSD60368 MSDX60368 MSDXZ60368 60 x 36 x 8 151 A-M60P36 58.2 x 34.2

MSD161210 MSDX161210 MSDXZ161210 16 x 12 x 10 38 A-M16P12 14.2 x 10.2

MSD161610 MSDX161610 MSDXZ161610 16 x 16 x 10 29 A-M16P16 14.2 x 14.2

MSD162010 MSDX162010 MSDXZ162010 16 x 20 x 10 31 A-M16P20 14.2 x 18.2

MSD201610 MSDX201610 MSDXZ201610 20 x 16 x 10 38 A-M20P16 18.2 x 14.2

MSD202010 MSDX202010 MSDXZ202010 20 x 20 x 10 45 A-M20P20 18.2 x 18.2

MSD202410 MSDX202410 MSDXZ202410 20 x 24 x 10 48 A-M20P24 18.2 x 22.2

MSD241210 MSDX241210 MSDXZ241210 24 x 12 x 10 51 A-M24P12 22.2 x 10.2

MSD242010 MSDX242010 MSDXZ242010 24 x 20 x 10 41 A-M24P20 22.2 x 18.2

MSD242410 MSDX242410 MSDXZ242410 24 x 24 x 10 49 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSD243010 MSDX243010 MSDXZ243010 24 x 30 x 10 64 A-M24P30 22.2 x 28.2

MSD302010 MSDX302010 MSDXZ302010 30 x 20 x 10 53 A-M30P20 28.2 x 18.2

MSD302410 MSDX302410 MSDXZ302410 30 x 24 x 10 63 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

MSD303010 MSDX303010 MSDXZ303010 30 x 30 x 10 77 A-M30P30 28.2 x 28.2

MSD362410 MSDX362410 MSDXZ362410 36 x 24 x 10 78 A-M36P24 34.2 x 22.2

MSD363010 MSDX363010 MSDXZ363010 36 x 30 x 10 77 A-M36P30 34.2 x 28.2

MSD363610 MSDX363610 MSDXZ363610 36 x 36 x 10 97 A-M36P36 34.2 x 34.2

MSD423010 MSDX423010 MSDXZ423010 42 x 30 x 10 95 A-M42P30 40.2 x 28.2

MSD423610 MSDX423610 MSDXZ423610 42 x 36 x 10 116 A-M42P36 40.2 x 34.2

MSD482410 MSDX482410 MSDXZ482410 48 x 24 x 10 94 A-M48P24 46.2 x 22.2

MSD483010 MSDX483010 MSDXZ483010 48 x 30 x 10 102 A-M48P30 46.2 x 28.2

MSD483610 MSDX483610 MSDXZ483610 48 x 36 x 10 130 A-M48P36 46.2 x 34.2

MSD603610 MSDX603610 MSDXZ603610 60 x 36 x 10 161 A-M60P36 58.2 x 34.2

MSD201612 MSDX201612 MSDXZ201612 20 x 16 x 12 40 A-M20P16 18.2 x 14.2

MSD202012 MSDX202012 MSDXZ202012 20 x 20 x 12 46 A-M20P20 18.2 x 18.2

MSD242012 MSDX242012 MSDXZ242012 24 x 20 x 12 51 A-M24P20 22.2 x 18.2

MSD242412 MSDX242412 MSDXZ242412 24 x 24 x 12 63 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSD302412 MSDX302412 MSDXZ302412 30 x 24 x 12 69 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

MSD303012 MSDX303012 MSDXZ303012 30 x 30 x 12 83 A-M30P30 28.2 x 28.2

MSD362412 MSDX362412 MSDXZ362412 36 x 24 x 12 84 A-M36P24 34.2 x 22.2

MSD363012 MSDX363012 MSDXZ363012 36 x 30 x 12 95 A-M36P30 34.2 x 28.2

MSD363612 MSDX363612 MSDXZ363612 36 x 36 x 12 108 A-M36P36 34.2 x 34.2

MSD423012 MSDX423012 MSDXZ423012 42 x 30 x 12 102 A-M42P30 40.2 x 28.2

MSD423612 MSDX423612 MSDXZ423612 42 x 36 x 12 124 A-M42P36 40.2 x 34.2

MSD482412 MSDX482412 MSDXZ482412 48 x 24 x 12 101 A-M48P24 46.2 x 22.2

MSD483612 MSDX483612 MSDXZ483612 48 x 36 x 12 138 A-M48P36 46.2 x 34.2

MSD603612 MSDX603612 MSDXZ603612 60 x 36 x 12 171 A-M60P36 58.2 x 34.2

MSD242016 MSDX242016 MSDXZ242016 24 x 20 x 6 57 A-M24P20 22.2 x 18.2

MSD242416 MSDX242416 MSDXZ242416 24 x 24 x 16 65 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSD302416 MSDX302416 MSDXZ302416 30 x 24 x 16 79 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

MSD363016 MSDX363016 MSDXZ363016 36 x 30 x 16 101 A-M36P30 34.2 x 28.2

MSD423616 MSDX423616 MSDXZ423616 42 x 36 x 16 135 A-M42P36 40.2 x 34.2

MSD483616 MSDX483616 MSDXZ483616 48 x 36 x 16 151 A-M48P36 46.2 x 34.2

MSD603616 MSDX603616 MSDXZ603616 60 x 36 x 16 176 A-M60P36 58.2 x 34.2

MSD242420 MSDX242420 MSDXZ242420 24 x 24 x 20 75 A-M24P24 22.2 x 22.2

MSD302420 MSDX302420 MSDXZ302420 30 x 24 x 20 90 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

MSD363020 MSDX363020 MSDXZ363020 36 x 30 x 20 102 A-M36P30 34.2 x 28.2

MSD483620 MSDX483620 MSDXZ483620 48 x 36 x 20 176 A-M48P36 46.2 x 34.2

MSD603620 MSDX603620 MSDXZ603620 60 x 36 x 20 194 A-M60P36 58.2 x 34.2

MSD302424 MSDX302424 MSDXZ302424 30 x 24 x 24 96 A-M30P24 28.2 x 22.2

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C83

MSD • MSDXS • MSDXZ

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are

24” or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are

greater than 24”.

2. Panel have formed ﬂanges on all four sides

when either Height or Width is equal to or

greater than 22.2".

3. When Height and Width are less than 23"

enclosure will have one slotted quarterturn

latch.

4. When Height and Width are greater than 23"

enclosure will have two slotted quarterturn

latches.

5. When Height is equal to or greater than

42" enclosure will have one 3 point slotted

quarterturn latch.

Subpanel

(sold separately)

LId Removed

Back

Will be centered in Height

when latch quantity is one

Print Pocket

(see note)

1/4-20 X.75"

Ground Stud

1/4-20 X.75"

Ground Stud

3/8-16

Collar

Studs

Concealed

Lift-O

Hinges

Slotted

Quarterturn

Latches

Mounting

Holes

5.000

H - 1.8

W - 1.8

.824

3 sides

1.023

Hinge side

4.262

.750

W - 1.5

H - 1.5

Ø .500

5.000

2.000

D - .181

1.000

1.071

Subpanel

(sold separately)

LId Removed

Back

Will be centered in Height

when latch quantity is one

Print Pocket

(see note)

1/4-20 X.75"

Ground Stud

1/4-20 X.75"

Ground Stud

3/8-16

Collar

Studs

Concealed

Lift-O

Hinges

Slotted

Quarterturn

Latches

Mounting

Holes

5.000

H - 1.8

W - 1.8

.824

3 sides

1.023

Hinge side

4.262

.750

W - 1.5

H - 1.5

Ø .500

5.000

2.000

D - .181

1.000

1.071

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – SINGLE DOOR – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C84

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE SIZE

H X W X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT. J

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

MSDSTXS14126 MSDSTXZ14126 14.26 x 12 x 6 18 16.45

MSDSTXS16146 MSDSTXZ16146 16.26 x 14 x 6 23 18.45

MSDSTXS16128 MSDSTXZ16128 16.26 x 12 x 8 23 19.18

MSDSTXS16168 MSDSTXZ16168 16.26 x 16 x 8 28 19.18

MSDSTXS20168 MSDSTXZ20168 20.26 x 16 x 8 33 23.18

MSDSTXS20208 MSDSTXZ20208 20.26 x 20 x 8 39 23.18

MSDSTXS24208 MSDSTXZ24208 24.26 x 20 x 8 45 27.18

MSDSTXS24248 MSDSTXZ24248 24.26 x 24 x 8 52 27.18

MSDSTXS30248 MSDSTXZ30248 30.26 x 24 x 8 62 33.18

MSDSTXS36308 MSDSTXZ36308 36.26 x 30 x 8 83 39.18

MSDSTXS30308 MSDSTXZ30308 30.26 x 30 x 8 74 33.18

MSDSTXS201612 MSDSTXZ201612 20.26 x 16 x 12 39 24.65

MSDSTXS202012 MSDSTXZ202012 20.26 x 20 x 12 46 24.65

MSDSTXS242412 MSDSTXZ242412 24.26 x 24 x 12 60 28.65

MSDSTXS302412 MSDSTXZ302412 30.26 x 24 x 12 71 34.65

MSDSTXS363012 MSDSTXZ363012 36.26 x 30 x 12 97 40.65

MSDSTXS363612 MSDSTXZ363612 36.26 x 36 x 12 112 40.65

MSDSTXS423612 MSDSTXZ423612 42.26 x 36 x 12 127 36.65

MSDSTXS483612 MSDSTXZ483612 48.26 x 36 x 12 142 52.65

MSDSTXS363016 MSDSTXZ363016 36.26 x 30 x 16 111 42.11

MSDSTXS483616 MSDSTXZ483616 48.26 x 36 x 16 143 54.11

MSDSTXS603616 MSDSTXZ603616 60.26 x 36 x 16 172 66.11

For Optional Mounting Feet Order Part Number

A-MSDMFKXS (Set of four)

APPLICATION

Designed to house electrical controls,

instruments, and terminals in a variety of

environments, including wet environments.

FINISH

Stainless steel enclosures have a polished #4

finish. Carbon steel sub panels have white

polyester powder coat finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations upon

request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•CUL50Listed

•Type4,4X,12,13

Sub panels must be ordered separately.

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES – SLOPE TOP – STAINLESS STEEL

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES –

SLOPE TOP – STAINLESS STEEL

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 14 gauge type 304 or type

316 stainless steel. Enclosure features:

• Minimumwidthtroughshapedbodyflange

and hidden hinge design providing full 180

degree door opening while excluding liquids

and contaminants.

• Doorissecuredwithconcealedlift-off

hinges and slotted quarter-turn latches:

Standard quarter turn latches can be replaced

with a variety of optional latches.

•Adhesivebacked,oilresistantgasket

applied to the doors.

•Printpocket.

•Holesareprovidedforoptionalwallor

machinery mounting.

•Groundstudsinstalledinsidecabinet

and door.

•Collarstudsprovidedformounting

optional sub panels.

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C85

MSDSTXS • MSDSTXZ

NOTES:

1. Print pocket = 6” x 6” when H and W are 24”

or less.

Print pocket = 9” x 9” when H and W are

greater than 24”.

2. Panel have formed ﬂanges on all four sides

when either Height or Width is equal to or

greater than 22.2".

3. When Height and Width are less than 23"

enclosure will have one slotted quarterturn

latch.

4. When Height and Width are greater than 23"

enclosure will have two slotted quarterturn

latches.

5. When Height is equal to or greater than

42" enclosure will have one 3 point slotted

quarterturn latch.

3/8-16 Collar

Studs

Print Pocket

Ground

Studs

X X

SECTION X-X

YSECTION Y-Y

W - 1.85 .821.02

H - 2.06

W - 1.8 .90

.90

34.50 .75.75

2.42 5.49 2.42

H + 1.41

.75

14 GA

1.07

1.00

D - .18

2.00

3/8-16 Collar

Studs

Print Pocket

Ground

Studs

X X

SECTION X-X

YSECTION Y-Y

W - 1.85 .821.02

H - 2.06

W - 1.8 .90

.90

34.50 .75.75

2.42 5.49 2.42

H + 1.41

.75

14 GA

1.07

1.00

D - .18

2.00

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES – SLOPE TOP – STAINLESS STEEL

TYPE 4, 12 & 13 – MILLENNIUM SERIES ENCLOSURES –

SLOPE TOP – STAINLESS STEEL

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C86

CATALOG NUMBER SIZE

WIDTH

(IN)

SHPG.

WT.

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

DRIP SHIELD KITS FOR TYPE 12 ENCLOSURES

A-DS12 A-DSXS12 A-DSXZ12 12 2

A-DS16 A-DSXS16 A-DSXZ16 16 2

A-DS20 A-DSXS20 A-DSXZ20 20 2

A-DS24 A-DSXS24 A-DSXZ24 24 4

A-DS30 A-DSXS30 A-DSXZ30 30 4

A-DS36 A-DSXS36 A-DSXZ36 36 5

A-DS42 A-DSXS42 A-DSXZ42 42 6

A-DS48 A-DSXS48 A-DSXZ48 48 6

A-DS60 A-DSXS60 A-DSXZ60 60 7

A-DS72 A-DSXS72 A-DSXZ72 72 9

Rack Mounting Angle Kits

Available in pairs and include all

required hardware. Used to mount 19"

rack mounted equipment in freestanding

enclosures. Use clip nut package (20

pc included) to provide tapped holes

at desired locations. Rack angles are

available as shown, or in L-angle style

upon request. Additional clip nuts can

be provided upon request.

* Custom made specify height and material

TYPE 12 DRIP SHIELD KIT

Drip shield kits are designed to protect

enclosures from dust and dripping water. They

are fabricated from 14 gauge carbon steel with

standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder coat

available at no charge. Standard RAL and custom

match finishes available for an additional charge,

please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co.

for further assistance. All powder coat finishes

appliedovercleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

Gasket

1/4-20 x .5"

Screw

Drill and Tap

top of enclosure

for 1/4-20 x .5"

Screw

W-.25

1.00 Max of 7.25

Ø .31 3.60

.31

1.81

.60

2.23

1.39

Gasket

1/4-20 x .5"

Screw

Drill and Tap

top of enclosure

for 1/4-20 x .5"

Screw

W-.25

1.00 Max of 7.25

Ø .31 3.60

.31

1.81

.60

2.23

1.39

1/4-20 x .5

Screw

Drill and Tap

top of enclosure

for 1/4-20 x .5

Screw

Gasket

.69

3.73

W - 0.25

Max of 7.25

1.00

Ø .31

3.73

2.38

1.53 .33

.24

They are also available in type 304 and

type 316 stainless steel. Stainless steel drip

shield kits have a polished #4 finish. They

are attached with stainless steel screws and

neoprene washers.

Drip Shield Kits:

NOTE:

Standard drip shield kits are packaged for

ﬁeld installation using common hand tools. Drip shield

kits can also be welded on at the factory. Standard

enclosures can be converted to UL 3R when drip

shield kits and drain holes are installed at the factory.

CATALOG NUMBER SIZE

WIDTH

(IN)

SHPG.

WT.

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

DRIP SHIELD KITS FOR TYPE 4 ENCLOSURES

A-DS12-N4 A-DSXS12-N4 A-DSXZ12-N4 12 2

A-DS16-N4 A-DSXS16-N4 A-DSXZ16-N4 16 2

A-DS20-N4 A-DSXS20-N4 A-DSXZ20-N4 20 2

A-DS24-N4 A-DSXS24-N4 A-DSXZ24-N4 24 4

A-DS30-N4 A-DSXS30-N4 A-DSXZ30-N4 30 4

A-DS36-N4 A-DSXS36-N4 A-DSXZ36-N4 36 5

A-DS42-N4 A-DSXS42-N4 A-DSXZ42-N4 42 6

A-DS48-N4 A-DSXS48-N4 A-DSXZ48-N4 48 6

A-DS60-N4 A-DSXS60-N4 A-DSXZ60-N4 60 7

A-DS72-N4 A-DSXS72-N4 A-DSXZ72-N4 72 9

TYPE 4 DRIP SHIELD KIT

1/4-20 x .5

Screw

Drill and Tap

top of enclosure

for 1/4-20 x .5

Screw

Gasket

.69

3.73

W - 0.25

Max of 7.25

1.00

Ø .31

3.73

2.38

1.53 .33

.24

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES

DRIP SHIELD & RACK MOUNTING ANGLE KITS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES

DRIP SHIELD & RACK MOUNTING ANGLE KITS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C87

CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION SHPG. WT.

A-WP White 1

A-GP ANSI-61 Grey 1

A-GP7035 RAL-7035 1

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-DSK Heavy Duty Adjustable - Carbon Steel

A-DSKSS Heavy Duty Adjustable - 304 Stainless Steel

A-DSKSS6 Heavy Duty Adjustable - 316 Stainless Steel

Floor stand kits for Type 4 &

12 enclosures are designed to

convert wall mounted enclosures

to floor standing enclosures. These

kits consist of two stands which

may be bolted onto the bottom

of the enclosure in the field or

welded on at the factory. These

kits are fabricated from a heavy

Floor Stand Kits

Door Stop Kits

• Usedtorepairthefinishof

enclosures and panels

• Furnishedin12oz.

spray cans

Touch Up Paint

CATALOG NUMBER SIZE

H X D

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

A-FSK68 A-FSKXS68 A-FSKXZ68 6 x 8 19

A-FSK610 A-FSKXS610 A-FSKXZ610 6 x 10 21

A-FSK612 A-FSKXS612 A-FSKXZ612 6 x 12 23

A-FSK616 A-FSKXS616 A-FSKXZ616 6 x 16 30

A-FSK618 A-FSKXS618 A-FSKXZ618 6 x 18 31

A-FSK620 A-FSKXS620 A-FSKXZ620 6 x 20 34

A-FSK624 A-FSKXS624 A-FSKXZ624 6 x 24 41

A-FSK630 A-FSKXS630 A-FSKXZ630 6 x 30 51

A-FSK636 A-FSKXS636 A-FSKXZ636 6 x 36 61

A-FSK128 A-FSKXS128 A-FSKXZ128 12 x 8 29

A-FSK1210 A-FSKXS1210 A-FSKXZ1210 12 x 10 32

A-FSK1212 A-FSKXS1212 A-FSKXZ1212 12 x 12 35

A-FSK1216 A-FSKXS1216 A-FSKXZ1216 12 x 16 42

A-FSK1218 A-FSKXS1218 A-FSKXZ1218 12 x 18 47

A-FSK1220 A-FSKXS1220 A-FSKXZ1220 12 x 20 50

A-FSK1224 A-FSKXS1224 A-FSKXZ1224 12 x 24 60

A-FSK1230 A-FSKXS1230 A-FSKXZ1230 12 x 30 74

A-FSK1236 A-FSKXS1236 A-FSKXZ1236 12 x 36 88

A-FSK188 A-FSKXS188 A-FSKXZ188 18 x 8 40

A-FSK1810 A-FSKXS1810 A-FSKXZ1810 18 x 10 44

A-FSK1812 A-FSKXS1812 A-FSKXZ1812 18 x 12 47

A-FSK1816 A-FSKXS1816 A-FSKXZ1816 18 x 16 58

A-FSK1820 A-FSKXS1820 A-FSKXZ1820 18 x 20 72

A-FSK1824 A-FSKXS1824 A-FSKXZ1824 18 x 24 85

A-FSK1830 A-FSKXS1830 A-FSKXZ1830 18 x 30 106

A-FSK248 A-FSKXS248 A-FSKXZ248 24 x 8 52

A-FSK2410 A-FSKXS2410 A-FSKXZ2410 24 x 10 56

A-FSK2412 A-FSKXS2412 A-FSKXZ2412 24 x 12 60

A-FSK2416 A-FSKXS2416 A-FSKXZ2416 24 x 16 70

A-FSK2424 A-FSKXS2424 A-FSKXZ2424 24 x 24 103

To p

Bottom

(mounting holes)

If D is less than 10" omit center hole

If D is less than 6" Leg will only receive

1 hole centered in D dimension

7.916

7.972

1.667

1.0002.875

Ø .563

3 places

1.0004.4722.500

2.500

(D/2) - 2.5

Ø .562

7 places

gauge carbon steel with a standard

ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable,

smooth, white or RAL 7035 texture

polyester powder coat available

at no charge. Standard RAL and

custom match finishes available

for an additional charge, please

contact Milbank Manufacturing Co.

for further assistance. All powder

coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Type304

and type 316 stainless steel is

available. Stainless steel floor stand

kits have a polished #4 finish.

Special heights, depths, and many

other options can also be provided.

Quotations are available upon

request.

Door stop kits are for use on

standard Type 4 and 12 enclosures

to hold the doors open. These door

stop kits are designed for use on

thetoporbottomofahorizontally

swinging door of 16 inches wide or

wider. Fixed door stop kits provide

a 90 degree door swing. Adjustable

door stop kits provide door swing

adjustment up to 120 degrees by

means of a wing nut. The stop arm

on both fixed and adjustable kits

swings out of the way when the

door is closed. Kits are available in

carbon or stainless steel. Carbon

steelkitsarezincplated.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES

FLOOR STAND, DOOR STOP KITS & TOUCH UP PAINT

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES

FLOOR STAND, DOOR STOP KITS & TOUCH UP PAINT

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C88

Designed for print storage on the interior of an enclosure. Intended

for use as a replacement or as an additional print pocket. Standard

Print pockets are made of gray Polystyrene with self-adhesive

provided for mounting on enclosure. Print Pockets fabricated from

14 gauge carbon steel with white polyester finish.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SIZE (INCH)

W D

A-SHELF18 18" Folding Shelf 18" 19"

A-SHELF24 24" Folding Shelf 24" 19"

PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-SPPOCKET Small Print Pocket 6 x 6 - Poly

A-LPPOCKET Large Print Pocket 9 x 9 - Poly

CATALOG NUMBER

SHPG.

WT. DESCRIPTION

CARBON

STEEL #

304

STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL #

A-PPSMC A-PPSMCXS A-PPSMCXZ 2 Small Print Pocket

A-PPLRGC A-PPLRGCXS A-PPLRGCXZ 3 Large Print Pocket

A-PP991C A-PP991CXS A-PP991CXZ 4 Extra Large Print Pocket

1/4 X 1/2

Slot

SP-PPLRGC; SP-PPLRGSS; SP-PPLRGSS6

1/4 X 1/2

Slot

SP-PPSMC; SP-PPSMSS; SP-PPSMSS6

SP-PP991; SP-PP991SS; SP-PP991SS6

11.102

9.750

8.000

10.500

.750

.750 .750

14 GA

7.227

5.875

6.625

6.000

.750

.750 .750

14 GA

10.852

9.500

10.250

9.000

1.500

.750

.074

.750

1/4 X 1/2

Slot

SP-PPLRGC; SP-PPLRGSS; SP-PPLRGSS6

1/4 X 1/2

Slot

SP-PPSMC; SP-PPSMSS; SP-PPSMSS6

SP-PP991; SP-PP991SS; SP-PP991SS6

11.102

9.750

8.000

10.500

.750

.750 .750

14 GA

7.227

5.875

6.625

6.000

.750

.750 .750

14 GA

10.852

9.500

10.250

9.000

1.500

.750

.074

.750

1/4 X 1/2

Slot

SP-PPLRGC; SP-PPLRGSS; SP-PPLRGSS6

1/4 X 1/2

Slot

SP-PPSMC; SP-PPSMSS; SP-PPSMSS6

SP-PP991; SP-PP991SS; SP-PP991SS6

11.102

9.750

8.000

10.500

.750

.750 .750

14 GA

7.227

5.875

6.625

6.000

.750

.750 .750

14 GA

10.852

9.500

10.250

9.000

1.500

.750

.074

.750

179P

177P

8.750

9.188

1.125

.625

.673

6.000

1.125

.673

.625

179P

177P

8.750

9.188

1.125

.625

.673

6.000

1.125

.673

.625

Table Lock

Continuous

Hinge

Folding Shelf

W + .274

W - 4

H - 4

Ø .563

.563

2.474

.074

H - .125

90°

Replacement Print Pocket

NOTES:

When installing

folding shelf to inside

of enclosure doors, it is

recommended to also

install a door stop kit.

Folding Shelf

A-PPSMC

A-PPLRG

A-PP991C

A-LPPocket

A-SPPocket

A-SPPOCKET

PPSMC • PPSMCXS • PPSMCXZ

PPLRGC • PPLRGXS • PPLRGXZ

PP991C • PP991CXS • PP991CXZ

A-LPPOCKET

Support instruments and test

equipment that are used to install and

maintain electrical components in

an enclosure. Also ideally suited for

supporting programmers, monitoring

units and other equipment used with

programmable controllers. Shelf locks

in lower and upper positions.

The shelf can be installed on the

inside or outside surface of larger

enclosures. All parts are made of

heavy gauge carbon steel with a

standard ANSI-61 gray finish on

interior and exterior of enclosures.

Recoatable, smooth, white or RAL

7035 texture polyester powder coat

available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available

for an additional charge, please

contact Milbank Manufacturing Co.

for further assistance. All powder

coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Stainless

steel construction is available upon

request. Maintains UL Type 4 and

Type 12 if properly installed in a

Milbank enclosure.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – PRINT POCKETS & FOLDING SHELF

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – PRINT POCKETS & FOLDING SHELF INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C89

4" Louvers

Bug screen will be

tted to louver array.

W-0.21

.625 6 .6256

H- 0.125

.625

H-2.75

H-0.059

CATALOG NUMBER SIZE

H X W

(INCHES)

# OF

LOUVERS

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLEXS

STEEL #

316 STAINLEXZ

STEEL #

SHPG.

WT.

A-SKT636 A-SKTXS636 A-SKTXZ6636 6 x 36 12 6

A-SKT642 A-SKTXS642 A-SKTXZ6642 6 x 42 14 8

A-SKT648 A-SKTXS648 A-SKTXZ6648 6 x 48 16 10

A-SKT660 A-SKTXS660 A-SKTXZ6660 6 x 60 20 14

A-SKT672 A-SKTXS672 A-SKTXZ6672 6 x 72 24 18

A-SKT1236 A-SKTXS1236 A-SKTXZ61236 12 x 36 20 15

A-SKT1242 A-SKTXS1242 A-SKTXZ61242 12 x 42 23 20

A-SKT1248 A-SKTXS1248 A-SKTXZ61248 12 x 48 26 25

A-SKT1260 A-SKTXS1260 A-SKTXZ61260 12 x 60 33 35

A-SKT1272 A-SKTXS1272 A-SKTXZ61272 12 x 72 40 45

A-SKT1836 A-SKTXS1836 A-SKTXZ61836 18 x 36 30 33

A-SKT1842 A-SKTXS1842 A-SKTXZ61842 18 x 42 35 44

A-SKT1848 A-SKTXS1848 A-SKTXZ61848 18 x 48 40 55

A-SKT1860 A-SKTXS1860 A-SKTXZ61860 18 x 60 50 77

A-SKT1872 A-SKTXS1872 A-SKTXZ61872 18 x 72 60 99

A-SKT2436 A-SKTXS2436 A-SKTXZ62436 24 x 36 40 45

A-SKT2442 A-SKTXS2442 A-SKTXZ62442 24 x 42 47 60

A-SKT2448 A-SKTXS2448 A-SKTXZ62448 24 x 42 53 75

A-SKT2460 A-SKTXS2460 A-SKTXZ62460 24 x 60 67 90

A-SKT2472 A-SKTXS2472 A-SKTXZ62472 24 x 72 80 105

Louver Plate Kit

Designed to provide ventilation in enclosures where

excessive internal heat or moisture is a problem.

These kits can be easily installed in the field by making a

cutoutofthepropersizeandattachingthelouverplatein

place. Louver plates are made from heavy gauge carbon

steel, type 304 or type 316 stainless steel. Carbon louver

plates have a standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth, white or RAL

7035 texture polyester powder coat available at no charge.

Standard RAL and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co.

for further assistance. All powder coat finishes applied over

cleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.Stainlesssteelplateshave

a polished #4 finish. Hardware is furnished for mounting.

Customsizes,etc.,canbeprovidedonspecialorder.Louvers

can also be punched in enclosure at the factory. Louvers

used in UL Type 1 or 3R enclosures will maintain UL rating.

Additionalsizesavailableuponrequest.Louvercanalsobe

factory installed (pressed in).

NOTE:

Add the letter "B" after the letter "T" in the part number when ordering Louver skirt

kits with bug screen Ex. A-SPSKTB636

NOTE:

Bug screen frame will be wrapped with wire

mesh and bolted to the louver skit.

Louver Skirt Kits

Louver skirt kits are fabricated

from 14 gauge carbon steel

with a standard ANSI-61 gray

finish on interior and exterior of

enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture

polyester powder coat available

at no charge. Standard RAL and

custom match finishes available

for an additional charge, please

contact Milbank Manufacturing

Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied

overcleanedphosphatized

surfaces. 14 gauge type 304

and type 316 stainless steel

are available with a polished

#4 finish. They are designed to

restrict access to any connections

but still provide ventilation of

any waste gases.

These kits can be easily installed

in the field by drilling holes in

the floor stand kits and bolting

louver skirt to floor stand kit.

Hardware is furnished for

mounting.

KIT INCLUDES:

2 skirts, hardware to install to

enclosure. See A-SPSKTB for

skirt kits with bug screen. Vandal

proofdesign,customsizes,and

features provided upon request.

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT SIZE

H X W (INCHES)

# OF

LOUVERS

CUTOUT SIZE (INCHES)

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS STEEL # 316 STAINLESS

STEEL # LOUVER LENGTH H W SHPG. WT.

A-LVK23 A-LVKXS23 A-LVKXZ23 3.25 x 3.25 2 2.5 2 1.75 1

A-LVK33 A-LVKXS33 A-LVKXZ33 3.87 x 4.5 3 2.5 2.62 3 1

A-LVK34 A-LVKXS34 A-LVKXZ34 4.75 x 4.5 4 2.5 3.5 3 1

A-LVK43 A-LVKXS43 A-LVKXZ43 4.5 x 5.5 3 4 3.5 4 1

A-LVK44 A-LVKXS44 A-LVKXZ44 5.62 x 5.5 4 4 4.37 4 1

A-LVK64 A-LVKXS64 A-LVKXZ64 5.62 x 7.5 8 2.5 4.37 6 1

A-LVK66 A-LVKXS66 A-LVKXZ66 7.87 x 7.5 12 2.5 6.62 6 1

A-LVK84 A-LVKXS84 A-LVKXZ84 5.81 x 9.5 8 4 4.56 8 1

A-LVK86 A-LVKXS86 A-LVKXZ86 8.18 x 9.5 12 4 6.93 8 2

A-LVK88 A-LVKXS88 A-LVKXZ88 10.56 x 9.5 16 4 9.31 8 2

A-LVK812 A-LVKXS812 A-LVKXS6812 15.31 x 9.5 24 4 14.06 8 3

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – LOUVER SKIRT & PLATE KITS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C90

PART NUMBER USE WITH LOUVER KIT

A-FLT33 A-LVK33

A-FLT34 A-LVK34

A-FLT43 A-LVK43

A-FLT44 A-LVK44

A-FLT64 A-LVK64

A-FLT66 A-LVK66

A-FLT84 A-LVK84

A-FLT86 A-LVK86

A-FLT88 A-LVK88

A-FLT812 A-LVK812

1/4 20 CD Studs with Clips to

secure Lexan Window

(quantity will vary per size)

H + 2.5

W + 2.5

.324

2.000 No more than 3.75"

No less than 3"

.656

W + .813

Lexan

H + .813

Lexan

Filters for Louver Kits

•DesignedforusewithLouverPlateKit.Mountingholesonfilter

bracket align with louver mounting holes. Hardware supplied with

louvers also secure filter brackets in place.

•Bracketsarefabricatedfrom.080aluminum.

•Customsizes,etc.,canbeprovidedonspecialorder.

NOTES:

Required cutout size for enclosure is:

H + 1.6875" x W + 1.6875"

CATALOG NUMBER FRAME SIZE VIEWING

AREA SHPG.

WT.

CARBON

STEEL #

304

STAINLESS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL # HWHW

A-WK53 A-WKXS53 A-WKXZ53 7.5 5.5 5 3 1

A-WK95 A-WKXS95 A-WKXZ95 11.5 8 9 5.5 3

A-WK1010 A-WKXS1010 A-WKXZ1010 12.5 12.5 10 10 4

A-WK1212 A-WKXS1212 A-WKXZ1212 14.5 14.5 12 12 5

A-WK133 A-WKXS133 A-WKXZ133 15.5 5.5 13 3 3

A-WK138 A-WKXS138 A-WKXZ138 15.5 10.5 13 8 4

A-WK1711 A-WKXS1711 A-WKXZ1711 19.5 13.5 17 11 6

A-WK175 A-WKXS175 A-WKXZ175 19.5 7.5 17 5 4

A-WK2016 A-WKXS2016 A-WKXZ2016 22.5 18.5 20 16 8

A-WK2017 A-WKXS2017 A-WKXZ2017 22.5 19.5 20 17 8

A-WK2020 A-WKXS2020 A-WKXZ2020 22.5 22.5 20 20 10

A-WK2315 A-WKXS2315 A-WKXZ2315 25.5 17.5 23 15 8

A-WK2420 A-WKXS2420 A-WKXZ2420 26.5 22.5 24 20 9

A-WK2424 A-WKXS2424 A-WKXZ2424 26.5 26.5 24 24 12

A-WK2919 A-WKXS2919 A-WKXZ2919 31.5 21.5 29 19 12

A-WK3523 A-WKXS3523 A-WKXZ352 37.5 25.5 35 23 16

A-WK3624 A-WKXS3624 A-WKXZ3624 38.5 26.5 36 24 17

A-WK3636 A-WKXS3636 A-WKXZ3636 38.5 38.5 36 36 25

Window Kits

These kits are easily installed

by making a cutout in the

enclosure and attaching the

window and frame in place

(hardware furnished). Frames

are made from heavy gauge

carbon steel and have a

standard ANSI-61 gray finish

on interior and exterior of

enclosures. Recoatable,

smooth, white or RAL 7035

texture polyester powder coat

available at no charge. Standard

RAL and custom match finishes

available for an additional

charge, please contact Milbank

Manufacturing Co. for further

assistance. All powder coat

finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Type304

and type 316 stainless steel are

available with a polished #4

finish. The window is scratch-

resistant 1/4" Thermoplastic.

Oil-resistant gasket ensures a

tight seal around the perimeter

of the window and frame. All

mounting hardware is furnished.

Customsizesandmaterialscan

be provided on special order.

Consult factory for information.

Tinted glass and safety glass are

available upon request.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – LOUVER KIT FILTERS & WINDOW KITS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – LOUVER KIT FILTERS & WINDOW KITS INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C91

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-NH20030 NEMA 12 Clamp

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-R002-100BLK Black Polymide

A-R090-100SS Stainless Steel

CATALOG NUMBER FRAME SIZE VIEWING

AREA SHPG.

WT.

CARBON

STEEL #

304 STAINLEXS

STEEL #

316 STAINLESS

STEEL # H W D H W

A-HWK1010 A-HWKXS1010 A-HWKXZ1010 15 17.75 2.6 10 10 12

A-HWK124 A-HWKXS124 A-HWKXZ124 17 11.75 2.6 12 4 6

A-HWK1212 A-HWKXS1212 A-HWKXZ1212 17 19.75 2.6 12 12 16

A-HWK1520 A-HWKXS1520 A-HWKXZ1520 20 27.75 2.6 15 20 33

A-HWK168 A-HWKXS168 A-HWKXZ168 21 15.75 2.6 16 8 15

A-HWK1711 A-HWKXS1711 A-HWKXZ1711 22 18.75 2.6 17 11 21

A-HWK208 A-HWKXS208 A-HWKXZ208 25 15.75 2.6 20 8 20

A-HWK2010 A-HWKXS2010 A-HWKXZ2010 25 17.75 2.6 20 10 23

A-HWK2012 A-HWKXS2012 A-HWKXZ2012 25 19.75 2.6 20 12 27

A-HWK2017 A-HWKXS2017 A-HWKXZ2017 25 24.75 2.6 20 17 35

A-HWK2020 A-HWKXS2020 A-HWKXZ2020 25 27.75 2.6 20 20 40

A-HWK2021 A-HWKXS2021 A-HWKXZ2021 25 28.75 2.6 20 21 42

A-HWK2424 A-HWKXS2424 A-HWKXZ2424 29 31.75 2.6 24 24 45

A-HWK2615 A-HWKXS2615 A-HWKXZ2615 31 22.75 2.6 26 15 38

A-HWK3215 A-HWKXS3215 A-HWKXZ3215 37 22.75 2.6 32 15 45

A-HWK3636 A-HWKXS3636 A-HWKXZ3636 41 43.75 2.6 36 36 54

TYPE 12 CLAMP

• Madeofplatedmildsteel.

• StandardWallMountULType12enclosures.

• Assemblyincludesclamp,spring,and

1/4-20 threaded screw.

• Allowsforamaximumof35inchspacing

between clamps.

TYPE 4 CLAMP

• Madeofstainlesssteel.

• StandardonWallMountULType4

and 4X enclosures.

• Assemblyincludesclamp,spring,and

1/4-20-304 or 1/4-28-316 threaded screw.

• Allowsforamaximumof24inchspacing

between clamps.

Replacement Latches & Clamps

The replacement latches and clamps shown on this page are standard features

on Milbank Manufacturing Co. Enclosures and can be ordered separately.

Hinged Window Kit

For use as a viewing window where access to

components mounted behind the window is

required. The window is 1/4" thick with scratch-

resistant Thermoplastic. Easily mounted. All

mounting hardware is provided. Tinted glass

and safety glass available upon request.

QUARTER TURN SLOTTED LATCH

• StandardEliteULType4,4X,12,

and 13 enclosures only.

• Madeofblackpolymide.

• Allowsforamaximumof26

inch spacing between latches.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

Continuous Hinge

1/4 20 Pem Studs for Mounting

(quantity will vary per size)

1/4 20 CD Studs with Clips to secure Lexan Window

(quantity will vary per size)

W + 7.75

2.600

H + 5

1.625 No more than 6"

No less than 4"

1.157No more than 3.75"

No less than 3"

.344

.750

.650

13.750

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-NH41041 NEMA 4 Clamp 304

A-NH41050 NEMA 4 Clamp 316

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

HINGED WINDOW KIT & REPLACEMENT LATCHES & CLAMPS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

HINGED WINDOW KIT & REPLACEMENT LATCHES & CLAMPS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C92

ENCLOSURE

FAMILY CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION

M12D A-HNDLSPWF Keylocking Assembly

M12-FD-H A-261612-10-KIT Padlocking 2-Point Assembly

M12D-FT A-HNDLSPN12D Keylocking Assembly

FD-FT A-HNDLSPX Padlock with Defeater Assembly

FD-FT A-HNDLSPXMN Padlock Non-Defeater Assembly

M12FSD-FD A-HNDLSPXM Padlock Defeater Assembly

M12FSD-FD A-HNDLSPXN Padlock Non-Defeater Assembly

M12FS A-HNDLSPFS Keylocking Assembly

MSD A-3PTCONS Console 3-Point Assembly

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-HNDLLNLSS Non-locking Stainless Steel

A-HNDLKLBLK Keylocking Black Zinc Die

A-HNDLKLCHR Keylocking Chrome

A-THNDLKLCHR T-Type Keylocking Chrome

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-HNDLCOMP Compact With Defeater

A-HNDLHD Heavy Duty

A-HNDLHDD Heavy Duty With Defeater

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-HNDLHDK Heavy Duty Keylocking Handle

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-FOCJIC-S Plated Mild Steel

A-FOCJIC-SS Stainless Steel

EURO-DESIGN

PADLOCKING HANDLE

• Madeofblackzincdiecast.

• Availableincompactandheavy-dutystyle.

• Availablewithorwithoutdefeater

mechanism.

• UsedforULType12.

• Suitableforthreepointlatchingsystems.

• Custominsertsareavailable.

• CompactisthereplacementforA-ABN12

enclosures.

• HeavydutyisthereplacementforType12

Floor Mount, Type 12 Modular and Type 12

Freestanding enclosures families.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

Replacement Handles

The replacement handles shown on this page are standard features on

Milbank Manufacturing Co. Enclosures and can be ordered separately.

HEAVY DUTY KEYLOCKING HANDLE

• Madeofblackzincdiecastwithkeyincluded.

• StandardreplacementhandleforFreestanding

enclosures.

• Usedforthreepointlatchingsystems.

• MaintainsULType12enclosureratings.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

Replacement Handle Kits

Kit includes the following: handle, cam, retainers, hardware, latch

rods, and latch rod guides. All kits are packaged for field installation.

Custom Latches & Clamps

Custom latches and clamps can be used on standard or custom

enclosures and will maintain the enclosure's UL rating. Spacing

and quantity limitations apply to maintain an enclosure's UL rating.

Call for application information. Specify type of latch, material and

insert when ordering.

LIGHT DUTY

QUARTER-TURN HANDLES

• Availableinblackpolymide,black

zincdiecast,orchrome.

• SuitableforthreepointULType

12 latching systems.

• Specifymaterialwhenordering.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

QUICK RELEASE J-SERIES

ENCLOSURE CLAMPS

• Availableinzincplatedmildsteel

and stainless steel.

• Clampshave1/4-20thread.

• SuitableforULtype4,4X,12

and 13 enclosures.

Custom Handles

These handles can be used in three point latching systems and will

maintain the enclosures UL rating. Factory installation is recommended.

These handles can be used on special enclosures as an option. Call for

availability.

TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL HEAVY

DUTY PADLOCKING HANDLE

• Madeofstainlesssteel.

• Suitableforthreepointlatchingsystemswhere

enhanced corrosion resistance is required.

• SuitableforULType12applications.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-HNDLHDSSPAD Stainless Steel Padlock Handle

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

HANDLES – CUSTOM HANDLE KITS – CUSTOM LATCHES & CLAMPS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

HANDLES – CUSTOM HANDLE KITS – CUSTOM LATCHES & CLAMPS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C93

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-LTHMINI Mini 1/4-Turn Slotted Latch

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-1000-U78 Wing 1/4-Turn Latch

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-1000-U429-01 Padlocking Wing 1/4-Turn Latch

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-C0035745 Padlocking 1/4 - Turn Latch

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-JH45015 Grounding Kit For J-Series Enclosures

A-NH45015 Grounding Kit For SPN4, SPN12 and ES Enclosures

MINI 1/4-TURN LATCH

The mini 1/4-turn latch can be used on

J-Series enclosures and will maintain the

enclosure's UL rating. The latch can be used

in place of standard screw driver operated

clamps. An equal number of latches are

required when replacing clamps.

PADLOCKING

1/4-TURN LATCH

• Availableinzincdiecastonlyand

comes with chrome insert.

• SuitableforanyMilbank

Manufacturing Co. enclosure.

• LatchwillmaintaintheULrating.

WING 1/4-TURN LATCH

• Availableinblackpolymide.

• SuitableforanyMilbank

Manufacturing Co. enclosure.

• LatchwillmaintaintheULrating.

KEYLOCKING WING

1/4-TURN LATCH

• Availableinblackpolymide.

• SuitableforULType12enclosures.

PADLOCKING WING

1/4-TURN LATCH

• Availableinblackpolymide.

• SuitableforanyMilbank

Manufacturing Co. enclosure.

• LatchwillmaintaintheULrating.

QUICK RELEASE TOGGLE CLAMP

• Availableinstainlesssteel.

•Clampshave1/4-20304or1/4-28316

threads and can be used in place of

screwdriver operated clamps on Milbank

Manufacturing Co. enclosures.

•SuitableforULType4,4X&12enclosures.

NOTE:

Stainless steel clamp required for 4/4X enclosure.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

Grounding Kits

Ground kits include screws, nuts, washers and grounding label.

Can be ordered separately. Ground strap not included.

J-SERIES GROUNDING KIT WALL MOUNT

GROUNDING KIT

NOTES:

1. Ground Strap not included.

2. The Wall Mount version can be used on larger enclosures—order one kit per door.

Oil Tight Hole Seals

Hole seals are used to seal unused pushbutton holes, conduit and

knockoutholesandotheropeningsofirregularshapesandsizes

against dust, dirt, water and oil. They will cover holes ranging in

sizefrom0.19inchesthrough4.00inches,andcanbeusedon

enclosures having a wall thickness up to 0.31 inches. The hole

seals have a cover with 1/16" flange. See page B32 for application,

construction, ordering and installation information.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-FOCXS Type 304 Stainless Steel Clamp

A-FOCXZ Type 316 Stainless Steel Clamp

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-1000-U237 Keylocking Wing 1/4-Turn Latch

NOTE:

Cams are ordered separately.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

CLAMPS – LATCHES – OIL TIGHT HOLE SEALS – GROUNDING KITS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

CLAMPS – LATCHES – OIL TIGHT HOLE SEALS – GROUNDING KITS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C94

Omit if W is

less than 28"

Omit if H is

less than 28"

Lifting Holes (O9/16)

Omit if enclosure H

is less than 60"

.75

10.00

.88

.88 O .56 Mounting Holes

1.25

O .28

Grounding Holes

4 Places

Freestanding Sub Panels

CATALOG NUMBER SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES) SHIPPING WT.

A-DD54P42 50 x 38 79

A-DD60P48 56 x 44 103

A-DD60P60 56 x 56 128

A-DD72P60 68 x 56 151

A-DD72P72 68 x 68 184

APPLICATIONS

For use in Type 4 Double Door

Floor Mount, Type 12 Double

Door Floor Mount, and Type

12 Double Door Extra Volume

enclosures.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 10 gauge

carbon steel.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat finish

overcleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard sub panels according to your

specifications.Sizesandmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon

request.

Floor Mount Sub Panels

APPLICATIONS

For use in Type 12 and Type 4 Freestanding

Single Door and Type 12 Double Door

Freestanding enclosures.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 12 or 10 gauge

carbon steel.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat finish

overcleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard sub panels according to your

specifications.Sizesandmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon

request.

CATALOG

NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES)

SHIPPING

WT.

Single Door - Full Panels

A-60P24F1 48 x 20 52

A-72P24F1 60 x 20 65

A-90P24F1 78 x 20 80

A-72P30F1 60 x 26 74

A-90P30F1 78 x 26 92

A-60P36F1 48 x 32 78

A-72P36F1 60 x 32 80

A-90P36F1 78 x 32 108

Single Door - Half Panels

A-60P24F2 24.87 x 20 26

A-72P24F2 30.87 x 20 32

A-90P24F2 39.87 x 20 41

A-72P30F2 30.87 x 26 41

A-90P30F2 39.87 x 26 53

A-60P36F2 24.87 x 32 41

A-72P36F2 30.87 x 32 50

A-90P36F2 39.87 x 32 65

CATALOG

NUMBER

SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES)

SHIPPING

WT.

Double Door - Full Panels

A-60P48F1 48 x 44 108

A-72P48F1 60 x 44 131

A-72P60F1 60 x 56 145

A-72P72F1 60 x 68 187

A-90P48F1 78 x 44 165

A-90P60F1 78 x 56 210

A-90P72F1 78 x 68 238

Double Door - Half Panels

A-60P48F2 24.87 x 44 60

A-72P48F2 30.87 x 44 74

A-72P60F2 30.87 x 56 94

A-72P72F2 30.87 x 68 113

A-90P48F2 39.87 x 44 94

A-90P60F2 39.87 x 56 120

A-90P72F2 39.87 x 68 145

NOTE:

Panels mount using panel mounting brackets.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

FLOOR MOUNT & FREESTANDING SUB PANELS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES –

FLOOR MOUNT & FREESTANDING SUB PANELS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C95

Add Center Holes

if W is 28" or greater

Lifting Holes (O9/16)

Omit if enclosure H

is less than 60"

Omit if H is

less than 28"

.75

.88

Ø .56

Mounting Holes

1.25

Ø .28

Grounding Holes

4 Places

10.00

NOTE:

Panels mount using panel mounting brackets.

CATALOG NUMBER SUB PANEL SIZE

H X W X D (INCHES) SHIPPING WT.

A-60SMP14 48 x 14 24

A-60SMP20 48 x 20 34

A-72SMP14 60 x 14 28

A-72SMP20 60 x 20 42

A-72SMP26 60 x 26 54

A-72SMP32 60 x 32 66

A-90SMP14 78 x 14 40

A-90SMP16 78 x 16 45

A-90SMP20 78 x 20 55

A-90SMP26 78 x 26 71

A-90SMP32 78 x 32 86

APPLICATIONS

For use in Type 12 and Type 4 Freestanding

Single Door and Type 12 Double Door

Freestanding enclosures.

CONSTRUCTION

Fabricated from 12 gauge carbon steel.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat finish over

cleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard sub panels according to your

specifications.Sizesandmanymoreoptions

are available. Quotations upon request.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – FREESTANDING SIDE SUB PANELS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C96

CATALOG NO. DESCRIPTION

A-ADPHDSQ Square D, GE -TDA,ITE Max Flex , ABB, Siemans

FHOH, Westinghouse Flex Shaft

A-ADPHDWH Westinghouse

A-ADPHDCH Cutler Hammer C360/C370

A-ADPHDGE General Electric GE-TDF

A-ADPHDABV Allen Bradley 1494V, 30/200 Amp

A-ADPHDAMT Westinghouse AMT

A-ADPHDBLK Blank

A-ADPHDABV400 Allen Bradley 1494V/400

A-ADPHDITE ITE

A-ADPHDCHF Cutler Hammer Flex Shaft

A-ADPHDABFLEX Allen-Bradley 140U Flex Shaft

A-ADPHDAB* Allen Bradley 1494F or D

CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-SUBBRKTB Sub Panel Mounting Bracket Freestanding

Modular Enclosure End Plates

Freestanding Enclosure Clamping Nuts

These nuts are used to attach sub panels and rack angles to

thehorizontalmountingchannelsandareorderedseparatelyif

mounting other equipment to the mounting channels.

Sub Panel Mounting Bracket Kit

for Freestanding Enclosures

• Designedtoallowcustomertoinstallsubpanelson

existing Unistrut® in freestanding enclosures.

• Fabricatedfrom10gaugecarbonsteelwithawhite

polyester powder finish.

• Includesallinstallationhardware.

• Customenclosuresmayrequirecustombrackets.

Heavy Duty Adapter Kits

for Heavy Duty Disconnects

Cutler-Hammer

C360/370

* Adapter plate not required for 200 Amp. 1494F.

Reference instruction sheet provided with the kit.

Square D Class

9422,

GE-TED, GE-TDA,

ITE Max Flex

Cutler-Hammer

361/371

General Electric

TDF

Allen-Bradley

1494F or 1494D

Westinghouse

Blank Adapter

Allen-Bradley

1494V

Allen-Bradley

140U Flex Shaft

END PLATE

END PLATE FLAT

CATALOG NUMBER PRODUCT SIZE

H X D (INCHES) DESCRIPTION

A-MOD8418EP 84 x 18 Formed with gasket & bolts

A-MOD8424EP 84 x 24 Formed with gasket & bolts

A-MOD8418FEP 84 x 18 Flat with gasket & bolts

A-MOD8424FEP 84 x 24 Flat with gasket & bolts

A-MOD8418GK 84 x 18 Gasket kit with bolts

A-MOD8424GK 84 x 24 Gasket kit with bolts

CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION

A-G1034 Clamping Nut

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – MOUNTING HARDWARE & END PLATES

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – MOUNTING HARDWARE & END PLATES INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C97

W - 5.94

3.64

3.48

X X

SECTION X-X

3.51 2.52

APPLICATIONS

Allows for additional component mounting

on a 90 degree swing panel.

KIT INCLUDES

• Allhardwareforinstallationbycustomer.

• Brackets(fabricatedfrom12gauge

carbon steel).

• Panel(fabricatedfrom12gauge

carbon steel).

• QuarterturnWingLatch(es).

• BoltonContinuousHinge.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat over

cleanedphosphatizedsurfaces.

Aluminum kits have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

NOTE:

Weights for Aluminum Swing panels are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

++ Panel sizes for A-SPK2M and A-SPK2R versions will be slightly larger.

CATALOG NUMBER FITS

ENCLOSURES

SIZE H X W

PANEL SIZE

F X G ++

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

MILLENNIUM N4, N12 3 R

A-SPK1M-1224 A-SPK1N-1224 A-SPK1R--1224 12 x 24 8.13 x 19.13 10

A-SPK1M-1612 A-SPK1N-1612 A-SPK1R--1612 16 x 12 12.13 x 7.13 8

A-SPK1M-1616 A-SPK1N-1616 A-SPK1R--1616 16 x 16 12.13 x 11.13 10

A-SPK1M-1620 A-SPK1N-1620 A-SPK1R--1620 16 x 20 12.13 x 15.13 11

A-SPK1M-2012 A-SPK1N-2012 A-SPK1R--2012 20 x 12 16.13 x 7.13 9

A-SPK1M-2016 A-SPK1N-2016 A-SPK1R--2016 20 x 16 16.13 x 11.13 11

A-SPK1M-2020 A-SPK1N-2020 A-SPK1R--2020 20 x 20 16.13 x 15.13 14

A-SPK1M-2024 A-SPK1N-2024 A-SPK1R--2024 20 x 24 16.13 x 19.13 18

A-SPK1M-2412 A-SPK1N-2412 A-SPK1R--2412 24 x 12 20.13 x 7.13 10

A-SPK1M-2416 A-SPK1N-2416 A-SPK1R--2416 24 x 16 20.13 x 11.13 13

A-SPK1M-2420 A-SPK1N-2420 A-SPK1R--2420 24 x 20 20.13 x 15.13 18

A-SPK1M-2424 A-SPK1N-2424 A-SPK1R--2424 24 x 24 20.13 x 19.13 22

A-SPK1M-2430 A-SPK1N-2430 A-SPK1R--2430 24 x 30 20.13 x 25.13 28

A-SPK1M-3016 A-SPK1N-3016 A-SPK1R--3016 30 x 16 26.13 x 11.13 19

A-SPK1M-3020 A-SPK1N-3020 A-SPK1R--3020 30 x 20 26.13 x 15.13 23

A-SPK1M-3024 A-SPK1N-3024 A-SPK1R--3024 30 x 24 26.13 x 19.13 28

A-SPK1M-3030 A-SPK1N-3030 A-SPK1R--3030 30 x 30 26.13 x 25.13 35

A-SPK1M-3036 A-SPK1N-3036 A-SPK1R--3036 30 x 36 26.13 x 31.13 42

A-SPK1M-3624 A-SPK1N-3624 A-SPK1R--3624 36 x 24 32.13 x 19.13 34

A-SPK1M-3630 A-SPK1N-3630 A-SPK1R--3630 36 x 30 32.13 x 25.13 42

A-SPK1M-3636 A-SPK1N-3636 A-SPK1R--3636 36 x 36 32.13 x 31.13 50

A-SPK1M-4224 A-SPK1N-4224 A-SPK1R--4224 42 x 24 38.13 x 19.13 39

A-SPK1M-4230 A-SPK1N-4230 A-SPK1R--4230 42 x 30 38.13 x 25.13 49

A-SPK1M-4236 A-SPK1N-4236 A-SPK1R--4236 42 x 36 38.13 x 31.13 59

A-SPK1M-4824 A-SPK1N-4824 A-SPK1R--4824 48 x 24 44.13 x 19.13 45

A-SPK1M-4830 A-SPK1N-4830 A-SPK1R--4830 48 x 30 44.13 x 25.13 56

A-SPK1M-4836 A-SPK1N-4836 A-SPK1R--4836 48 x 36 44.13 x 31.13 67

A-SPK1M-6036 A-SPK1N-6036 A-SPK1R--6036 60 x 36 56.13 x 31.13 84

A-SPK1M-7230 A-SPK1N-7230 A-SPK1R--7230 72 x 30 68.13 x 25.13 84

NOTE:

SPK1’s are for installation in N4, N12, and 3R only.

Installation by Milbank Manufacturing Co. will require

an extra installation fee. Some assembly required.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – ECONOMY SWING PANEL KIT

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C98

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – SEMI-ADJUSTABLE SWING PANEL KIT

CATALOG NUMBER FITS

ENCLOSURES

SIZE H X W

PANEL SIZE

F X G ++

(INCHES)

SHPG.

WT.

ELITE SPN4, SPN12 3 R

A-SPK2M-1224 A-SPK2N-1224 A-SPK2R-1224 12 X 24 8.13 x 19.13 12

A-SPK2M-1612 A-SPK2N-1612 A-SPK2R-1612 16 X 12 12.13 x 7.13 8

A-SPK2M-1616 A-SPK2N-1616 A-SPK2R-1616 16 X 16 12.13 x 11.13 11

A-SPK2M-1620 A-SPK2N-1620 A-SPK2R-1620 16 X 20 12.13 x 15.13 14

A-SPK2M-2012 A-SPK2N-2012 A-SPK2R-2012 20 X 12 16.13 x 7.13 10

A-SPK2M-2016 A-SPK2N-2016 A-SPK2R-2016 20 X 16 16.13 x 11.13 14

A-SPK2M-2020 A-SPK2N-2020 A-SPK2R-2020 20 X 20 16.13 x 15.13 18

A-SPK2M-2024 A-SPK2N-2024 A-SPK2R-2024 20 X 24 16.13 x 19.13 22

A-SPK2M-2412 A-SPK2N-2412 A-SPK2R-2412 24 X 12 20.13 x 7.13 12

A-SPK2M-2416 A-SPK2N-2416 A-SPK2R-2416 24 X 16 20.13 x 11.13 17

A-SPK2M-2420 A-SPK2N-2420 A-SPK2R-2420 24 X 20 20.13 x 15.13 22

A-SPK2M-2424 A-SPK2N-2424 A-SPK2R-2424 24 X 24 20.13 x 19.13 26

A-SPK2M-2430 A-SPK2N-2430 A-SPK2R-2430 24 X 30 20.13 x 25.13 33

A-SPK2M-3016 A-SPK2N-3016 A-SPK2R-3016 30 X 16 26.13 x 11.13 22

A-SPK2M-3020 A-SPK2N-3020 A-SPK2R-3020 30 X 20 26.13 x 15.13 28

A-SPK2M-3024 A-SPK2N-3024 A-SPK2R-3024 30 X 24 26.13 x 19.13 33

A-SPK2M-3030 A-SPK2N-3030 A-SPK2R-3030 30 X 30 26.13 x 25.13 41

A-SPK2M-3036 A-SPK2N-3036 A-SPK2R-3036 30 X 36 26.13 x 31.13 49

A-SPK2M-3624 A-SPK2N-3624 A-SPK2R-3624 36 X 24 32.13 x 19.13 40

A-SPK2M-3630 A-SPK2N-3630 A-SPK2R-3630 36 X 30 32.13 x 25.13 49

A-SPK2M-3636 A-SPK2N-3636 A-SPK2R-3636 36 X 36 32.13 x 31.13 59

A-SPK2M-4224 A-SPK2N-4224 A-SPK2R-4224 42 X 24 38.13 x 19.13 46

A-SPK2M-4230 A-SPK2N-4230 A-SPK2R-4230 42 X 30 38.13 x 25.13 58

A-SPK2M-4236 A-SPK2N-4236 A-SPK2R-4236 42 X 36 38.13 x 31.13 70

A-SPK2M-4824 A-SPK2N-4824 A-SPK2R-4824 48 X 24 44.13 x 19.13 53

A-SPK2M-4830 A-SPK2N-4830 A-SPK2R-4830 48 X 30 44.13 x 25.13 66

A-SPK2M-4836 A-SPK2N-4836 A-SPK2R-4836 48 X 36 44.13 x 31.13 79

A-SPK2M-6036 A-SPK2N-6036 A-SPK2R-6036 60 X 36 56.13 x 31.13 99

A-SPK2M-7230 A-SPK2N-7230 A-SPK2R-7230 72 X 30 68.13 x 25.13 99

APPLICATIONS

Allows for additional component

mounting on a 90 degree swing panel.

KIT INCLUDES

• Bracketswith3"slotsforsemi-adjustability

(fabricated from 12 gauge carbon steel).

• Panel(fabricatedfrom12gauge

carbon steel).

• QuarterturnWingLatch(es).

• BoltonContinuousHinge.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Aluminumkits

have a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

5/8 x 3 Slot

4.50

W - 4.06

X X

SECTION X-X

Adjustable from

2.00" to 4.38"

5/8 x 3 Slot

4.50

W - 4.06

X X

SECTION X-X

Adjustable from

2.00" to 4.38"

NOTE:

Weights for Aluminum Swing panels are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

++ Panel sizes for A-SPK2M and A-SPK2R versions will be slightly larger.

NOTE:

A-SPK2’s are for installation in N4, N12,

MSD, and 3R only. Enclosure must be studded or

have holes drilled. Customer can order these and

use them in existing enclosures. The customer will

have to drill holes in the sides of the enclosure

to mount. Installation by Milbank Manufacturing

Co. will require an extra installation fee. Some

assembly required.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – SEMI-ADJUSTABLE SWING PANEL KIT

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C99

APPLICATIONS

Allows for additional component

mounting on a 90 degree swing panel.

KIT INCLUDES

• Brackets(fabricatedfrom12gauge

carbon steel).

• Panel(fabricatedfrom12gauge

carbon steel).

• QuarterturnWingLatch(es).

• BoltonContinuousHinge.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Aluminumkitshave

a polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations

upon request.

NOTE:

Weights for Aluminum Swing panels are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

Brackets for the Swing Panel Kits must be ordered separate based on depth of Enclosure.

++ For MSD Enclosures modify the part number to have an E. (Example A-SPK3).

Panel sizes will vary depending on enclosure.

SECTION X-X

D - 2

ADJUSTABLE

DIMENSION

W - 4.5

OPENING

1.000

CATALOG NUMBER FITS ENCLOSURE

SIZE H X W

PANEL SIZE

F X G (INCHES) SHIPPING WT.

CARBON STEEL # ++ ALUMINUM # ++

A-SPK3-1224 A-SPK3AL-1224 12 x 24 7.13 x 20.38 14

A-SPK3-1612 A-SPK3AL-1612 16 x 12 11.13 x 8.38 9

A-SPK3-1616 A-SPK3AL-1616 16 x 16 11.13 x 12.38 12

A-SPK3-1620 A-SPK3AL-1620 16 x 20 11.13 x 16.38 15

A-SPK3-2012 A-SPK3AL-2012 20 x 12 15.13 x 8.38 11

A-SPK3-2016 A-SPK3AL-2016 20 x 16 15.13 x 12.38 15

A-SPK3-2020 A-SPK3AL-2020 20 x 20 15.13 x 16.38 19

A-SPK3-2024 A-SPK3AL-2024 20 x 24 15.13 x 20.38 23

A-SPK3-2412 A-SPK3AL-2412 24 x 12 19.13 x 8.38 14

A-SPK3-2416 A-SPK3AL-2416 24 x 16 19.13 x 12.38 19

A-SPK3-2420 A-SPK3AL-2420 24 x 20 19.13 x 16.38 23

A-SPK3-2424 A-SPK3AL-2424 24 x 24 19.13 x 20.38 27

A-SPK3-2430 A-SPK3AL-2430 24 x 30 19.13 x 26.38 34

A-SPK3-3016 A-SPK3AL-3016 30 x 16 25.13 x 12.38 23

A-SPK3-3020 A-SPK3AL-3020 30 x 20 25.13 x 16.38 28

A-SPK3-3024 A-SPK3AL-3024 30 x 24 25.13 x 20.38 34

A-SPK3-3030 A-SPK3AL-3030 30 x 30 25.13 x 26.38 43

A-SPK3-3036 A-SPK3AL-3036 30 x 36 25.13 x 32.38 52

A-SPK3-3624 A-SPK3AL-3624 36 x 24 31.13 x 20.38 42

A-SPK3-3630 A-SPK3AL-3630 36 x 30 31.13 x 26.38 52

A-SPK3-3636 A-SPK3AL-3636 36 x 36 31.13 x 32.38 62

A-SPK3-4224 A-SPK3AL-4224 42 x 24 37.13 x 20.38 48

A-SPK3-4230 A-SPK3AL-4230 42 x 30 37.13 x 26.38 60

A-SPK3-4236 A-SPK3AL-4236 42 x 36 37.13 x 32.38 72

A-SPK3-4824 A-SPK3AL-4824 48 x 24 43.13 x 20.38 55

A-SPK3-4830 A-SPK3AL-4830 48 x 30 43.13 x 26.38 69

A-SPK3-4836 A-SPK3AL-4836 48 x 36 43.13 x 32.38 83

A-SPK3-6036 A-SPK3AL-6036 60 x 36 55.13 x 32.38 104

A-SPK3-7230 A-SPK3AL-7230 72 x 30 67.13 x 26.38 104

CATALOG NUMBER ENCLOSURE DEPTH BRACKET LENGTH SHPG. WT.

BRACKETS FOR THE SWING PANEL KITS

A-SPKB3-8 8 6 5

A-SPKB3-10 10 8 6

A-SPKB3-12 12 10 7

A-SPKB3-16 16 14 8

A-SPKB3-18 18 16 9

A-SPKB3-20 20 18 10

A-SPKB3-24 24 22 12

NOTE:

Must order the appropriate A-SPK3 (according to the

depth of enclosure) for full adjustability. These brackets

will be welded in each corner of enclosure and the Swing

panel kit will be attached to them. If installing with a door

stop kit, holes must be drilled in Swing panel ﬂange.

A-SPK3’s are for installation in N4, N12, MSD, and

3R only. Installation by Milbank Manufacturing Co. will

require an extra installation fee. Some assembly required.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – FULLY ADJUSTABLE SWING PANEL KIT

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C100

CATALOG NUMBER FITS ENCLOSURE

SIZE H X W

PANEL SIZE

F X G (INCHES) SHPG. WT.

CARBON STEEL # ALUMINUM #

FREESTANDING SWING PANEL KITS

A-SPK4-60P24 A-SPK4AL-60P24 60 X 24 47.75 x 18.75 48

A-SPK4-60P36 A-SPK4AL-60P36 60 X 36 47.75 x 30.75 72

A-SPK4-60P48 A-SPK4AL-60P48 60 X 48 47.75 x 42.75 96

A-SPK4-72P24 A-SPK4AL-72P24 72 X 24 59.75 x 18.75 58

A-SPK4-72P30 A-SPK4AL-72P30 72 X 30 59.75 x 24.75 72

A-SPK4-72P36 A-SPK4AL-72P36 72 X 36 59.75 x 30.75 86

A-SPK4-72P48 A-SPK4AL-72P48 72 X 48 59.75 x 42.75 128

A-SPK4-72P60 A-SPK4AL-72P60 72 X 60 59.75 x 54.75 160

A-SPK4-72P72 A-SPK4AL-72P72 72 X 72 59.75 x 66.75 192

A-SPK4-90P24 A-SPK4AL-90P24 90 X 24 77.75 x 18.75 72

A-SPK4-90P36 A-SPK4AL-90P36 90 X 36 77.75 x 30.75 120

A-SPK4-90P48 A-SPK4AL-90P48 90 X 48 77.75 x 42.75 160

A-SPK4-90P72 A-SPK4AL-90P72 90 X 72 77.75 x 66.75 240

APPLICATIONS

Allows for additional component mounting

on a 90 degree swing panel.

KIT INCLUDES

• Brackets(fabricatedfrom12gaugecarbonsteel).

• Panel(fabricatedfrom12gaugecarbonsteel).

• QuarterturnWingLatch(es).

• BoltonContinuousHinge.

• NotapplicableforMillenniumseries.

• Mustdesignateifforastainlesssteelenclosure.

Please designate part number with SS if for

stainless steel.

• WallmountN4,N12orderA-SPK4:HHWW.

FINISH

White polyester powder coat over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Aluminumkitshavea

polished #4 finish.

OPTIONS:

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard swing panels to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmanymore

options are available. Quotations upon request.

Installation by Milbank Manufacturing Co.

will require an extra installation fee. Some

assembly required.

NOTE:

Weights for Aluminum Swing panels are not listed. Please contact Milbank Manufacturing Co. for weight.

Unistrut® must be ordered separately based on depth of enclosure.

FREESTANDING SWING

PANEL KIT

DOUBLE DOOR FLOOR

MOUNT SWING PANEL KIT

CATALOG NUMBER FITS ENCLOSURE

DEPTH

PANEL SIZE

H X W (INCHES) SHPG. WT.

CARBON STEEL # ALUMINUM #

N12 DOUBLE DOOR FLOOR MOUNT SWING PANEL KITS

A-SPK4-5442 A-SPK4AL-5442 54 X 42 49.38 X 36.75 80

A-SPK4-6048 A-SPK4AL-6048 60 X 48 55.38 X 42.75 100

A-SPK4-6060 A-SPK4AL-6060 60 X 60 55.38 X 54.75 125

A-SPK4-7260 A-SPK4AL-7260 72 X 60 67.38 X 54.75 150

A-SPK4-7272 A-SPK4AL-7272 72 X 72 67.38 X 66.75 180

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – HEAVY DUTY SWING PANEL KIT

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – HEAVY DUTY SWING PANEL KIT INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C101

X X

SECTION X-X

1.00

Adjustable

Dimension

W - 5.1

Opening

W - 2.21

H - 11.25

Unistrut will be

centered in the

HEIGHT of the

enclosure.

Unistrut Length = Enclosure Depth - 1"

W - .208

(H-5.75)/2

W - 5.1

SECTION X-X

1.001

1.000

Adjustable

Dimension

A-SPK4 - FREESTANDING SWING PANEL KIT

A-SPK4 - DOUBLE DOOR FLOOR MOUNT SWING PANEL KIT

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – SWING PANELS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C102

CATALOG NUMBER SURFACE SIZE A B SHPG. WT.

CARBON STEEL # 304 STAINLESS STEEL # 316 STAINLESS STEEL # H X W X D (INCHES)

A-COL44 A-COL44XS A-COL44XZ 35 x 4.5 x 4 28.25 3.5 17

A-COL66 A-COL66XS A-COL66XZ 35 x 6.5 x 6 28.25 5.25 23

A-BASE18 A-BASE18XS A-BASE18XZ 18 x 18 x 1.25 - - 18

A-BASE24 A-BASE24XS A-BASE24XZ 24 x 24 x 1.25 - - 39

Manufacturing Co. for further assistance. All

powder coat finishes applied over cleaned

phosphatizedsurfaces.Columnsandbases

are ordered separately. A 60 degree adaptor

is available to convert standard pushbutton

enclosures to an operator station.

OPTIONS

Milbank Manufacturing Co. can modify

standard enclosures or custom design

enclosures according to your specifications.

Holes,cutouts,sizes,materials,andmany

more options are available. Quotations made

upon request.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS

•UL50Listed

•ULType12

•CULType12

•Type12

APPLICATIONS

Designed for floor mounting of consolets

and pushbutton enclosures.

COLUMN

4.25" x 30.25" COVER

6.25" x 30.25" COVER

BASE WITH STIFFENERS

6.00

5.50

8.00

H A

8.00

8.00 D

8.00

COLUMN

4.25" x 30.25" COVER

6.25" x 30.25" COVER

BASE WITH STIFFENERS

6.00

5.50

8.00

H A

8.00

8.00 D

8.00

COLUMN & BASE

CONSTRUCTION

Columns are fabricated from 14 gauge carbon

steel with the flanges fabricated from 10 gauge

carbon steel. Bases fabricated from 12 gauge.

• Twocolumnandbasesizesareavailable.

• Columnsareflangedateachendandcontain

a gasketed access plate.

• Wiringconnectionscanbemade

through the pedestal base.

•Gasketandscrewsarestandard

with each column.

FINISH

Standard ANSI-61 gray finish on interior and

exterior of enclosures. Recoatable, smooth,

white or RAL 7035 texture polyester powder

coat available at no charge. Standard RAL

and custom match finishes available for an

additional charge, please contact Milbank

COLUMN

4.25" x 30.25" COVER

6.25" x 30.25" COVER

BASE WITH STIFFENERS

6.00

5.50

8.00

H A

8.00

8.00 D

8.00

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – PEDESTAL

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES – PEDESTAL INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C103

1003 1021 2009 3011 4001 5002 5019

1001 1019 2004 3007 3027 5000 5017

1002 1020 2008 3009 3031 5001 5018

1000 1018 2003 3005 3022 4010 5015

1004 1023 2010 3012 4002 5003 5020

1005 1024 5004 5021

1006 1027 5005 5022

1007 1028 5007 5023

1011 1032 2011 3013 4003 5008 5024

1012 1033 2012 3014 4004 5009 6000

1013 1034 3000 3015 4005 5010 6001

1014 1037 3001 3016 4006 5011 6002

1016 2001 3003 3018 4008 5013 6004

1015 2000 3002 3017 4007 5012 6003

1017 2002 3004 3020 4009 5014 6005

AVAILABLE COLORS

The color chips represented on these pages have been

prepared as replications of actual powder coatings. Chips

may vary slightly in color and gloss from actual coating due

to the effects of heat, light and manufacturing process. Please

contact your sales representative for more information.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – EXTERIOR COLOR CHART

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C104

6006 6021 7004 7022 7038 8003 8028

6012 6028 8014 9010

6007 6022 7005 7023 7039 8004 9001

6008 6024 7006 7024 7040 8007 9002

6009 6025 7008 7026 7042 8008 9003

6010 6026 7009 7030 7043 8011 9004

6011 6027 8012 9005

6013 6029 8015 9011

6014 6032 7010 7031 7044 8016 9016

6015 6033 7011 7032 7045 8017 9017

6016 6034 7012 7033 7046 8019 9018

6017 7000 7013 7034 7047 8022

6018 7001 7015 7035 8000 8023

6019 7002 7016 7036 8001 8024

6020 7003 7021 7037 8002 8025

AVAILABLE COLORS

The color chips represented on these pages have been

prepared as replications of actual powder coatings. Chips

may vary slightly in color and gloss from actual coating due

to the effects of heat, light and manufacturing process. Please

contact your sales representative for more information.

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – EXTERIOR COLOR CHART

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – EXTERIOR COLOR CHART INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

C105

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

DOUBLE DOOR CABINET:

a. Special light green

powder coat

b. Swing panels installed

c. Ventilation ﬁlters installed

d. ¼" aluminum sunshield

on standoffs

e. Computer shelf on the

left swing panel door

DOUBLE DOOR

ENCLOSURE:

a. Special powder coat

b. Special ﬂush latch

c. Special open right side

C106

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

LARGE SWITCHGEAR UNIT:

a. Completely custom designed

switchgear enclosure

b. Multiple compartments and

dividers

c. Louvered plates

d. Breaker cutouts and supporting

“top hat” brackets

CONTROL PANEL

a. Special 2 color powder coat

with customer exterior

b. Special punching per customer

in bottom

c. Special window kit

C107

STAINLESS STEEL LARGE

ENCLOSURE:

a. Special 11 gauge 316 stainless steel

with 3/16” thick face

b. Special keyboard compartment

c. Special NEMA Type 4 window kits

d. Recessed doors

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

STAINLESS STEEL LARGE

ENCLOSURE:

a. Special 11 gauge 316 stainless with

3/16" thick face

b. Special keyboard compartment

c. Special NEMA Type 4 window kits

d. Stainless steel painted beige.

C108

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

DRIVE CABINET:

a. Special gauge cutouts in top of doors

b. Special ventilation cutouts in bottom

of enclosure and doors

c. Customsize

SKID ENCLOSURE:

a. Highly custom design

b. Special safety yellow powder coat

C109

INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES – SPECIALS

INDUSTRIAL

ENCLOSURES

CUSTOM CONSOLE –

TWO-TONE:

a. Special two tone powder coating

b. Special computer compartments

with ventilation provisions

c. Special storage compartments

behind lockable tinted plexiglass

d. Custom machined phenolic

swivel mechanism that allows

for positioning with a tight,

smooth motion

e. Special studding, punching

and door access

f. Stainless grab handles to help

with positioning of control

monitors

C110

NOTES

Fiberglass

FGJIC SERIES

FEATURES

•TheFGJICseriesisdesignedinaccordance

with the Joint Industrial Council (JIC) - USA.

•TheFGJICrangeconsistsofsevenboxsizes

in several versions:

- with screw cover

- with stainless steel piano hinge

- with non-metallic hinges

- with standard or padlockable latch

•Thebasesandcoversaremadeof

gray RAL 7035, hot molded, fiberglass

reinforced polyester, dyed in mass. They

come complete with UL/CSA-label and 4

threaded inserts for a mounting plate.

•Coverscrewholesincornersareoutsideof

gasketed area.

•Continuousgasketsmadeofpolyurethane

foam to guarantee optimal integrity.

•Allmountinghardwareismadeofstainless

steel.

•Theenclosurecanbereadilyworkedwith

conventional tools, such as drills, mills,

saws, punches, etc.

•Versatileserviceconditions:polyester

enclosures can withstand continuous

temperatures up to -58º F to +302º F

(-50º C to 150º C) and momentary

temperatures to +392º F (200º C).

•TheFGJICenclosureswithoutlatches

provide optimum security to both

operators and equipment with featured

double insulation and protection degree

IP66-11 according to IEC 529.

•FGJICenclosuresaremaintenancefree

and corrosion resistant.

•FGJICenclosuresareULlisted,asperUL

Standard 508 type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13.

They are also CSA approved as per C22.2

No. 94.

* For static load on back panels consult the factory.

Approvals

UL 508 NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13

CSA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13

AS Australian Standards 3131-1991

EExeII, INTEX 84.102.378 U

LLOYD’S Register of Shipping

BASEEFA

KEMA NETHERLANDS

CEBEC BELGIUM

ROHS

APPLICATION

Designed for use as electrical junction boxes

in highly corrosive environments including

oil refineries and chemical processing plants,

waste water treatment and marine installations,

electroplating plants, agricultural environments

and food or animal processing plants. These

enclosures are also suitable as instrument

housings in both indoor and outdoor applications.

Window enclosure provides easy visual

inspection of interior components.

STANDARDS

IEC 439-1

IEC 529 - Rated IP66-11

EN 50298

CSA Certified per C22.2 No. 94

FIBERGLASS

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES - JICPL

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES WITH STAINLESS STEEL

PADLOCKABLE LATCH(ES) AND A STAINLESS STEEL PIANO HINGE

FEATURES

• AllFGJICSeriesenclosuresaredesigned

to meet the Joint Industrial Council (JIC)

standards in the United States.

• FGJIC’saremadefromcorrosionresistant

hot compression molded fiberglass

reinforced polyester and do not contain

halogens.

• TheFGJICSeries“JICPL”enclosuresinclude

one or two stainless steel padlockable

latches to secure one side of the cover to

the base and a stainless steel piano hinge

that secures the other. Rivets connect the

hinge to the cover and self-tapping screws

connect the screws to the base.

• Sevensizesareavailablefrom6”x6”to

18” x 16”

• FGJICenclosuresarecapableof

withstanding continuous temperatures

from -58ºF (-50ºC) up to 302ºF (150ºC).

• FGJICenclosuresprovideprotectionfor

equipment and operators from indirect

electrical contact.

• AllFGJICenclosuresareULlistedper

UL Standard 508 for NEMA 3, 3R, 4,

4X, 12 & 13; CSA Certified per Standard

C22.2- 0, 0.4, 0.7, 0.6, 94 Type 3, 3R,

4, 4X, 12 & 13.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

• MoldedInstrumentWindows

• Aluminum,PaintedSteelornon-metallic

Mounting Plates

• AluminumHingedFrontPlates

• AluminumFrontPlateswithquarterturn

brackets

• MEDVAirVents

• Backpanelstand-offsinfourdifferent

lengths

HINGED WITH

PADLOCKABLE

LATCH(ES)

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

INSIDE

DIMENSION

A B C

WT. MOUNTING PLATES*

ALUMINUM STEEL NON-METALLIC

DIMENSIONS FRONT PANELS

PLAIN HINGED

HCFG775JICPL1 7.31 7.31 4.96 6.00 6.00 4.21 2.8 lb A-MP606A A-MP606S A-MP606N 4.88 x 4.88 A-VFP606A A-VFPH606A

(mm) 185.8 185.8 126.0 152.4 152.4 107.0 1.27 kg 124 x 124

HCFG975JICPL1 9.31 7.31 4.96 8.00 6.00 4.21 3.8 lb A-MP806A A-MP806S A-MP806N 6.75 x 4.88 A-VFP806A A-VFPH806A

(mm) 236.6 185.8 126.0 203.2 152.4 107.0 1.72 kg 171 x 124

HCFG1195JICPL1 11.31 9.31 5.43 10.00 8.00 4.69 4.8 lb A-MP1008A A-MP1008S A-MP1008N 8.75 x 6.88 A-VFP1008A A-VFPH1008A

(mm) 287.4 236.6 138.0 254.0 203.2 119.0 2.17 kg 222 x 175

HCFG13115JICPL2 13.31 11.31 5.59 12.00 10.00 4.84 6.3 lb A-MP1210A A-MP1210S A-MP1210N 10.50 x 8.88 A-VFP1210A A-VFPH1210A

(mm) 338.2 287.4 142.0 304.8 254.0 123.0 2.85 kg 267 x 226

HCFG15136JICPL2 15.32 13.30 6.70 14.00 12.00 5.82 8.6 lb A-MP1412A A-MP1412S A-MP1412N 12.75 x 10.88 A-VFP1412A A-VFPH1412A

(mm) 389 338 170.0 355.6 304.8 147.8 3.90 kg 324 x 276

HCFG17156JICPL2 17.31 15.31 6.69 16.00 14.00 5.82 10.6 lb A-MP1614A A-MP1614S A-MP1614N 14.75 x 12.88 A-VFP1614A A-VFPH1614A

(mm) 439.8 389 170.0 406.4 355.6 147.8 4.80 kg 375 x 327

HCFG19179JICPL2 19.31 17.31 9.57 18.00 16.00 8.69 14.0 lb A-MP1816A A-MP1816S A-MP1816N 16.75 x 14.88 A-VFP1816A A-VFPH1816A

(mm) 490.6 439.8 243.0 457.2 406.4 220.8 6.34 kg 426 x 378

* A aluminum back panel (.080” material thickness)

S painted steel back panel (.060” material thickness)

N non-metallic back panel (.187” material thickness)

FIBERGLASS

FGJIC SERIES-JICPL

FRONT VIEW-COVER REMOVED

SECTION A-A

C/C+

R/R+

MOUNTING PLATE (OPTIONAL)

J NH PA

FRONT VIEW

END VIEW

D/D+

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

HINGED FRONT PANEL (OPTIONAL)

E/E+

ØL

HINGED WITH

PADLOCKABLE LATCH(ES)

PART NUMBER

DIMENSIONS

LATCH SPACING

E F I J K L M N O P Q R

HCFG775JICPL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 6.75 4 0.31 0.12 7.5 4.25 4.25 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 171.5 101.6 8 3 190.5 108 108 2 118.5 -

HCFG975JICPL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 8.75 4 0.31 0.12 9.5 4.25 6.26 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 222.2 101.6 8 3 241.2 108 159 2 118.5 -

HCFG1195JICPL1 1.62 4.01 0.37 10.75 6 0.31 0.12 11.5 6.24 8.25 0.08 5.14 Ctr

(mm) 41.2 101.8 9.5 273 152.5 8 3 292 158.5 209.5 2 130.5 -

HCFG13115JICPL2 1.62 4.13 0.37 12.76 8 0.31 0.12 13.5 8.25 10.26 0.08 5.3 7.09

(mm) 41.2 105 9.5 324 203.2 8 3 343 209.5 260.5 2 134.5 180

HCFG15136JICPL2 1.75 4.92 0.5 14.75 10 0.31 0.12 15.51 10.24 12.26 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 125 12.7 374.6 254 8 3 394 260 311.5 2 162.5 243

HCFG17156JICPL2 1.75 5.01 0.5 16.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 17.52 12.24 14.25 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 127.3 12.7 425.5 305 8 3 445 311 362 2 162.5 243

HCFG19179JICPL2 1.75 7.89 0.5 18.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 19.49 14.25 16.26 0.08 9.27 11.25

(mm) 44.4 200.3 12.7 476.2 305 8 3 495 362 413 2 235.5 289

FIBERGLASS

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES - JICLL

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES WITH STAINLESS STEEL

TWIST LATCH(ES) AND A STAINLESS STEEL PIANO HINGE

FEATURES

• AllFGJICSeriesenclosuresaredesigned

to meet the Joint Industrial Council (JIC)

standards in the United States.

• FGJIC’saremadefromcorrosionresistanthot

compression molded fiberglass reinforced

polyester and do not contain halogens.

• TheFGJICSeries“JICLL”enclosuresinclude

one or two stainless steel twist latches to

secure one side of the cover to the base and

a stainless steel piano hinge that secures the

other. Rivets connect the hinge to the cover

and self-tapping screws connect the screws

to the base.

• Sevensizesareavailablefrom6"x6"to

18" x 16".

• FGJICenclosuresarecapableof

withstanding continuous temperatures from

-58ºF (-50º C) up to 302º F (150º C).

• FGJICenclosuresprovideprotectionfor

equipment and operators from indirect

electrical contact.

• AllFGJICenclosuresareULlistedperUL

Standard 508 for NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 &

13; CSA Certified per Standard C22.2- 0, 0.4,

0.7, 0.6, 94 Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

• MoldedInstrumentWindows

• Aluminum,PaintedSteelornon-

metallic Mounting Plates

• AluminumHingedFrontPlates

• AluminumFrontPlateswith

quarter turn brackets

• MEDVAirVents

• Backpanelstand-offsinfour

different lengths

PART NUMBERS

SCREW COVER

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

INSIDE

DIMENSION

A B C

WT. MOUNTING PLATES

ALUMINUM STEEL NON-METALLIC

DIMENSIONS FRONT PANELS

PLAIN HINGED

HCFG775JICLL1 7.31 7.31 4.96 6 6 4.21 2.8 lb A-MP606A A-MP606S A-MP606N 4.88 x 4.88 A-VFP606A A-VFPH606A

(mm) 185.8 185.8 126.0 152.4 152.4 107.0 1.27 kg 124 x 124

HCFG975JICLL1 9.31 7.31 4.96 8 6 4.21 3.8 lb A-MP806A A-MP806S A-MP806N 6.75 x 4.88 A-VFP806A A-VFPH806A

(mm) 236.6 185.8 126.0 203.2 152.4 107.0 1.72 kg 171 x 124

HCFG1195JICLL1 11.31 9.31 5.43 10 8 4.69 4.8 lb A-MP1008A A-MP1008S A-MP1008N 8.75 x 6.88 A-VFP1008A A-VFPH1008A

(mm) 287.4 236.6 138.0 254.0 203.2 119.0 2.17 kg 222 x 175

HCFG13115JICLL2 13.31 11.31 5.59 12 10 4.84 6.3 lb A-MP1210A A-MP1210S A-MP1210N 10.50 x 8.88 A-VFP1210A A-VFPH1210A

(mm) 338.2 287.4 142.0 304.8 254 123.0 2.85 kg 267 x 226

HCFG15136JICLL2 15.32 13.3 6.7 14 12 5.82 8.6 lb A-MP1412A A-MP1412S A-MP1412N 12.75 x 10.88 A-VFP1412A A-VFPH1412A

(mm) 389 338 170.0 355.6 304.8 147.8 3.90 kg 324 x 276

HCFG17156JICLL2 17.31 15.31 6.69 16 14 5.82 10.6 lb A-MP1614A A-MP1614S A-MP1614N 14.75 x 12.88 A-VFP1614A A-VFPH1614A

(mm) 439.8 389 170.0 406.4 355.6 147.8 4.80 kg 375 x 327

HCFG19179JICLL2 19.31 17.31 9.57 18 16 8.69 14.0 lb A-MP1816A A-MP1816S A-MP1816N 16.75 x 14.88 A-VFP1816A A-VFPH1816A

(mm) 490.6 439.8 243.0 457.2 406.4 220.8 6.34 kg 426 x 378

FIBERGLASS

* A aluminum back panel (.080” material thickness)

S painted steel back panel (.060” material thickness)

N non-metallic back panel (.187” material thickness)

FGJIC SERIES - JICLL

FRONT VIEW-COVER REMOVED

SECTION A-A

C/C+

R/R+

MOUNTING PLATE (OPTIONAL)

J NH PA

FRONT VIEW

END VIEW

D/D+

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

HINGED FRONT PANEL (OPTIONAL)

E/E+

ØL

HINGED WITH

PADLOCKABLE LATCHES

PART NUMBER

DIMENSIONS

LATCH SPACING

E F I J K L M N O P Q R

HCFG775JICLL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 6.75 4 0.31 0.12 7.5 4.25 4.25 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 171.5 101.6 8 3 190.5 108 108 2 118.5 -

HCFG975JICLL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 8.75 4 0.31 0.12 9.5 4.25 6.26 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 222.2 101.6 8 3 241.2 108 159 2 118.5 -

HCFG1195JICLL1 1.62 4.01 0.37 10.75 6 0.31 0.12 11.5 6.24 8.25 0.08 5.14 Ctr

(mm) 41.2 101.8 9.5 273 152.5 8 3 292 158.5 209.5 2 130.5 -

HCFG13115JICLL2 1.62 4.13 0.37 12.76 8 0.31 0.12 13.5 8.25 10.26 0.08 5.3 7.09

(mm) 41.2 105 9.5 324 203.2 8 3 343 209.5 260.5 2 134.5 180

HCFG15136JICLL2 1.75 4.92 0.5 14.75 10 0.31 0.12 15.51 10.24 12.26 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 125 12.7 374.6 254 8 3 394 260 311.5 2 162.5 243

HCFG17156JICLL2 1.75 5.01 0.5 16.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 17.52 12.24 14.25 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 127.3 12.7 425.5 305 8 3 445 311 362 2 162.5 243

HCFG19179JICLL2 1.75 7.89 0.5 18.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 19.49 14.25 16.26 0.08 9.27 11.25

(mm) 44.4 200.3 12.7 476.2 305 8 3 495 362 413 2 235.5 289

FIBERGLASS

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES - JICNPL

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES WITH STAINLESS STEEL

PADLOCKABLE LATCH(ES) AND 2 NON-METALLIC HINGES

FEATURES

• AllFGJICSeriesenclosuresaredesigned

to meet the Joint Industrial Council (JIC)

standards in the United States.

• FGJIC’saremadefromcorrosionresistanthot

compression molded fiberglass reinforced

polyester and do not contain halogens.

• TheFGJICSeries“JICNPL”enclosuresinclude

one or two stainless steel padlockable latches

to secure one side of the cover to the base

with two non-metallic hinges that secures the

other. Self-tapping screws connect the hinges

to the cover and base.

• Sevensizesareavailablefrom6"x6"

to 18" x 16".

• FGJICenclosuresarecapableofwithstanding

continuous temperatures from -58ºF (-50ºC) up

to 302ºF (150ºC).

• FGJICenclosuresprovideprotectionfor

equipment and operators from indirect

electrical contact.

• AllFGJICenclosuresareULlistedperUL

Standard 508 for NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13;

CSA Certified per Standard C22.2- 0, 0.4, 0.7,

0.6, 94 Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

• MoldedInstrumentWindows

• Aluminum,PaintedSteelornon-metallic

Mounting Plates

• AluminumHingedFrontPlates

• AluminumFrontPlateswithquarterturn

brackets

• MEDVAirVents

• Backpanelstand-offsinfour

different lengths

PART NUMBERS

SCREW COVER

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

INSIDE

DIMENSION

A B C

WT. MOUNTING PLATES*

ALUMINUM STEEL NON-METALLIC

DIMENSIONS FRONT PANELS

PLAIN HINGED

HCFG775JICNPL1 7.31 7.31 4.96 6 6 4.21 2.8 lb A-MP606A A-MP606S A-MP606N 4.88 x 4.88 A-VFP606A A-VFPH606A

(mm) 185.8 185.8 126.0 152.4 152.4 107.0 1.27 kg 124 x 124

HCFG975JICNPL1 9.31 7.31 4.96 8 6 4.21 3.8 lb A-MP806A A-MP806S A-MP806N 6.75 x 4.88 A-VFP806A A-VFPH806A

(mm) 236.6 185.8 126.0 203.2 152.4 107.0 1.72 kg 171 x 124

HCFG1195JICNPL1 11.31 9.31 5.43 10 8 4.69 4.8 lb A-MP1008A A-MP1008S A-MP1008N 8.75 x 6.88 A-VFP1008A A-VFPH1008A

(mm) 287.4 236.6 138.0 254.0 203.2 119.0 2.17 kg 222 x 175

HCFG13115JICNPL2 13.31 11.31 5.59 12 10 4.84 6.3 lb A-MP1210A A-MP1210S A-MP1210N 10.50 x 8.88 A-VFP1210A A-VFPH1210A

(mm) 338.2 287.4 142.0 304.8 254 123.0 2.85 kg 267 x 226

HCFG15136JICNPL2 15.32 13.3 6.7 14 12 5.82 8.6 lb A-MP1412A A-MP1412S A-MP1412N 12.75 x 10.88 A-VFP1412A A-VFPH1412A

(mm) 389 338 170.0 355.6 304.8 147.8 3.90 kg 324 x 276

HCFG17156JICNPL2 17.31 15.31 6.69 16 14 5.82 10.6 lb A-MP1614A A-MP1614S A-MP1614N 14.75 x 12.88 A-VFP1614A A-VFPH1614A

(mm) 439.8 389 170.0 406.4 355.6 147.8 4.80 kg 375 x 327

HCFG19179JICNPL2 19.31 17.31 9.57 18 16 8.69 14.0 lb A-MP1816A A-MP1816S A-MP1816N 16.75 x 14.88 A-VFP1816A A-VFPH1816A

(mm) 490.6 439.8 243.0 457.2 406.4 220.8 6.34 kg 426 x 378

FIBERGLASS

* A aluminum back panel (.080” material thickness)

S painted steel back panel (.060” material thickness)

N non-metallic back panel (.187” material thickness)

FGJIC SERIES - JICNPL

FRONT VIEW-COVER REMOVED

SECTION A-A

C/C+

R/R+

MOUNTING PLATE (OPTIONAL)

J NH PA

FRONT VIEW

END VIEW

D/D+

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

HINGED FRONT PANEL (OPTIONAL)

E/E+

ØL

N-M HINGES

PADLOCKABLE LATCH(ES)

PART NUMBER

DIMENSIONS

LATCH SPACING

E F I J K L M N O P Q R

HCFG775JICNPL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 6.75 4 0.31 0.12 7.5 4.25 4.25 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 171.5 101.6 8 3 190.5 108 108 2 118.5 -

HCFG975JICNPL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 8.75 4 0.31 0.12 9.5 4.25 6.26 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 222.2 101.6 8 3 241.2 108 159 2 118.5 -

HCFG1195JICNPL1 1.62 4.01 0.37 10.75 6 0.31 0.12 11.5 6.24 8.25 0.08 5.14 Ctr

(mm) 41.2 101.8 9.5 273 152.5 8 3 292 158.5 209.5 2 130.5 -

HCFG13115JICNPL2 1.62 4.13 0.37 12.76 8 0.31 0.12 13.5 8.25 10.26 0.08 5.3 7.09

(mm) 41.2 105 9.5 324 203.2 8 3 343 209.5 260.5 2 134.5 180

HCFG15136JICNPL2 1.75 4.92 0.5 14.75 10 0.31 0.12 15.51 10.24 12.26 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 125 12.7 374.6 254 8 3 394 260 311.5 2 162.5 243

HCFG17156JICNPL2 1.75 5.01 0.5 16.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 17.52 12.24 14.25 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 127.3 12.7 425.5 305 8 3 445 311 362 2 162.5 243

HCFG19179JICNPL2 1.75 7.89 0.5 18.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 19.49 14.25 16.26 0.08 9.27 11.25

(mm) 44.4 200.3 12.7 476.2 305 8 3 495 362 413 2 235.5 289

FIBERGLASS

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES - JICNWLL

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FGJIC SERIES WITH STAINLESS STEEL

TWIST LATCH(ES) AND 2 NON-METALLIC HINGES

FEATURES

• AllFGJICSeriesenclosuresaredesigned

to meet the Joint Industrial Council (JIC)

standards in the United States.

• FGJIC’saremadefromcorrosionresistant

hot compression molded fiberglass

reinforced polyester and do not contain

halogens.

• TheFGJICSeries“JICNWLL”enclosures

include one or two stainless steel twist

latches to secure one side of the cover

to the base with two non-metallic hinges

that secures the other. Self-tapping screws

connect the hinges to the cover and base.

• Sevensizesareavailablefrom6"x6"to

18" x 16".

• FGJICenclosuresarecapableof

withstanding continuous temperatures

from -58ºF (-50ºC) up to 302ºF (150ºC).

• FGJICenclosuresprovideprotectionfor

equipment and operators from indirect

electrical contact.

• AllFGJICenclosuresareULlistedperUL

Standard 508 for NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

& 13; CSA Certified per Standard C22.2-

0, 0.4, 0.7, 0.6, 94 Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

& 13.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

• MoldedInstrumentWindows

• Aluminum,PaintedSteelornon-metallic

Mounting Plates

• AluminumHingedFrontPlates

• AluminumFrontPlateswithquarterturn

brackets

• MEDVAirVents

• Backpanelstand-offsinfourdifferent

lengths

PART NUMBERS

N-M HINGES

TWIST LATCH(ES)

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

INSIDE

DIMENSION

A B C

WT. MOUNTING PLATES

ALUMINUM STEEL NON-METALLIC

DIMENSIONS FRONT PANELS

PLAIN HINGED

SCFG775JICNWLL1 7.31 7.31 4.96 6 6 4.21 2.8 lb A-MP606A A-MP606S A-MP606N 4.88 x 4.88 A-VFP606A A-VFPH606A

(mm) 185.8 185.8 126.0 152.4 152.4 107.0 1.27 kg 124 x 124

SCFG975JICNWLL1 9.31 7.31 4.96 8 6 4.21 3.8 lb A-MP806A A-MP806S A-MP806N 6.75 x 4.88 A-VFP806A A-VFPH806A

(mm) 236.6 185.8 126.0 203.2 152.4 107.0 1.72 kg 171 x 124

SCFG1195JICNWLL1 11.31 9.31 5.43 10 8 4.69 4.8 lb A-MP1008A A-MP1008S A-MP1008N 8.75 x 6.88 A-VFP1008A A-VFPH1008A

(mm) 287.4 236.6 138.0 254.0 203.2 119.0 2.17 kg 222 x 175

SCFG13115JICNWLL2 13.31 11.31 5.59 12 10 4.84 6.3 lb A-MP1210A A-MP1210S A-MP1210N 10.50 x 8.88 A-VFP1210A A-VFPH1210A

(mm) 338.2 287.4 142.0 304.8 254 123.0 2.85 kg 267 x 226

SCFG15136JICNWLL2 15.32 13.3 6.7 14 12 5.82 8.6 lb A-MP1412A A-MP1412S A-MP1412N 12.75 x 10.88 A-VFP1412A A-VFPH1412A

(mm) 389 338 170.0 355.6 304.8 147.8 3.90 kg 324 x 276

SCFG17156JICNWLL2 17.31 15.31 6.69 16 14 5.82 10.6 lb A-MP1614A A-MP1614S A-MP1614N 14.75 x 12.88 A-VFP1614A A-VFPH1614A

(mm) 439.8 389 170.0 406.4 355.6 147.8 4.80 kg 375 x 327

SCFG19179JICNWLL2 19.31 17.31 9.57 18 16 8.69 14.0 lb A-MP1816A A-MP1816S A-MP1816N 16.75 x 14.88 A-VFP1816A A-VFPH1816A

(mm) 490.6 439.8 243.0 457.2 406.4 220.8 6.34 kg 426 x 378

FIBERGLASS

* A aluminum back panel (.080” material thickness)

S painted steel back panel (.060” material thickness)

N non-metallic back panel (.187” material thickness)

D10

FGJIC SERIES – JICNWLL

FRONT VIEW-COVER REMOVED

SECTION A-A

C/C+

R/R+

MOUNTING PLATE (OPTIONAL)

J NH PA

FRONT VIEW

END VIEW

D/D+

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

HINGED FRONT PANEL (OPTIONAL)

E/E+

ØL

N-M HINGES

PADLOCKABLE LATCH(ES)

PART NUMBER

DIMENSIONS

LATCH SPACING

E F I J K L M N O P Q R

SCFG775JICNWLL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 6.75 4 0.31 0.12 7.5 4.25 4.25 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 171.5 101.6 8 3 190.5 108 108 2 118.5 -

SCFG975JICNWLL1 1.38 3.76 0.37 8.75 4 0.31 0.12 9.5 4.25 6.26 0.08 4.67 Ctr

(mm) 35.0 95.5 9.5 222.2 101.6 8 3 241.2 108 159 2 118.5 -

SCFG1195JICNWLL1 1.62 4.01 0.37 10.75 6 0.31 0.12 11.5 6.24 8.25 0.08 5.14 Ctr

(mm) 41.2 101.8 9.5 273 152.5 8 3 292 158.5 209.5 2 130.5 -

SCFG13115JICNWLL2 1.62 4.13 0.37 12.76 8 0.31 0.12 13.5 8.25 10.26 0.08 5.3 7.09

(mm) 41.2 105 9.5 324 203.2 8 3 343 209.5 260.5 2 134.5 180

SCFG15136JICNWLL2 1.75 4.92 0.5 14.75 10 0.31 0.12 15.51 10.24 12.26 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 125 12.7 374.6 254 8 3 394 260 311.5 2 162.5 243

SCFG17156JICNWLL2 1.75 5.01 0.5 16.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 17.52 12.24 14.25 0.08 6.4 9.56

(mm) 44.4 127.3 12.7 425.5 305 8 3 445 311 362 2 162.5 243

SCFG19179JICNWLL2 1.75 7.89 0.5 18.75 12.01 0.31 0.12 19.49 14.25 16.26 0.08 9.27 11.25

(mm) 44.4 200.3 12.7 476.2 305 8 3 495 362 413 2 235.5 289

FIBERGLASS

D11

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - 1/4 TURN HANDLE OPENING

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - 1/4 TURN HANDLE OPENING

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FG MILLENNIUM

SERIES WITH FG MILLENNIUM SERIES 1/4 TURN HANDLE

OPENING

FEATURES

• Availableinsevensizes.

• Internalthree-pointclosingsystem

with one-point entry.

• Padlockablelatchesavailable

• Integratedrainshield.

• Temperatureresistance-58ºFto+302ºF

(-50º C to +150º C).

Momentary to +392º F (200º C).

• Seamless,polyurethanegasketin

molded door edge channel.

ACCESSORIES

• DINrails

• Handles

• Key-lockcylinders

• Airvents

* Indicates Single Point Closing System

Add Suffix “HKL” for Keylock Handle

** A aluminum back panel (.080" material thickness)

S painted steel back panel (.060" material thickness)

N non-metallic back panel (.187" material thickness)

PART NUMBER

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

INSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

WT. PART NUMBERS BACK PLATES**

ALUMINUM STEEL NON-METALLIC

DIMENSIONS

HINGED FRONT PANELS**

NON- ALUMINUM

METALLIC

MSDFG1286* 12.4 8.46 6.69 10.83 6.69 5.83 5.25 lb A-ABP1208A A-ABP1208S A-ABP1208N 9.84 x 5.91 A-AFPH1208N A-AFPH1208A

(mm) 315 215 170 275 170 148 2.4 kg (250 x 150)

MSDFG16126* 16.34 12.4 6.69 14.76 10.63 5.83 8.12 lb A-ABP1612A A-ABP1612S A-ABP1612N 13.78 x 9.84 A-AFPH1612N A-AFPH1612A

(mm) 415 315 170 375 270 148 3.7 kg (350 x 250)

MSDFG20169 20.28 16.34 9.06 18.7 14.57 8.11 14.13 lb A-ABP2016A A-ABP2016S A-ABP2016N 17.72 x 13.78 A-AFPH2016N A-AFPH2016A

(mm) 515 415 230 475 370 206 6.4 kg (450 x 350)

MSDFG24169 24.21 16.34 9.06 22.64 14.57 8.11 16.11 lb A-ABP2416A A-ABP2416S A-ABP2416N 21.65 x 13.78 A-AFPH2416N A-AFPH2416A

(mm) 615 415 230 575 370 206 7.3 kg (550 x 350)

MSDFG282110 28.94 21.06 10.63 26.57 18.5 9.68 26.23 lb A-ABP2820A A-ABP2820S A-ABP2820N 25.98 x 17.72 A-AFPH2820N A-AFPH2820A

(mm) 735 535 270 675 470 246 11.9 kg (660 x 450)

MSDFG322511 32.87 25 11.81 30.51 22.44 10.86 35.76 lb A-ABP3325A A-ABP3325S A-ABP3325N 29.53 x 21.65 A-AFPH3325N A-AFPH3325A

(mm) 835 635 300 775 570 276 16.2 kg (750 x 550)

MSDFG403211 40.75 32.87 11.81 38.39 30.31 10.86 51.00 lb A-ABP4032A A-ABP4032S A-ABP4032N 37.40 x 29.53 A-AFPH4032N A-AFPH4032A

(mm) 1035 835 300 975 770 276 23.1 kg (950 x 750)

FIBERGLASS

D12

FRONT VIEW - COVER OPEN 180 DEG.

SECTION A-A VIEW

RIGHT SIDE VIEWFRONT VIEW

END VIEW

REMOVABLE

CHROME PLATED

BRASS HINGE PINS

TOP EDGE

OF BASE

WALL MOUNTING

HOLES .25 4 PLCS.

M8 X .625 2 PLCS.

TOP OF NON-

METALLIC PLATE

hC3 C7 C1

S1 H

FG MILLENNIUM MSDFG1286 MSDFG16126 MSDFG20169 MSDFG24169 MSDFG282110 MSDFG322511 MSDFG403211

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H 12.4 315 16.34 415 20.28 515 24.21 615 28.94 735 32.87 835 40.75 1035

W 8.46 215 12.4 315 16.34 415 16.34 415 21.06 535 25 635 32.87 835

D 6.69 170 6.69 170 9.06 230 9.06 230 10.63 270 11.81 300 11.81 300

INSIDE

DIMENSION

h 10.82 275 14.76 375 18.7 475 22.64 575 26.57 675 30.51 775 38.39 975

w 6.69 170 10.63 270 14.57 370 14.57 370 18.5 470 22.44 570 30.31 770

d 5.83 148 5.83 148 8.11 206 8.11 206 9.68 246 10.86 276 10.86 276

WEIGHT

(lbs) 5.25 8.12 206 14.13 359 16.11 409 26.23 666 35.76 908 51 1295

USER

SPACE

(DOOR)

S1 7.75 197 10 254 14 356 18 457 22 559 26 660 33.75 857

S2 5.25 133 9.25 235 13 330 13 330 16.75 425 21 533 27.25 692

S3 7.75 197 11.75 298 15.25 387 19 483 23 584 27 686 34 864

S4 2.75 70 5.25 133 9.25 235 9.25 235 13 330 17.25 438 25 635

USER

DEPTH

SPACES

d1 0.5 13 0.35 9 0.35 9 0.35 9 0.5 13 0.35 9 0.55 14

d2 1.35 34 1.2 30 1.17 30 1.17 30 1.65 42 1.5 38 1.65 42

E 4.6 117 4.55 116 6.87 174 6.87 174 8.1 206 9.25 235 9.3 236

F 5.4 137 5.4 137 7.7 196 7.7 196 9.25 235 10.45 265 10.45 265

G 6.38 162 6.38 162 8.72 221 8.72 221 10.3 262 11.48 292 11.48 292

MOUNTING

HOLE

CENTERS

C1 11.61 295 15.55 395 19.49 495 23.43 595 - - - - - -

C2 6.1 155 10.04 255 13.98 355 13.98 355 - - - - - -

C3 8.86 225 12.8 325 16.73 425 20.67 525 24.61 625 28.54 725 36.42 925

C4 4.92 125 8.86 225 12.8 325 12.8 325 16.73 425 20.67 525 28.54 725

C5 14.25 362 18.19 462 22.13 562 26.06 662 30.79 782 34.72 882 42.6 1082

C6 6.38 162 10.31 262 14.25 362 14.25 362 18.97 482 22.91 582 30.78 782

C7 10.31 262 14.25 362 18.19 462 22.13 562 26.85 682 30.78 782 38.66 982

C8 10.31 262 14.25 362 18.19 462 18.19 462 22.91 582 26.85 682 34.72 882

VIEWED

WINDOW

V1 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

V2 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

NOTE: = Millimeters

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - 1/4 TURN HANDLE OPENING

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - 1/4 TURN HANDLE OPENING

FIBERGLASS

D13

FRP NEMA TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 FG MILLENNIUM SERIES

WITH 2 PADLOCKABLE LATCHES

FEATURES

• Availableinsevensizes.

• Internalthree-pointclosingsystemwith

one-point entry.

• Padlockablelatchesavailable.

• Integratedrainshield.

• Temperatureresistance-58ºFto+302ºF(-50ºCto+150ºC)

Momentary to +392º F (200º C).

• Seamless,polyurethanegasketinmolded

door edge channel.

• WindowareamadeofLexansealedwith

neoprene gasket.

ACCESSORIES

• DINrails

• Handles

• Key-lockcylinders

• Airvents

PART NUMBER

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

INSIDE

DIMENSION

H W D

WT. PART NUMBERS BACK PLATES*

ALUMINUM STEEL NON-METALLIC

DIMENSIONS

HINGED FRONT PLATES*

NON- ALUMINUM

METALLIC

MSDFG1286PL 12.4 8.46 6.69 10.83 6.69 5.83 5.25 lb A-ABP1208A A-ABP1208S A-ABP1208N 9.84 x 5.91 A-AFPH1208N A-AFPH1208A

(mm) 315 215 170 275 170 148 2.4 kg (250 x 150)

MSDFG16126PL 16.34 12.4 6.69 14.76 10.63 5.83 8.12 lb A-ABP1612A A-ABP1612S A-ABP1612N 13.78 x 9.84 A-AFPH1612N A-AFPH1612A

(mm) 415 315 170 375 270 148 3.7 kg (350 x 250)

MSDFG20169PL 20.28 16.34 9.06 18.7 14.57 8.11 14.13 lb A-ABP2016A A-ABP2016S A-ABP2016N 17.72 x 13.78 A-AFPH2016N A-AFPH2016A

(mm) 515 415 230 475 370 206 6.4 kg (450 x 350)

MSDFG24169PL 24.21 16.34 9.06 22.64 14.57 8.11 16.11 lb A-ABP2416A A-ABP2416S A-ABP2416N 21.65 x 13.78 A-AFPH2416N A-AFPH2416A

(mm) 615 415 230 575 370 206 7.3 kg (550 x 350)

MSDFG282110PL 28.94 21.06 10.63 26.57 18.5 9.68 26.23 lb A-ABP2820A A-ABP2820S A-ABP2820N 25.98 x 17.72 A-AFPH2820N A-AFPH2820A

(mm) 735 535 270 675 470 246 11.9 kg (660 x 450)

MSDFG322511PL 32.87 25 11.81 30.51 22.44 10.86 35.76 lb A-ABP3325A A-ABP3325S A-ABP3325N 29.53 x 21.65 A-AFPH3325N A-AFPH3325A

(mm) 835 635 300 775 570 276 16.2 kg (750 x 550)

MSDFG403211PL 40.75 32.87 11.81 38.39 30.31 10.86 51.00 lb A-ABP4032A A-ABP4032S A-ABP4032N 37.40 x 29.53 A-AFPH4032N A-AFPH4032A

(mm) 1035 835 300 975 770 276 23.1 kg (950 x 750)

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - WITH 2 PADLOCKABLE LATCHES

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - WITH 2 PADLOCKABLE LATCHES FIBERGLASS

** A aluminum back panel (.080" material thickness)

S painted steel back panel (.060" material thickness)

N non-metallic back panel (.187" material thickness)

D14

FRONT VIEW - COVER OPEN 180 DEG.

SECTION A-A VIEW

RIGHT SIDE VIEWFRONT VIEW

END VIEW

REMOVABLE

CHROME PLATED

BRASS HINGE PINS

TOP EDGE

OF BASE

WALL MOUNTING

HOLES .25 4 PLCS.

M8 X .625 2 PLCS.

TOP OF NON-

METALLIC PLATE

hC3 C7 C1

S1 H

304 STAINLESS STEEL

PADLOCK LATCH W/ 3/8

PADLOCK EYE

FG MILLENNIUM MSDFG1286 MSDFG16126 MSDFG20169 MSDFG24169 MSDFG282110 MSDFG322511 MSDFG403211

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

OUTSIDE

DIMENSION

H 12.4 315 16.34 415 20.28 515 24.21 615 28.94 735 32.87 835 40.75 1035

W 8.46 215 12.4 315 16.34 415 16.34 415 21.06 535 25 635 32.87 835

D 6.69 170 6.69 170 9.06 230 9.06 230 10.63 270 11.81 300 11.81 300

INSIDE

DIMENSION

h 10.82 275 14.76 375 18.7 475 22.64 575 26.57 675 30.51 775 38.39 975

w 6.69 170 10.63 270 14.57 370 14.57 370 18.5 470 22.44 570 30.31 770

d 5.83 148 5.83 148 8.11 206 8.11 206 9.68 246 10.86 276 10.86 276

WEIGHT

(lbs) 5.25 8.12 206 14.13 359 16.11 409 26.23 666 35.76 908 51 1295

USER

SPACE

(DOOR)

S1 7.75 197 10 254 14 356 18 457 22 559 26 660 33.75 857

S2 5.25 133 9.25 235 13 330 13 330 16.75 425 21 533 27.25 692

S3 7.75 197 11.75 298 15.25 387 19 483 23 584 27 686 34 864

S4 2.75 70 5.25 133 9.25 235 9.25 235 13 330 17.25 438 25 635

USER

DEPTH

SPACES

d1 0.5 13 0.35 9 0.35 9 0.35 9 0.5 13 0.35 9 0.55 14

d2 1.35 34 1.2 30 1.17 30 1.17 30 1.65 42 1.5 38 1.65 42

E 4.6 117 4.55 116 6.87 174 6.87 174 8.1 206 9.25 235 9.3 236

F 5.4 137 5.4 137 7.7 196 7.7 196 9.25 235 10.45 265 10.45 265

G 6.38 162 6.38 162 8.72 221 8.72 221 10.3 262 11.48 292 11.48 292

MOUNTING

HOLE

CENTERS

C1 11.61 295 15.55 395 19.49 495 23.43 595 - - - - - -

C2 6.1 155 10.04 255 13.98 355 13.98 355 - - - - - -

C3 8.86 225 12.8 325 16.73 425 20.67 525 24.61 625 28.54 725 36.42 925

C4 4.92 125 8.86 225 12.8 325 12.8 325 16.73 425 20.67 525 28.54 725

C5 14.25 362 18.19 462 22.13 562 26.06 662 30.79 782 34.72 882 42.6 1082

C6 6.38 162 10.31 262 14.25 362 14.25 362 18.97 482 22.91 582 30.78 782

C7 10.31 262 14.25 362 18.19 462 22.13 562 26.85 682 30.78 782 38.66 982

C8 10.31 262 14.25 362 18.19 462 18.19 462 22.91 582 26.85 682 34.72 882

VIEWED

WINDOW

V1 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

V2 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - WITH 2 PADLOCKABLE LATCHES

FG MILLENNIUM SERIES - FRP NEMA

TYPE 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 - WITH 2 PADLOCKABLE LATCHES

FIBERGLASS

D15

Universal support

To fit:

– mounting plates (metal or

synthetic)

– cover plates

– copper rail 15 x 3

– copper rail 9 x 6.5

– mounting rail 12 x 2 mm

Symmetrical DIN-profiles

Always suppled with two universal supports

Mounting rail 12 x 2 mm

To fit connection terminal blocks

Always supplied with two universal supports

Partition plates

For full compartimentalization of coupled bases

Fixing brackets

– Stainless steel

– For external fixing points

– Direct fitting through the corner shafts of the base

– To be installed prior to extension frame or hinge installation

– Three optional mounting

positions (0º, 45º, 90º)

Set of four brackets with screws

Air vent

Install two air vents per enclosure to allow ventilation to prevent

condensation.

Set of 2 pieces.

Hinge

Base must be fixed prior to hinge installation

Set of 2 pieces.

Wingnut

For cover screw or hinge

Set of 4 pieces.

Self-tapping screws

For fixation in the base

5 x 13 mm

5 x 16 mm

5 x 22 mm

To fasten components to metallic mounting plates

6 x 16 mm

6 x 22 mm

A-FGVMUS

1 A-FGVMDP08 220

1 A-FGVMDP16 440

1 A-FGVMDP12 320

1 A-FGVMMR08 220

1 A-FGVMMR16 440

1 A-FGVMMR12 320

1 A-FGVMPP08 220

1 A-FGVMPP16 440

1 A-FGVMPP12 320

A-FGVMMB

A-FGSEDV

A-FGVMSH

A-FGVMTG

A-FGVM513

A-FGVM516

A-FGVM522

A-FGVM616

A-FGVM622

FG ACCESSORIES

FG ACCESSORIES FIBERGLASS

D16

End plates

Blind end plates

Combi end plates

Cable entries

Cable stress release

With one clamp (¯ max. of cable: 75 mm)

A-FGVMEP08 220

A-FGVMEP16 440

A-FGVMEP12 320

A-FGVMEP08K3 220 3 x PG 29

A-FGVMEP12K6 320 6 x PG29

A-FGVMEP12K7 320 3 x PG42 + 4 x PG16

A-FGVMEP12K22 320 22 x PG13.5

A-FGVMEP12K10 320 4 x PG29 + 2 x PG21 + 4 x PG16

A-FGVMEP12K16 320 16 x PG16

A-FGVMEP12K12 320 8 x PG21 + 4 x PG16

A-FGVMEP16K26 440 26 x PG16

A-FGVMEP16K14 440 4 x PG29 + 4 x PG21 + 6 x PG16

A-FGVMEP08K5 220 1 x PG42 + 4 x PG16

A-FGVMCAE12 320 Ø max. of cable: 2 x 75 mm

A-FGVMCAE16 440 Ø max. of cable: 3 x 75 mm

A-FGVMCAS12 320

A-FGVMCAS16 440

Cable clamp

To mount on cable stress release

(¯ max. of cable: 75 mm)

Bridges

For large cross-section cables

Coupling key

For base coupling

Coupling sets

To couple 2 sides of 220 mm to one side of 440 mm

With mounting accessories

Coupling clamp

For coupling in special cases

A-FGVMCAC

A-FGVMBR12

A-FGVMCK

A-FGVMCS

320

A-FGVMBR16 440

A-FGVMCOC

FG ACCESSORIES

FIBERGLASS

D17

Mounting Hardware

A-FGANMFSS set of 4 mtg feet

304 stainless steel

A-FGANNMF set of 4 mtg feet

in polyamide (non-metallic)

Locks

interchangeable

(supplied with 1 key)

A-FGKLCSP .12 (3mm)

A-FGKLCSQ8 .31 (8 mm)

A-FGKLCT8 .31 (8mm)

A-FGKLCT11 .43 (11mm)

A-FGKLCDB3 .12 (3 mm)

Other locks on request

Handles

A-FGAHN

neutral handle

A-FGAHKL

Small keylock handle

2 keys 2432E

A-FGAHNM

Semi-flush neutral handle

A-FGAHNMKL

Semi-flush keylock handle

Key cylinder lock included

A-FGAHNMPL

Semi-flush padlockable handle

Ventilators

A-FGRDV

Set of two ventilation grids

Mtg. Hole ¯ 1.40”

Color: White

Hinge supports

A-FGAFPH

set of 2 hinge supports for cover plate

ENCLOSURE HEIGHT SMALL LARGE

(H) SIDE (S) SIDE (L)

MSDFG1286 5 4.25 7.25

MSDFG16126 5.5 7 11

MSDFG20169 7.5 11 15

MSDFG24169 7.5 11 19

MSDFG282110 8.5 15 20.25

MSDFG322511 9.75 19 24

Usable Space

Document pocket - DIN A4

Self-adhesive

A-1021.020 (PPS) 8.27 x 5.12 x .50

A-1031.010 (PPD) 9.00 x 8.50 x 1.00

Color: Beige

Carrying Handle

A-FG41270.070 (CH)

Height 1.97

Width reinforcement rib + screws

Made of Vyncolite

Color: Black

Air vents

Two air vents must be mounted per

enclosure to ensure sufficient air

circulation and prevent condensation

water.

Complete with template and screws.

Air vents are preferably mounted in

the upper and lower part of the base.

A-FG10000.010 (MEDV)

Set of 2 pieces in polyamide

Color: Grey

A-FGSEDV

Small drain vent set of 2 pieces

in polyamide

Color: Grey

FG ACCESSORIES

FG ACCESSORIES FIBERGLASS

A-FGABPDA

Set of 4 back plate

depth adjusters

Pressure Compensation Plug

A-FGPCP

Polycarbonate/ABS plug

Mtg. Hole 1.50"

Color: Beige

D17

D18

NOTES

THERMAL MANAGEMENT

Thermal Management

NOTES

Air Conditioning

Designed for

Industrial Electrical Enclosures

NEMA Type

COOLING TECHNOLOGY

AIR

CONDITIONING

The Technology of Cooling...

Ever since components have been made to control electro-

technical tasks, heat loss has been a subject to take into

consideration. Sometimes more, sometimes less. Major

problems with heat caused excessive dust accumulation

in electronic equipment because the doors were left open

during the summer to allow the equipment to cool down. This

can result in fluctuations in temperature. This leads to stress

situations that considerably reduced the service life of electronic

components (see chart).

Three Basic Cooling Methods

When selecting a cooling method there are three types to

consider:

• Natural Convection - If there is only a minimal heat gain in

your application, use of louvers or grills with filters can be

effective. This method, however, usually provides less cooling

effect than is necessary with today’s components.

• Forced Convection Air Cooling - If the installation will be

inaclean,non-hazardousenvironmentwithanacceptable

ambient (outside the enclosure) temperature range, a simple

forced-aircoolingsystemutilizingoutsideairisusually

adequate. Combined with an air filter, such devices generally

meet the heat removal needs of typical electronic equipment

and many electrical applications. Example of forced

convection air coolings are Filterfans® and Box Fans.

• Closed-Loop Cooling - In harsh environments involving high

temperatures, wash-down requirements, heavy particulate

matter or the presence of chemicals capable of damaging

components (NEMA 4 or 12 environments), ambient air must

be kept out of the enclosure. Closed-loop cooling consists

of two separate circulation systems. One system seals out

the ambient air, cooling and recirculating clean, cool air

throughout the enclosure. The second system uses ambient

air or water to remove and discharge the heat. Examples of

closed loop cooling equipment employed with electronics

and process controls are cooling units and heat exchangers.

Cooling by Natural Convection

If the ambient temperature is lower than the

temperature inside the electronic cabinet, the

dissipated heat escapes into the atmosphere

throughout the surface of the electronic cabinet.

The following simple equation is used to calculate

the level of heat radiated from the electronic cabinet:

PR(W) =

• Pr[Watt]: Radiation Power: Thermal power radiated

from the surface area of the electronic cabinet into

the ambience into the electronic cabinet.

• c[W/m

K]: Coefficient of heat transmission:

Radiation power per 1m2 surface area and

is difference in temperature. This constant is

determined by the material:

Sheet steel - 5.5 W/m2K

Stainless steel - 3.7 W/m2K

Aluminum - 12.0 W/m2K

Plastic - 0.2 W/m2K

• A[m

]: Surface area of electronic cabinet: Effective

surface area of a electronic cabinet measured

according to the specifications of VDE0660,

Part 506.

•

T (K): Difference between ambient air temperature

and inside air temperature.

Rules of Thumb:

• Limited to roughly +25° F rise above ambient -

In general, the temperature rise inside the enclosure

wouldberoughly+25°Futlizingnaturalconvection.

• No moving parts - By eliminating external fans,

youcreateazeromaintenanceapplication

• No dirt - Utilizingexhaustfilterspreventsdirtfrom

entering cabinet, dirt can damage electronics as fast

as heat!

COOLING TECHNOLGY

COOLING TECHNOLOGY

AIR

CONDITIONING

Follow this simple equation for calculating the

required airflow:

V = 1.82 (Pd) [CFM]

ΔT

• V[CFM]: Airflow volume of Filterfan®.

• Pd[Watt]: Dissipation loss: Thermal power generated

inside a cabinet by the dissipation loss of the

components.

• ΔT: Difference in temperature between the

ambience and inside the electronic cabinet.

How to Rate CFM in Filterfans®

CFM1 - Fan only rating

CFM2 - Fan with filter and louver rating (free flow)

CFM3 - System rating with exhaust

(includes static pressure drop)

Model No. CFM1 CFM2 CFM3

PF11000 36 17 11

PF22000 105 38 28

PF32000 105 65 38

PF42500 121 94 67

PF43000 224 169 142

PF65000 489 297 230

PF66000 1024 462 295

PF 67000 1250 560 368

NOTE: Always calculate cooling capacity of Filterfans®

with the CFM3 value.

Cooling with Filterfans®

When Utilizing Filterfans®

Always use the Filterfan® to propel the cool ambient air into

enclosure. This ensures that slight positive pressure builds up

inside the electronic cabinet in comparison to the ambience and

that only air filtered by the Filterfan® flows into the enclosure. The

air propelled into the cabinet displaces the warm air which exits

through the exhaust filter. If, however, the air is drawn out of the

electronic cabinet by suction power, unfiltered air can also enter

through poor seals and cable entries.

If you install a combination of Filterfan®/exhaust filter, fit the

Filterfan® in the lower third of the electronic cabinet if possible. The

exhaust filter must be installed as near to the top as possible

to prevent heat pockets in the upper part of the cabinet. Install a

FLZ 530 thermostat to

control your Filterfan®.

This will increase the

life of the fan and

decrease the amount

of maintenance

required to clean

the filters.

Rules of Thumb:

• Limited to roughly +10F rise above ambient - In

general, the temperature rise inside the enclosure

would be roughly +10F.

• Multiple configurations possible - Filterfans can be

located in a number of locations within complex

enclosure configuations.

• Size fans to include static pressure - Understanding

how static pressure effects the performace of a fan is

veryimportantwhensizingFilterfans,seechartbelow!

Exhaust

Pressurizing

Forced Convection

Methods

Forced Convection Method

Pressurizing & Exhaust

COOLING TECHNOLOGY

AIR

CONDITIONING

Cooling with Closed Loop Cooling Units

Pfannenberg cooling units operate on the principle of the

Carnot cycle. This means that the cooling unit functions as a

heat pump that “pumps” the thermal energy transferred from

the electronic cabinet (heat dissipated from the components)

up to a higher level of temperature (the ambient temperature

can reach levels as high as +131°F). The air inside the

enclosure is cooled down by the evaporator and at

the same time dehumidified.

Cooling units are used if:

•Theoutsideaircannotbeusedforcooling.

•Therequiredtemperatureinsidetheenclosureshouldbe

equal-to or lower-than the required ambient temperature.

•Theambientairisextremelyoilyordirty.

Steps for sizing a cooling unit - Proper selection of an

cooling unit is determined by the following criteria:

•RequiredcoolingcapacityinBTU/hrorwatts.

•Mountingrequirements(side,integratedortopmount).

•Dimensionsofcoolingunitandenclosure.

Follow this simple equation for calculating the required

cooling capacity:

Pc = Pd - Pr

• Pc[Watt]: Refrigeration capacity of a cooling unit.

• Pd[Watt]: Dissipation loss: Thermal power generated inside

a cabinet by the dissipation loss of the components.

• Pr[Watt]: Radiate heat gain/loss: Heat transfer through the

skin of the enclosure (insulation factor not included)

Pr = C * A * ΔT

• C: Coefficient of heat transfer

• A: Enclosure surface Area.

•

T: Difference in temperature between the ambience and

inside the electronic cabinet.

Utilizing performance curves to properly

size cooling units:

PfannenbergutilizestheDINstandard95/95°F(35/35°C)

when rating our cooling units. Many other companies use

125/125° F, which provides a higher, non-usable value.

Customers should use their own application temperatures to

determine the proper cooling capacity of the system.

Important information when utilizing cooling units:

•Therefrigerationcapacityshouldexceedthedissipation

loss from the installed components by approximately 10%.

•Theenclosureshouldbesealedtopreventtheinflow

of ambient air.

•Usethedoorcontactswitchtoimpedeoperationwith

open doors and consequent excessive accumulation of

condensation.

•Usecoolingunitswithmaximumclearancebetweenair

inflow and air outflow to prevent poor circulation.

•Makesurethattheairinflowandairoutflowintheexternal

circuit is not hindered, preventing proper heat exchanging

at the condenser.

•Whenusingtop-mountedcoolingunits,makesurethat

components with their own fans do not expel the air

directly into the cooling unit’s cool air outflow. Make sure

unit is level.

•Settingthetemperaturetothelowestsettingisnotthe

optimal solution due to condensation issues. The value we

have preset on the cooling unit is a sound compromise

between cooling the inside of the enclosure and the

accumulation of condensation.

Rules of Thumb:

• Only method for reducing cabinet temperature below

ambient - If the ambient temperature is greater than

the target internal temperature of the enclosure, active

cooling is required.

• Applications from NEMA Type 12 to 4X - Closed loop

systems can maintain the NEMA Type rating of the

cabinet.

• Designer must size per ambient temperatures - By

utilizingperformancecharts,besuretocorrectlysize

your system!

Closed Loop Cooling

Closed

Loop

Cooling

AIR

CONDITIONING

COOLING TECHNOLGY

TYPE Cooling Capacity

Btu/h Rated voltage Dimensions H x W x D

Inches (mm)

Approvals

Page

UL cUL GOST CSA CE

DTS 1200 900 - 1200 115 V / 230 V 13 (330) x 14.76 (375) x 7.48 (190) E8

DTS 2000 1500 - 2000 115 V / 230 V 17.52 (445) x 12.4 (315) x 10.04 (255) E10

DTS 3041 2000 - 3000 115 V / 230 V 20.16 x 10.08 x 10.79 (512 x 256 x 274) E12

DTS 3141 3000 - 4000 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 29.45 x 15.55 x 11.57 (748 x 395 x 294) E14

DTS 3145 5000 - 6000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 36 (914) x 12 (305) x 12 (302) E16

DTS 3241 7000 - 8500 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 47.60 x 15.55 x 12.83 (1209 x 395 x 326) E18

DTS 3245 9000 - 12000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 53 (1347) x 16.2 (411) x 11.9 (301) E20

DTS 3341 12000 - 14000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 59.13 x 15.87 x 18.42 (1502 x 403 x 468) E22

DTS 3541 16000 - 18000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 59.13 x 19.02 x 21.02 (1502 x 483 x 534) E24

DTS 3641 20000 - 24000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 65.63 x 19.02 x 25.53 (1667 x 483 x 623) E26

DTT Series Top Mount NEMA 12 Cooling Units

DTT 6101 1200 - 2000 115 V / 230 V 17.13 x 23.43 x 15.55 (435 x 595 x 395) E28

DTT 6201 2500 - 4000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 17.13 x 23.43 x 15.55 (435 x 595 x 395) E28

DTT 6301 4000 - 5500 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 17.13 x 23.43 x 19.49 (435 x 595 x 495) E30

DTT 6401 5500 - 7000 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 17.13 x 23.43 x 19.49 (435 x 595 x 495) E30

DTT 6601 7000 - 10000 460 V 19.09 x 31.30 x 22.64 (485 x 795 x 575) E32

DTT 6801 12000 - 14000 460 V 19.09 x 31.30 x 22.64 (485 x 795 x 575) E32

DTS Series Outdoor Cooling Units - NEMA Type 3R/4

DTS 3061 2000 - 3000 115 V / 230 V 20.16 x 10.08 x 10.79 (512 x 256 x 274) E34

DTS 3161 3000 - 4000 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 29.45 x 15.55 x 11.57 (748 x 395 x 294) E36

DTS 3165 5000 - 7000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 36 (914) x 12 (305) x 12 (302) E38

DTS 3261 7000 - 8500 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 47.60 x 15.55 x 12.83 (1209 x 395 x 326) E40

DTS 3265 9000 - 12000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 53 (1347) x 16.2 (411) x 11.9 (301) E42

DTS 3361 12000 - 14000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 59.13 x 15.87 x 18.42 (1502 x 403 x 468) E44

DTS 3561 16000 - 18000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 59.13 x 19.02 x 21.02 (1502 x 483 x 534) E46

DTS 3661 20000 - 24000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 65.63 x 19.02 x 25.53 (1667 x 483 x 623) E48

DTS Series Washdown Cooling Units - NEMA Type 4/4X

DTS 3081 2000 - 3000 115 V / 230 V 20.16 x 10.08 x 10.79 (512 x 256 x 274) E50

DTS 3181 3000 - 4000 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 29.45 x 15.55 x 11.57 (748 x 395 x 294) E52

DTS 3185 5000 - 7000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 36 (914) x 12 (305) x 12 (302) E54

DTS 3281 7000 - 8500 115 V / 230 V / 460 V 47.60 x 15.55 x 12.83 (1209 x 395 x 326) E56

DTS 3285 9000 - 12000 115 V / 230 V / 400/ 460 V 53 (1347) x 16.2 (411) x 11.9 (301) E58

DTS 3381 12000 - 14000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 59.13 x 15.87 x 18.42 (1502 x 403 x 468) E60

DTS 3581 16000 - 18000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 59.13 x 19.02 x 21.02 (1502 x 483 x 534) E62

DTS 3681 20000 - 24000 230 V / 400 V / 460 V 65.63 x 19.02 x 25.53 (1667 x 483 x 623) E64

Thermal-Electric Peltier Indoor Cooling Units

PTM 100 100 W 24 VDC 14.45 (367) x 7.13 (181) x 8.9 (226) E67

PTM 150 150 W 24 VDC 19.49 (495) x 7.13 (181) x 8.9 (226) E67

PTM 500 500 W 24 VDC or 230 VAC 38.62 (981) x 13.31 (338) x 8.66 (220) E67

available pending

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

Speciﬁcations are subject to change without notice. Suitability of this product for its intended use and any associated risks must be determined by the end customer/buyer in its ﬁnal application.

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 1200 (900-1200 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 1200 UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS1200115V DTS1200230V

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY)

DTS12002115V/7035 DTS12002230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

115 230 VAC

FREQUENCY

60 50 / 60 HZ

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

900 - 1200 BTU/H

POWER CONSUMPTION

200 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

2.2 1.3 A

STARTING CURRENT

15.7 9.5

FLOW VOLUME (ACTUAL) CONDENSER

230 (391) CFM

(M3/H)

EVAPORATOR

106 (180)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

6.6' Cord with Plug 6.6' Cord

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

<62 DB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

40 (18) LB (KG)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45

factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

280 G

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

Drain Line Included

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO EN 60529

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN

galvanized sheet steel

•MaintainsaNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•RecognizedtoUL484,categoryACVS2/8,ULFile#SA10300

•CEapprovedforEuropeanuse

•Compactsidemountdesignforsmallenclosuresorhotspot

cooling for larger enclosures

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,

easily painted to match enclosure

•Usesamechanicalthermostatcontrol

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

FILTER

1 FLT/COOL

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

Speciﬁcations are subject to change without notice. Suitability of this product for its intended use and any associated risks must be determined by the end customer/buyer in its ﬁnal application.

AIR

CONDITIONING

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 1200 (900-1200 BTU/H)

Dimensions

DTS 1200

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 1200

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 825 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

Speciﬁcations are subject to change without notice. Suitability of this product for its intended use and any associated risks must be determined by the end customer/buyer in its ﬁnal application.

E10

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 2000 (1700-2000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

•MaintainsaNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•RecognizedtoUL484,categoryACVS2/8,ULFile#SA10300

•CEapprovedforEuropeanuse

•Compactsidemountdesignforsmallenclosuresor

hot spot cooling for larger enclosures

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,

easily painted to match enclosure

•Usesamechanicalthermostatcontrol

•Condensateevaporatortraybuilt-in

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

FILTER

1 FLT/COOL

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 2000 UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS2000115V DTS2000230V

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY)

DTS2000115V/7035 DTS2000230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

115 230 VAC

FREQUENCY

60 50 / 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

1700 - 2000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

270 230 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

2.9 1.3 A

STARTING CURRENT

13.8 9.5

FLOW VOLUME (ACTUAL) CONDENSER

230 (391) CFM

(m3/h)

EVAPORATOR

230 (391)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

6.6' Cord with Plug 6.6' Cord

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

<62 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

51 (23) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45

factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

300 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

Drain Line Included

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO EN 60529

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN

galvanized sheet steel

E11

AIR

CONDITIONING

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 2000 (1700-2000 BTU/H)

Dimensions

DTS 2000

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 2000

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 1850 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

E12

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3041 (2000-3000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3041 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3041230VSP DTS3041230V/7035SP DTS3041115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3041230V/SP DTS3041230V/7035 DTS3041115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50/60 60* 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

2000 - 3000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

690 724 950 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

5.2 3.3 7.9

STARTING CURRENT

28 14.4 29.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

191 (325) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

88 (148)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 10 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

cord with molded plug

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 64 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

51 (23) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45

factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

Integrated Condensate Management System with Condensate Drain

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

•Compactdesign,idealforsmallcontrolcabinetsorforthecooling

of hot spots in larger control cabinets

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•Logicconnectorfordoorcontactinputandactivealarm

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

E13

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3041 (2000-3000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

Dimensions

DTS 3041

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3041

Dimension inches (mm)

X10.9 (256)

Y20.2 (512)

Z10.8 (274)

A 6.0 (152)

B 9.1 (230)

C 8.3 (210)

D 1.0 (26)

E 8.0 (203)

F 8.9 (226)

G 9.4 (238)

H .06 (14)

I 3.0 (76)

Mounting holes Ø 7.9 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 2660 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

E14

DATA DTS 3141 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3141460V DTS3141230V DTS3141115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3141460V7035 DTS3141230V/7035 DTS3141115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

460 1Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO EN

14511

3000 - 4000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

860 860 950 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

1.9 3.9 7.9

STARTING CURRENT

8 14.9 29.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE

FLOW)

INTERNAL

350 (206) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

350 (206)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

5 10 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 70 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

95 (43) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C); stainless steel on request

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (460 v).

•Long internal air path captures heat above components and provides

cool air below

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•StandardController(SC)withactivealarmanddoorcontactinput

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3141 (3000-4000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH0

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E15

Dimensions

DTS 3141

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3141

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.6 (395)

Y29.3 (748)

Z11.6 (294)

A11.8 (300)

B12.2 (310)

C 2.2 (56)

D11.5 (292)

E 1.0 (25)

F 9.0 (229)

G 1.5 (38)

H 3.2 (81)

I14.2 (360)

J10.1 (257)

K 1.3 (34)

L 7.9 (200)

M 3.2 (80)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 3950 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3141 (3000-4000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E16

•Long internal air path captures heat above components and

provides cool air below

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•StandardController(SC)withactivealarmanddoorcontactinput

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•12"Widthfitsstandard12"NEMAenclosuredepth

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3145 (5000-7000 BTU/H)

TY[E 12 –COOLING UNIT – DTS 3145 (5000-7000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH6

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3145 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3145460V DTS3145230V DTS3145115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3145460V/7035 DTS3145230V/7035 DTS3145115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50/60 60* 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

5000 - 7000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1283 1020 1000 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3 4.5 8.5 A

STARTING CURRENT

8 10 16

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

341 (580) 341 (580) 365 (620) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 70 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

108 (49) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

900 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (460 v).

E17

Dimensions

DTS 3145

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3145

Electrical enclosure

internal temperature T i

025 30 35 40 45 50 55

Ambient temperature T A

°C

°F

77 86 95 104 113 122 131

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

6850

1700

3400

5100

8550

BTU W

+45°C/113° F

+35°C/95° F

+25°C/77° F

Dimension inches (mm)

X12 (304)

Y36 (914)

Z12 (304)

A17 (430)

B10.4 (264)

C4.7 (118)

D.30 (8)

E8.5 (216)

F8.5 (216)

G1.3 (32)

H.5 (13)

I3.2 (80)

J11 (279)

K 9 (228)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 6140 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3145 (5000-7000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E18

•Longinternalairpathcapturesheatabovecomponentsandprovides

cool air below

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•HighprotectionsystemIP56,maintenance-free

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Condensateevaporatortraybuilt-in

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3241 (7000-8500 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH1

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3145 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3241460V DTS3241230V DTS3241115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3241460V/7035 DTS3241230V/7035 DTS3241115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 50 / 60 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

7000 - 8500 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1400 1425 1680 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.5 6.3 14.6 A

STARTING CURRENT

10 21.8 53

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

580 (985) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

580 (985)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

5 15 25 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

119 (54) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

700 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (460 v).

E19

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3241

Dimensions

DTS 3241

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.6 (395)

Y47.6 (1209)

Z12.8 (326)

A13.8 (350)

B13.0 (330)

C 3.9 (100)

D11.5 (292)

E .59 (15)

F 9.0 (229)

G 1.5 (38)

H 6.4 (162)

I14.2 (360)

J21.5 (545)

K 1.4 (34)

L 7.9 (200)

M 3.2 (80)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 7850 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3241 (7000-8500 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

LMG

E20

•Longinternalairpathcapturesheatabovecomponentsandprovides

cool air below

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•HighprotectionsystemIP56,maintenance-free

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Condensateevaporatortraybuilt-in

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3245 (9000-12000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH7

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3245 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3245460V DTS3245230V DTS3245115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3245460V/7035 DTS3245230V/7035 DTS3245115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50/60 60* 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

9000 - 12000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1700 1600 1600 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

2.6 7 14.2

STARTING CURRENT

8 10 20

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

25 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

150 (68) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1200 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E21

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3245

Dimensions

DTS 3245

Dimension inches (mm)

X16.0 (406)

Y53.0 (1347)

Z11.9 (301)

A16.8 (427)

B11 (280)

C 5.3 (135)

D13.7 (348)

E .98 (25)

F .35 (9)

G13.0 (330)

H21.1 (537)

I 1.4 (35)

J 3.6 (92)

K 5.0 (126)

L 8.2 (209)

M 7.8 (198)

N 7.6 (192)

O 8.4 (214)

P4.5 (114)

Q10.5 (267)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 10875 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3245 (9000-12000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E22

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•StandardController(SC)withactivealarmanddoorcontactinput

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3341 (12000-14000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH2

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3341 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3341460V DTS3341230V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3341460V/7035 DTS3341230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400/460 3Ø 230 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

12000 - 14000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1200 / 1600 1872 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.6 8.5

STARTING CURRENT

16 51

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

788 (1400) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

991 (1685)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

5 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 72 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

214 (97) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1000 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E23

Dimensions

DTS 3341

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3341

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.9 (403)

Y59.1 (1502)

Z18.4 (468)

A23.2 (590)

B11.2 (285)

C 6.3 (160)

D12.2 (310)

E12.8 (325)

F 8.5 (216)

G11.0 (280)

H 1.0 (26)

I13.8 (350)

J 6.9 (175)

K11.0 (280)

L13.4 (340)

M .79 (20)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 11250 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3341 (12000-14000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E24

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air, eliminating

hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•StandardController(SC)withactivealarmanddoorcontactinput

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3541 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH3

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3541 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3541460V DTS3541230V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3541460V/7035 DTS3541230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

16000 - 18000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1365 / 1815 2240 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

4.4 11.5

STARTING CURRENT

16 49.3

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

788 (1340) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1480 (2380)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

10 20 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 72 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

221 (100) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1200 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E25

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3541

Dimensions

DTS 3541

Dimension inches (mm)

X19.0 (483)

Y59.1 (1502)

Z21.0 (534)

A23.2 (590)

B11.2 (285)

C 5.9 (150)

D15.0 (380)

E 2.7 (67.5)

F 8.5 (216)

G11.0 (280)

H 1.0 (26)

I16.5 (420)

J 8.3 (210)

K12.2 (310)

L12.6 (320)

M .79 (20)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis),

@ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 15250 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3541 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E26

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType12sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•StandardController(SC)withactivealarmanddoorcontactinput

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3641 (20000-24000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/MESH4

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3641 (NEMA TYPE 12) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3641460V DTS3641230V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3641460V/7035 DTS3641230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

20000 - 24000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

2000/2620 3142 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

6.3 16.9

STARTING CURRENT

25 84

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

1613 (2740) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1613 (2740)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

15 30 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

230 (105) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1300 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E27

Dimensions

DTS 3641

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3641

Dimension inches (mm)

X19.0 (483)

Y65.6 (1667)

Z24.5 (623)

A 25 (635)

B13.8 (350)

C11.2 (285)

D10.2 (260)

E 1.4 (35)

F 9.5 (240)

G13.8 (350)

H 5.5 (139)

I16.5 (420)

J 8.3 (210)

K16.7 (425)

L 1.1 (28.5)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis),

@ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 20500 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 12 – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3641 (20000-24000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E28

•Productvariety:3installationsizesand6performances

•4-foldprotectionagainstcondensatewithpatentedcondensate

management system

•Tool-lessmountingandmaintenanceduetoquick-release

mounting frame

•Service-friendly:completecoverremovabletowardsthefront,

easily accessible filter mats and control elements in front area.

•Energyefficiency:around20%savingonenergythankstothe

use of more effective, lighter components

•Energyefficiency:optionalmulti-controllerwithenergy-saving

operation mode

•ULcertification

•Designandcolormatching:perfectmixtureoffunctionality

and design

TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTT 6201 DTT 6101 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTT6201460V DTT6201230V DTT6201115V DTT6101230V DTT6101115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 1Ø 230 1151230 1151VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

2500 - 4000 1200 - 2000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

706 / 845 663 / 805 8771458 / 532 5691W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

1.5 / 1.8 3.39 / 3.83 8.0512.2 / 2.4 5.21

STARTING CURRENT

8.5 / 9.3 14.8223.01

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

335 / 343 (570 / 582) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1071 / 1159 (1820 / 1970)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

6 10 20 10 20 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal included with plug

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 62 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

90 (41) 77 (35) 73 (33) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 g

DUTY CYCLE

100%

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO EN 60529

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

1 FILTER/FLUTED

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E29

Dimensions

DTT 6201 / DTT 6101

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTT 6201 DTT 6101

Dimension inches (mm)

X23.4 (595)

Y17.0 (434)

Z15.6 (395)

A10.6 (270)

B18.7 (475)

C11.9 (303)

D11.5 (292)

E3.30 (85)

F0.55 (14)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 3400 (DTT 6201 ) or 1700 (DTT 6101)Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



AIR

CONDITIONING

E30

•Productvariety:3installationsizesand6performances

•4-foldprotectionagainstcondensatewithpatentedcondensate

management system

•Tool-lessmountingandmaintenanceduetoquick-release

mounting frame

•Service-friendly:completecoverremovabletowardsthefront,

easily accessible filter mats and control elements in front area.

•Energyefficiency:around20%savingonenergythankstothe

use of more effective, lighter components

•ULcertification

•Designandcolormatching:perfectmixtureoffunctionality

and design

TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

FLUTED FILTER

1 FILTER/FLUTED

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTT 6401 DTT 6301 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTT6401460V DTT6401230V DTT6401115V DTT6301460V DTT6301230V DTT6301115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 1151400 / 460 1Ø 230 1151VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 HZ

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

5500 - 7000 4000 - 5500 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1300 / 1598 1049 / 1275 18941962 / 1150 980 / 1140 10271W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

2.3 / 2.4 5.1 / 5.5 16.513.1 / 3.2 6.3 / 6.4 10.81

STARTING CURRENT

10 / 12 16.823419.8219.72321

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE

FLOW)

INTERNAL

521 / 583 (885 / 990) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1071 / 1159 (1820 / 1970)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

6 10 20 6 10 20 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal included with plug

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 62 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

112 (51) 101 (46)

97 (44)

111 (50.5) 99 (45)

88 (40)

lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45 ; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

750

725

DUTY CYCLE

100%

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

integrated condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO EN 60529

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

E31

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTT 6401 DTT 6301

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 6820 (DTT 6401) or 5100 (DTT 6301) Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Dimensions

DTT 6401 / DTT 6301

Dimension inches (mm)

X23.4 (595)

Y17.1 (435)

Z19.5 (495)

A15.6 (395)

B19.5 (495)

C16.5 (418)

D11.5 (292)

E10.1 (256)

F .45 (11.5)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNIT



AIR

CONDITIONING

E32

•Productvariety:3installationsizesand6performances

•4-foldprotectionagainstcondensatewithpatentedcondensate

management system

•Tool-lessmountingandmaintenanceduetoquick-release

mounting frame

•Service-friendly:completecoverremovabletowardsthefront,

easily accessible filter mats and control elements in front area.

•Energyefficiency:around20%savingonenergythanks

to the use of more effective, lighter components

•ULcertification

•Designandcolormatching:perfectmixtureoffunctionality

and design

TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNITS



TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNITS



AIR

CONDITIONING

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

FLUTED FILTER

1 FILTER/FLUTED

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

1 CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTT 6801 DTT 6601 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTT6801460V DTT6601460V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 400 / 460 3Ø V

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

12000 - 14000 7000 - 10000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1618 / 2050 1700 / 2100 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.4 / 3.5 2.45 / 2.49

STARTING CURRENT

17.1 / 19.5 8.9 / 9.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

836 - 900 (1420 / 1530) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1159 - 1283 (1970 / 2180)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 10 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal included with plug

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 62 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT

PACKAGING)

170 (77) 165 (75) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45 ; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1500 1350 g

DUTY CYCLE

100%

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

integrated condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO EN 60529

NEMA 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

E33

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTT 6801 DTT 6601

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 13648 (DTT 6801) or 10250 (DTT 6601) Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Dimensions

DTT 6801 / DTT 6601

Dimension inches (mm)

X31.3 (795)

Y19.1 (485)

Z22.6 (575)

A15.4 (392)

B27.2 (692)

C16.5 (420)

D13.4 (340)

E 7.9 (200)

F.55 (14)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNITS



TOP MOUNTED COOLING UNITS



AIR

CONDITIONING

E34

DATA DTS 3061 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3061230VSP DTS3061230V DTS3061115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3061230VSP/7035 DTS3061230V/7035 DTS3061115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 230 115 VAC

50/60 60* 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

2000 - 3000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

690 724 950 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

5.2 3.3 7.9

STARTING CURRENT

28 14.4 29.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

191 (325) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

88 (148)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 10 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

cord with molded plug

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 64 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

51 (23) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45

factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 228 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

Integrated Condensate Management System with Condensate Drain

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

•Compactdesign,idealforsmallcontrolcabinetsandlargercontrol

cabinets for the cooling of hot spots

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER

CONDENSATE BOTTLE

FILTER/MESH

CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3061 (2000-3000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E35

Dimensions

DTS 3061

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3061

Dimension inches (mm)

X 10.1 (256)

Y 20.2 (512)

Z 10.8 (274)

A 6.0 (152)

B 9.1 (230)

C 8.3 (210)

D 1.0 (26)

E 8.0 (203)

F 8.9 (226)

G 9.4 (238)

H .06 (14)

I 3.0 (76)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 2660 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3061 (2000-3000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E36

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3161 (3000-4000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3161 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3161460V DTS3161230V DTS3161115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3161460V/7035 DTS3161230V/7035 DTS3161115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

460 1Ø 230 115 VAC

50 / 60 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

3000 - 4000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

860 860 950 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

1.9 3.9 7.9

STARTING CURRENT

8 14.9 29.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

350 (206) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

350 (206)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

5 10 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 70 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

95 (43) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C); stainless steel on request

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH0

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

E37

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3161

Dimensions

DTS 3161

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.55 (395)

Y29.33 (748)

Z11.57 (294)

A11.81 (300)

B12.2 (310)

C2.2 (56)

D11.5 (292)

E.98 (25)

F9 (228.6)

G1.5 (38.1)

H3.19 (81)

I14.17 (360)

J10.12 (257)

K1.34 (34)

L7.87 (200)

M3.15 (80)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 3950 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3161 (3000-4000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E38

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculationwithin

the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air, eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3165 (5000-8000 BTH/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3165 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3165460V DTS3165230V DTS3165115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3165460V/7035 DTS3165230V/7035 DTS3165115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

50 / 60 60* 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

5000 - 7000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1283 1020 1000 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3 4.5 8.5

STARTING CURRENT

8 10 16

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

341 (580) 341 (580) 365 (620) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 70 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

108 (49) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

HOOD

1 Consult Factory

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH0

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E39

Dimensions

DTS 3165

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3165

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 6140 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Electrical enclosure

internal temperature T i

025 30 35 40 45 50 55

Ambient temperature T A

°C

°F

77 86 95 104 113 122 131

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

6850

1700

3400

5100

8550

BTU W

+45°C/113° F

+35°C/95° F

+25°C/77° F

Dimension inches (mm)

X12 (304)

Y36 (914)

Z12 (304)

A17 (430)

B10.4 (264)

C4.7 (118)

D.30 (8)

E8.5 (216)

F8.5 (216)

G1.3 (32)

H.5 (13)

I3.2 (80)

J11 (279)

K 9 (228)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3165 (5000-8000 BTH/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E40

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculationwithin

the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air, eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypaintedto

match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3261 (7000-8500 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3261 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3261460V DTS3261230V DTS3261115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3261460V/7035 DTS3261230V/7035 DTS3261115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

50 / 60 50 / 60 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

7000 - 8500 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1400 1425 1680 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.5 6.3 14.6

STARTING CURRENT

10 21.8 53

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

580 (985) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

580 (985)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

5 15 25 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

119 (54) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

700 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C); stainless steel on request

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH1

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

E41

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3261

Dimensions

DTS 3261

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.55 (395)

Y47.6 (1209)

Z12.83 (326)

A13.78 (350)

B12.99 (330)

C3.94 (100)

D11.5 (292)

E.59 (15)

F9 (228.6)

G1.5 (38.1)

H6.39 (162.3)

I14.17 (360)

J21.46 (545)

K1.34 (34)

L7.87 (200)

M3.15 (80)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 7850 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3261 (7000-8500 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

LMG

E42

DATA DTS 3265 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3265460V DTS3265230V DTS3265115V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3265460V/7035 DTS3265230V/7035 DTS3265115V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* 60 Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO EN 14511

9000 - 12000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1700 1600 1600 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

2.6 7 14.2 A

STARTING CURRENT

8 10 20

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

25 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

150 (68) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1200 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air, eliminating

hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3265 (9000-12000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

HOOD

1 Consult Factory

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH7

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E43

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3265

Dimensions

DTS 3265

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 10875 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Dimension inches (mm)

X16.0 (406)

Y53.0 (1347)

Z11.9 (301)

A16.8 (427)

B11 (280)

C 5.3 (135)

D13.7 (348)

E .98 (25)

F .35 (9)

G13.0 (330)

H21.1 (537)

I 1.4 (35)

J 3.6 (92)

K 5.0 (126)

L 8.2 (209)

M 7.8 (198)

N 7.6 (192)

O 8.4 (214)

P4.5 (114)

Q10.5 (267)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3265 (9000-12000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E44

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air, eliminating

hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapprovedfor

European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

DATA DTS 3361 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3361460V DTS3361230V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3361460V/7035 DTS3361230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400/460 3Ø 230 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

12000 - 14000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1200 / 1600 1872 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.6 8.5 A

STARTING CURRENT

16 51

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE

FLOW)

INTERNAL

788 (1400) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

991 (1685)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

5 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 72 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

214 (97) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1000 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3361 (12000-14000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

1400 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH2

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E45

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3361

Dimensions

DTS 3361

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.87 (403)

Y59.13 (1502)

Z18.43 (468)

A23.23 (590)

B11.22 (285)

C6.3 (160)

D12.2 (310)

E12.8 (325)

F8.5 (216)

G11.02 (280)

H1.02 (26)

I13.78 (350)

J6.89 (175)

K11.02 (280)

L13.39 (340)

M.79 (20)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 11250 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3361 (12000-14000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E46

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminatng hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easilypainted

to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3561 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

1400 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH3

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3561 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3561460V DTS3561230V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3561460V/7035 DTS3561230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 VAC

AC 50 Hz / 60 AC 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

16000 - 18000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1365 / 1815 2240 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

4.4 11.5 A

STARTING CURRENT

16 49.3

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

788 (1340) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1480 (2380)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 20 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 72 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

221 (100) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1200 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E47

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3561

Dimensions

DTS 3561

Dimension inches (mm)

X19.02 (483)

Y59.13 (1502)

Z21.02 (534)

A23.23 (590)

B11.22 (285)

C5.91 (150)

D14.96 (380)

E 2.66 (67.5)

F8.5 (216)

G11.02 (280)

H1.02 (26)

I16.54 (420)

J8.27 (210)

K12.2 (310)

L12.6 (320)

M.79 (20)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis),

@ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 15200 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3561 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E48

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType3R/4sealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•Powdercoatedsteelcoverforruggedenvironments,easily

painted to match enclosure or machine

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•UsesInternalStandardControl(SC)board

•Activecondensateevaporationsystem

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3661 (20000-24000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

1400 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH3

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3561 (NEMA OUTDOOR TYPE 3R/4) UNIT

PART NUMBER ANSI 61 (GRAY)

DTS3661460V DTS3661230V

RAL 7035 (LIGHT GRAY)

DTS3661460V/7035 DTS3661230V/7035

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 VAC

AC 50 Hz / 60 AC 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

20000 - 24000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

2000/2620 3142 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

6.3 16.9 A

STARTING CURRENT

25 84

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

1613 (2740) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1613 (2740)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

15 30 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

230 (105) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1300 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 3R/4 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E49

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3661

Dimensions

DTS 3661

Dimension inches (mm)

X19.02 (483)

Y65.63 (1667)

Z24.53 (623)

A25 (635)

B13.78 (350)

C11.22 (285)

D10.24 (260)

E1.38 (35)

F9.45 (240)

G13.78 (350)

H5.47 (139)

I16.54 (420)

J8.27 (210)

K16.73 (425)

L1.12 (28.5)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis),

@ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 20500 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 3R/4 – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3661 (20000-24000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E50

•Compactdesign,idealforsmallcontrolcabinetsand

larger control cabinets for the cooling of hot spots

•Particularlysuitableforthefoodindustryand

outdoor applications

•HighprotectionsystemIP56,maintenance-free

•Optionallyavailableinstainlesssteel

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffective

protection against strongly contaminated and

aggressive ambient air

DATA DTS 3081 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3081230VSP DTS3081230V DTS3081115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50/60 60* 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

2000 - 3000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

690 724 950 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

5.2 3.3 7.9 A

STARTING CURRENT

28 14.4 29.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

191 (325) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

88 (148)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

10 10 15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

cord with molded plug

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 64 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

51 (23) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55 °F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45

factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 228 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

Integrated Condensate Management System with Condensate Drain

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

stainless steel 304

COVER

stainless steel 304

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

TYPE 4/4X – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3081 (2000-3000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

E51

Dimensions

DTS 3081

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3081

Dimension inches (mm)

X10.08 (256)

Y20.16 (512)

Z10.79 (274)

A6 (152.4)

B9.07 (230.3)

C8.25 (209.6)

D1.03 (26.1)

E8 (203.2)

F8.88 (225.6)

G9.37 (238.1)

H.056 (14.3)

I3 (76.1)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 2660 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 4/4X – OUTDOOR COOLING UNIT – DTS 3081 (2000-3000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E52

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CE

approved for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewater

and pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3181 (3000-4000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3181 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3181460V DTS3181230V DTS3181115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

460 1Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

3000 - 4000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

860 860 950 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

1.9 3.9 7.9

STARTING CURRENT

8 14.9 29.9

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

350 (206) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

350 (206)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 70 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

95 (43) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

400 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

stainless steel 304

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.=

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

E53

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3181

Dimensions

DTS 3181

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.55 (395)

Y29.33 (748)

Z11.57 (294)

A11.81 (300)

B12.2 (310)

C2.2 (56)

D11.5 (292)

E.98 (25)

F9 (228.6)

G1.5 (38.1)

H3.19 (81)

I14.17 (360)

J10.12 (257)

K1.34 (34)

L7.87 (200)

M3.15 (80)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 3950 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3181 (3000-4000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E54

DATA DTS 3185 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3185460V DTS3185230V DTS3185115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO EN 14511

5000 - 7000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1283 1020 1000 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3 4.5 8.5

STARTING CURRENT

8 10 16

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

341 (580) 341 (580) 365 (620) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

15 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 70 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

108 (49) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

900 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

stainless steel 304

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewater

and pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3185 (5000-7000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

HOOD

1 Consult Factory

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH6

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E55

Dimensions

DTS 3185

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3185

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 6140 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Electrical enclosure

internal temperature T i

025 30 35 40 45 50 55

Ambient temperature T A

°C

°F

77 86 95 104 113 122 131

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

6850

1700

3400

5100

8550

BTU W

+45°C/113° F

+35°C/95° F

+25°C/77° F

Dimension inches (mm)

X12 (304)

Y36 (914)

Z12 (304)

A17 (430)

B10.4 (264)

C4.7 (118)

D.30 (8)

E8.5 (216)

F8.5 (216)

G1.3 (32)

H.5 (13)

I3.2 (80)

J11 (279)

K 9 (228)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

TYPE 4/4X –COOLING UNIT – DTS 3185 (5000-7000 BTU/H)

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3185 (5000-7000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E56

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewater

and pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3281 (7000-5800 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH6

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

1 performance data based on 60 Hz operation

2 performance data based on 50 Hz operation

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3281 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3281460V DTS3281230V DTS3281115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 50 / 60 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO EN 14511

7000 - 8500 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1400 1425 1680 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.5 6.3 14.6

STARTING CURRENT

10 21.8 53

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

580 (985) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

580 (985)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

5 15 25 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

119 (54) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

700 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

stainless steel 304

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E57

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3281

Dimensions

DTS 3281

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.55 (395)

Y47.6 (1209)

Z12.83 (326)

A13.78 (350)

B12.99 (330)

C3.94 (100)

D11.5 (292)

E.59 (15)

F9 (228.6)

G1.5 (38.1)

H6.39 (162.3)

I14.17 (360)

J21.46 (545)

K1.34 (34)

L7.87 (200)

M3.15 (80)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 7850 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3281 (7000-5800 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

LMG

E58

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewater

and pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3285 (9000-12000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

900 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

HOOD 1

Consult Factory

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH7

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

DATA DTS 3285 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3285460V DTS3285230V DTS3285115V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230 115 VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60* 60* Hz

COOLING PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO EN 14511

9000 - 12000 Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1700 1600 1600 W

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

2.6 7 14.2

STARTING CURRENT

8 10 20

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE FLOW) INTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

706 (1200) 706 (1200) 765 (1300)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

25 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent spring terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73 dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

150 (68) lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1200 g

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

stainless steel 304

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

E59

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3285

Dimensions

DTS 3285

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 10875 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

Dimension inches (mm)

X16.0 (406)

Y53.0 (1347)

Z11.9 (301)

A16.8 (427)

B11 (280)

C 5.3 (135)

D13.7 (348)

E .98 (25)

F .35 (9)

G13.0 (330)

H21.1 (537)

I 1.4 (35)

J 3.6 (92)

K 5.0 (126)

L 8.2 (209)

M 7.8 (198)

N 7.6 (192)

O 8.4 (214)

P4.5 (114)

Q10.5 (267)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3285 (9000-12000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E60

DATA DTS 3381 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3381460V DTS3381230V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400/460 3Ø 230

VAC

AC 50 / 60 AC 60*

COOLING PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO EN

14511

12000 - 14000

Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1200 / 1600 1872

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

3.6 8.5

STARTING CURRENT

16 51

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE

FLOW)

INTERNAL

788 (1400)

CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

991 (1685)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

5 15

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 72

dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

214 (97)

lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1000

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

stainless steel 304

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safe

circulation within the electrical enclosure due to long

passage of air, eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CE

approved for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotection

against strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewater

and pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3381 (12000-14000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

1400 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH2

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E61

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3381

Dimensions

DTS 3381

Dimension inches (mm)

X15.87 (403)

Y59.13 (1502)

Z18.43 (468)

A23.23 (590)

B11.22 (285)

C6.3 (160)

D12.2 (310)

E12.8 (325)

F8.5 (216)

G11.02 (280)

H1.02 (26)

I13.78 (350)

J6.89 (175)

K11.02 (280)

L13.39 (340)

M.79 (20)

Mounting holes Ø 8 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis), @ 95° F

(internal, diagonal lines)

= 11250 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3381 (12000-14000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E62

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewater

and pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3581 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3581 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3581460V DTS3581230V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230

VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60*

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

16000 - 18000

Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

1365 / 1815 2240

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

4.4 11.5

STARTING CURRENT

16 49.3

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

788 (1340)

CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1480 (2380)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

10 20

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 72

dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

221 (100)

lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1200

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

304 stainless steel

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

1400 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH3

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E63

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3581

Dimensions

DTS 3581

Dimension inches (mm)

X19.02 (483)

Y59.13 (1502)

Z21.02 (534)

A23.23 (590)

B11.22 (285)

C5.91 (150)

D14.96 (380)

E 2.66 (67.5)

F8.5 (216)

G11.02 (280)

H1.02 (26)

I16.54 (420)

J8.27 (210)

K12.2 (310)

L12.6 (320)

M.79 (20)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis),

@ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 15200 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 4/4X –COOLING UNIT – DTS 3581 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3581 (16000-18000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E64

•Largedistancebetweenintakeandexhaustvents,safecirculation

within the electrical enclosure due to long passage of air,

eliminating hot spots

•MaintainsaULTestedNEMAType4/4Xsealagainstenclosure

•UL484Listed,categoryACVS,ULfile#SA10300,CEapproved

for European use

•Maintenance-freedesign,filterlessformostapplications

•304Stainlesssteelcovertomatchenclosures,with#3polish

•Condenserwith3mmfinspacing,highlyeffectiveprotectionagainst

strongly contaminated and aggressive ambient air

•Particularlysuitableforfoodandbeverage,wastewaterand

pump applications

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3681 (20000-24000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA DTS 3681 (NEMA TYPE 4/4X) UNIT

PART NUMBER 304 STAINLESS STEEL

DTS3681460V DTS3681230V

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 3Ø 230

VAC

FREQUENCY

50 / 60 60*

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

20000 - 24000

Btu/h

POWER CONSUMPTION

2000/2620 3142

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

6.3 16.9

STARTING CURRENT

25 84

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW

(FREE FLOW)

INTERNAL

1613 (2740)

CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

1613 (2740)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)**

15 30

TYPE OF CONNECTION

permanent screw terminal

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

< 73

dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

230 (105)

lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 59 … + 131 / + 15 … + 55

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE

(ADJUSTABLE) SC

+ 77 … + 113 / + 25 … + 45; factory setting + 95 / + 35

REFRIGERANT TYPE

R134a

QUANTITY

1300

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

active condensate evaporation system with safety overﬂow

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO NEMA TYPE

NEMA Type 4/4X against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

304 stainless steel

*50 Hz unit available. Consult factory.

** SCCR rating - See user manual for instructions to achieve 50 kA (230 V) or 200 kA (460 V) SCCR rating.

OPTION(S) PIECE PART NUMBER

1400 W ENCLOSURE HEATER

1 Consult Factory

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

METAL MESH FILTER 1

FILTER/MESH4

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E65

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

DTS 3681

Dimensions

DTS 3681

Dimension inches (mm)

X19.02 (483)

Y65.63 (1667)

Z24.53 (623)

A25 (635)

B13.78 (350)

C11.22 (285)

D10.24 (260)

E1.38 (35)

F9.45 (240)

G13.78 (350)

H5.47 (139)

I16.54 (420)

J8.27 (210)

K16.73 (425)

L1.12 (28.5)

Mounting holes Ø 10 mm

How to use chart

Example:

@ 95° F (ambient, X-axis),

@ 95° F (internal, diagonal lines)

= 20500 Btu/h cooling capacity (Y-axis)

TYPE 4/4X – COOLING UNIT – DTS 3681 (20000-24000 BTU/H)

AIR

CONDITIONING

E66

EXTRA SERVICE-FRIENDLY FILTERFAN®

The 4

Generation of the Filterfan

offers an

enormous degree of service, mounting

and maintenance-friendliness due to:

TOOL-FREE MOUNTING

•fasteningwithoutscrews

•patented4-cornerlatching

FASTER FILTER MAT REPLACEMENT

•patentedhingesystemforsimplest

possible handling

•easilyinsertfiltermat

INSTALLATION COMPATIBILITY

•cut-outcompatiblewitholderFilterfan®

generations

•abilitytobemountedinrowsmatchedto

customer application

MODULAR STRUCTURE

•variableairflowdirection

•tool-lessmountingofaccessoriesand

additional components

EASIER, VARIABLE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

•moresecure,fasterconnectionusing

spring-type terminals

•optimumadaptationtoelectronic

assembly concepts

4TH GENERATION FILTERFAN®

AIR

CONDITIONING

E67

PELTIER COOLING UNITS (100-500W) – PTM 100 / PTM 150 / PTM 500

AIR

CONDITIONING

DATA PTM 100 PTM 150 PTM 500 UNIT

PART NUMBER

HORIZONTAL RAL

7035 (LT. GRAY)

PTM100/HORIZ PTM150/HORIZ PTM500/230AC/HORIZ PTM500/24DC/HORIZ

VERTICAL RAL

7035 (LT. GRAY)

PTM100/VERT PTM150/VERT PTM500/230AC/VERT PTM500/24DC/VERT

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

24 DC 24 DC 230 AC 24 DC V

COOLING PERFORMANCE

ACCORDING TO EN 14511

100 150 500

POWER CONSUMPTION

102 240 888 552

NOMINAL (RUN) CURRENT

4.25 10 5.97 26 A

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (FREE

FLOW)

INTERNAL

45 (76) 67 (114) 512 (870) CFM

(m3/h)

EXTERNAL

99 (156) 138 (234) 512 (870)

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

16 10

30 A

TYPE OF CONNECTION DC

connection via terminal strip, max. 2.5 mm² / AWG 16

main plug

SENSOR CABLE LENGTH

1200 1000 mm

NOISE LEVEL (ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

dB(A)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PACKAGING)

4 (7) 5 (

9) 21 (36)

lb (kg)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE

- 40 … + 50 / - 40 … + 122

°F / °C

CONTROL RANGE (ADJUSTABLE)

+ 0 … + 50 / + 32 … + 122

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

CONDENSATE MANAGEMENT

Integrated Condensate Management System with Condensate Drain

PROTECTION SYSTEM

ACCORDING TO EN 60529

NEMA Type 12 against enclosure when properly installed

NEMA Type 1 towards the surroundings when properly installed

DESIGN HOUSING

galvanized sheet steel

COVER

galvanized/electrostatically powder coated (200 °C)

INSTALLATION LOCATION

H - horizontal / V - vertical

Peltier cooling unit product line for use in sensitive areas,

circuitry and small control cabinets.

•Idealforthecoolingofoperatingandcontrolelements

•Particularlysuitableforsupportarmsystems

•Vibration-free,alsousableforprecisionprocesses

•Pinpointcoolingofhotspots

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXTERNAL CONDENSATE EVAPORATION SYSTEM 1

CONDEN/EVAP/SYS

CONDENSATE BOTTLE 1

CONDENSATE/BTL

Approvals see page E7

E68

Cooling Capacity Performance Curve

PTM 100 PTM 150

Dimensions

Dimension PTM 100 PTM 150 PTM 500

inches (mm)

X7.13 (181) 7.13 (181) 13.31 (338)

Y14.45 (367) 19.49 (495) 38.62 (981)

Z1 5.94 (151) 5.94 (151) 4.45 (113)

Z2 2.95 (75) 2.95 (75) 4.21 (107)

PTM 500

PELTIER COOLING UNITS (100-500W) – PTM 100 / PTM 150 / PTM 500

AIR

CONDITIONING

E69

4th Generation Filterfans®

1 free-blowing

3 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

4TH GENERATION FILTERFAN®

AIR

CONDITIONING

TYPE Air flow rate1

Rated voltage Cut-out dimensions

(HxW)3 inches (mm)

Approvals Page

CFM2 (Type 12 / IP 55) UL cUL GOST CSA CE

PF SERIES FILTERFANS®

PF 11000

17 115 V / 230 V AC 3.62 x 3.62 (92 x 92) E70

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 22000

38 115 V / 230 V AC 4.92 x 4.92 (125 x 125) E72

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 32000

65 115 V / 230 V AC 6.97 x 6.97 (177 x 177) E74

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 42500

94 115 V / 230 V AC 8.78 x 8.78 (223 x 223) E76

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 43000

169 115 V / 230 V AC 8.78 x 8.78 (223 x 223) E78

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 65000

297 115 V / 230 V AC 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E80

PF 66000

462 400 V / 460 V 3 Ø 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E82

115 V / 230 V AC

PF 67000

560 400 V / 460 V 3 Ø 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E84

115 V / 230 V AC

PFA SERIES EXHAUST FILTERS

PFA 10000

N/A N/A

3.62 x 3.62 (92 x 92) E70

PFA 20000

4.92 x 4.92 (125 x 125) E72

PFA 30000

6.97 x 6.97 (177 x 177) E74

PFA 40000

8.78 x 8.78 (223 x 223) E76

PFA 60000

11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E78

PF SLIM LINE FILTERFANS

PF 33000 SL

152 115 V / 230 V AC 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E86

PF 65000 SL

325 115 V / 230 V AC 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E88

PF 67000 SL

427 400 V / 460 V 3 Ø 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E90

115 V / 230 V AC

PF SERIES EMC FILTERFANS

PF 11000 EMC

as for PF series as for PF series

3.66 x 3.66 (93 x 93) E70

PF 22000 EMC

4.96 x 4.96 (126 x 126) E72

PF 32000 EMC

7.01 x 7.01 (178 x 178) E74

PF 42500 EMC

8.82 x 8.82 (224 x 224) E76

PF 43000 EMC

8.82 x 8.82 (224 x 224) E78

PF 65000 EMC

11.50 x 11.50 (292 x 292) E80

PF 66000 EMC

11.50 x 11.50 (292 x 292) E82

PF 67000 EMC

11.50 x 11.50 (292 x 292) E84

PFA SERIES EMC EXHAUST FILTERS

PFA 10000 EMC

N/A N/A

3.66 x 3.66 (93 x 93) E71

PFA 20000 EMC

4.96 x 4.96 (126 x 126) E73

PFA 30000 EMC

7.01 x 7.01 (178 x 178) E75

PFA 40000 EMC

8.82 x 8.82 (224 x 224) E77

PFA 60000 EMC

11.50 x 11.50 (292 x 292) E79

PTF SERIES TOP-MOUNTED FILTERFANS®

PTF 60500

206 (350) 115 V / 230 V AC 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E94

PTF 60700

324 (550) 115 V / 230 V AC 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E94

PTF 61000

441 (749) 115 V / 230 V AC 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E94

PTFA SERIES TOP EXHAUST FILTERS

PTFA 60000

N/A N/A 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291) E94

available pending

E70

•Installationsize1,airflowrateupto17CFM

•SystemofprotectionIP54,NEMAtype12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,

CSA pending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize1from

the 3rd Generation (see page E92)

DATA PF 11000 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL)

PF11000AC230V PF11000AC115V PF11000DC

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY

GRILL)

PF11000AC230V/BLK PF11000AC115V/BLK PF11000DC/BLK

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz DC

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 24 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

17 (29) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 20000) (CFM3)

11 (18)

POWER CONSUMPTION

12 / 11 12 / 11 2.4 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.07 / 0.06 0.15 / 0.15 0.1 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

WEIGHT

1.2 (0.55) .35 (0.16) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

cable, 2-core, length 310 mm

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA type 12 - standard ﬁlter

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

88 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 3

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

sleeve bearing ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

52500 55000 70000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-moulded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 10000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA10000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PF10000/7035

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® – PF 11000 & PF 10000

E71

inches

(mm) PF 11000 PFA 10000

AC DC Exhaust

X4.29 (109) 4.29 (109) 4.29 (109)

Y4.29 (109) 4.29 (109) 4.29 (109)

Z1 .16 (4) .16 (4) .16 (4)

Z2 2.44 (62) 1.93 (49) .75 (19)

A13.62 (92) 3.62 (92) 3.62 (92)

B13.62 (92) 3.62 (92) 3.62 (92)

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves

PF 11000

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® – PF 11000 & PF 10000

E72

DATA PF 22000 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL)

PF22000AC230V/BLK PF22000AC115V/BLK PF22000DC12V/BLK PF22000DC24V/BLK PF22000DC48V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY

GRILL)

PF22000AC230V PF22000AC115V PF22000DC12V PF22000DC24V PF22000DC48V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz DC

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 12 24 48 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

38 (64) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 20000) (CFM3)

28 (46)

POWER CONSUMPTION

19 / 18 20 / 20 5 5 5 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.12 / 0.18 0.24 / 0.23 0.42 0.21 0.1 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

44 / 44 44

WEIGHT

1.5 (0.7) .97 (0.44) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

terminal strip cable, 2-core, length 310 mm

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

sleeve bearing ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

37500 40000 62500 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

•Installationsize2,airflowrateupto38CFM

•SystemofprotectionIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSApending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize2fromthe3rd

Generation (see page E92)

OPTIONS

•UV-resistance/EMC,consultfactoryforpartnumbers

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 20000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA20000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA20000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 22000 – EXHAUST FILTER PF 20000

E73

inches

(mm) PF 22000 PFA 20000

AC DC Exhaust

X5.71 (145) 5.71 (145) 5.71 (145)

Y5.71 (145) 5.71 (145) 5.71 (145)

Z1 .2 (5) .2 (5) .2 (5)

Z2 2.76 (70) 2.52 (64) 1.02 (26)

A14.92 (125)24.92 (125)24.92 (125)2

B14.92 (125)24.92 (125)24.92 (125)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .07" (2 mm)

+1 mm for thickness of material > .07" (2 mm) ≤ .12" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 22000 T12/IP 55 (& UV option) PF 22000 T12/IP 55 (& UV option)

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 22000 – EXHAUST FILTER PF 20000

E74

•Installationsize3,airflowrateupto65CFM

•SystemofprotectionIP54andIP55,NEMAtype12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSApending

OPTIONS

•UV-resistance/EMC,consultfactoryforpartnumbers

DATA PF 32000 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL)

PF32000AC230V/BLK PF32000AC115VBLK PF32000DC24V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY

GRILL)

PF32000AC230V PF32000AC115V PF32000DC24V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz DC

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 24 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

65 (110) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 20000) (CFM3)

38 (64)

POWER CONSUMPTION

19 / 18 20 / 20 5 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.12 / 0.18 0.24 / 0.23 0.21 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

WEIGHT

1.9 (0.87) 1.3 (0.61) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

terminal strip cable, 2-core, length 310 mm

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - fluted filter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

sleeve bearing ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

37500 40000 62500 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 30000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA30000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA300005

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 32000 – EXHAUST FILTER PF 30000

E75

inches

(mm) PF 32000 PFA 30000

AC DC Exhaust

X7.95 (202) 7.95 (202) 7.95 (202)

Y7.95 (202) 7.95 (202) 7.95 (202)

Z1 .24 (6) .24 (6) .24 (6)

Z2 3.43 (87) 3.19 (81) 1.34 (34)

A16.97 (177)26.97 (177)26.97 (177)2

B16.97 (177)26.97 (177)26.97 (177)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .07" (2 mm)

+1 mm for thickness of material > .07" (2 mm) ≤ 1.2" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 32000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option) PF 32000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option)

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 32000 – EXHAUST FILTER PF 30000

E76

•Installationsize4,airflowrateupto94CFM

•Twoperformanceclasses,cut-outcompatible

•SystemofprotectionIP54andIP55,NEMAtype12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSApending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize4from

the 3rd Generation (see page E92)

DATA PF 42500 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL)

PF42500AC230V/BLK PF42500AC115V/BLK PF42500DC24V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY

GRILL)

PF42500AC230V PF42500AC115V PF42500DC24V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz DC

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 24 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

94 (160) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 20000) (CFM3)

67 (113)

POWER CONSUMPTION

18 / 17 18 / 17 4.7 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.12 / 0.1 0.25 / 0.25 0.2 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

40 / 43 40

WEIGHT

3 (1.18) 2 (0.92) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 42500 70000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 30000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA30000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA300005

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 42500 – EXHAUST FILTER PF 40000

E77

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 42500 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option) PF 42500 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option)

inches

(mm) PF 42500 PFA 40000

X9.92 (252) 9.92 (252)

Y9.92 (252) 9.92 (252)

Z1 .24 (6) .24 (6)

Z2 3.82 (97) 1.5 (38)

A18.78 (223)28.78 (223)2

B18.78 (223)28.78 (223)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 42500 – EXHAUST FILTER PF 40000

E78

•Installationsize4,airflowrateupto169CFM

•Twoperformanceclasses,cut-outcompatible

•SystemofprotectionIP54andIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSApending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize4fromthe

3rd Generation (see page E93)

OPTIONS

•UV-resistance/EMC,consultfactoryforpartnumbers

DATA PF 43000 UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011

(BLACK GRILL)

PF43000AC230V/BLK PF43000AC115V/BLK PF43000DC24V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT.

GRAY GRILL)

PF43000AC230V PF43000AC115V PF43000DC24V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz DC

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 24 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2) IP 55

169 (287) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3) IP 55

142 (241)

POWER CONSUMPTION

45 / 39 40 / 40 12 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.32 / 0.26 0.5 / 0.5 0.5 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741) IP 55

42 / 46 42

WEIGHT

3.68 (1.67) 3.33 (1.51) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50 IP 55

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY IP 55

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1IP 55

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 80000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 40000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA30000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA300005

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 43000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 40000

E79

inches

(mm) 43000 PFA 40000

AC DC Exhaust

X9.92 (252) 9.92 (252) 9.92 (252)

Y9.92 (252) 9.92 (252) 9.92 (252)

Z1 .24 (6) .24 (6) .24 (6)

Z2 4.45 (113) 3.82 (97) 1.5 (38)

A18.78 (223)28.78 (223)28.78 (223)2

B18.78 (223)28.78 (223)28.78 (223)2

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 43000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option) PF 43000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option)

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 43000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 40000

E80

•Installationsize6,airflowrateupto297CFM

•Threeperformanceclasses,cut-outcompatible

•SystemofprotectionIP54andIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSA

pending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize6fromthe

3rd Generation (see page E92)

OPTIONS

•UV-resistance/EMC,consultfactoryforpartnumbers

DATA PF 65000 UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011 (BLACK

GRILL)

PF65000230V/BLK PF65000115V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY

GRILL)

PF65000230V PF65000115V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2) IP 55

297 (505) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3) IP 55

230 (391)

POWER CONSUMPTION

65 / 80 75 / 90 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.3 / 0.36 0.66 / 0.8 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741) IP 55

54 / 52

WEIGHT

7 (3.2) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50 IP 55

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY IP 55

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1IP 55

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA60000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA60000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 65000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000

E81

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 65000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option) PF 65000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option)

inches

(mm) PF 65000 PFA 60000

X12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Y12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Z1 .28 (7) .28 (7)

Z2 5.91 (150) 1.54 (39)

A111.46 (291)211.46 (291)2

B111.46 (291)211.46 (291)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 65000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000

E82

•Installationsize6,airflowrateupto462CFM

•Threeperformanceclasses,cut-outcompatible

•SystemofprotectionIP54andIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSA

pending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize6fromthe

3rd Generation (see page E92)

OPTIONS

•UV-resistance/EMC,consultfactoryforpartnumbers

DATA PF 66000 UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011

(BLACK GRILL)

PF66000460V/BLK PF66000230V/BLK PF66000115V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT.

GRAY GRILL)

PF66000460V PF66000230V PF66000115V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 230 115 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

462 (785) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3)

230 (391)

POWER CONSUMPTION

120 / 155 115 / 150 110 / 160 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.26 / 0.25 0.51 / 0.66 0.96 / 1.4 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

63 / 64

WEIGHT

7 (3.2) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - standard ﬁlter / IP55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA60000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA60000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 66000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000

E83

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 66000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option) PF 66000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option)

inches

(mm) PF 66000 PFA 60000

X12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Y12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Z1 .28 (7) .28 (7)

Z2 5.91 (150) 1.54 (39)

A111.46 (291)211.46 (291)2

B111.46 (291)211.46 (291)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 66000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000

E84

•Installationsize6,airflowrateupto560CFM

•Threeperformanceclasses,cut-outcompatible

•SystemofprotectionIP54andIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSA

pending

•Cut-outcompatiblewithinstallationsize6from

the 3rd Generation (see page E92)

OPTIONS

•UV-resistance/EMC,consultfactoryforpartnumbers

DATA PF 67000 UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011

(BLACK GRILL)

PF67000460V/BLK PF67000230V/BLK PF67000115V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT.

GRAY GRILL)

PF67000460V PF67000230V PF67000115V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 230 115 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

560 (950) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3)

368 (625)

POWER CONSUMPTION

140 / 170 135 / 200 140 / 195 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.35 / 0.43 0.59 / 0.88 1.23 / 1.71 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

66 / 69

WEIGHT

8.16 (3.7) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA60000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA60000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 67000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000

E85

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 67000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option) PF 67000 T12 / IP 55 (& UV option)

inches

(mm) PF 67000 PFA 60000

X12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Y12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Z1 .28 (7) .28 (7)

Z2 5.91 (150) 1.54 (39)

A111.46 (291)211.46 (291)2

B111.46 (291)211.46 (291)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

AIR

CONDITIONING

FILTERFAN® PF 67000 – EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000

E86

PFANNENBERG 4TH GENERATION FILTERFAN®

WITH LOW INSTALLATION DEPTH

•Installationsize3,airflowrateupto115CFM

•SystemofprotectionIP55,NEMA12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,

CSA pending

Product available July 1, 2009. Catalog data subject to change

DATA PF 33000 SL UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011

(BLACK GRILL)

PF33000SL230V/BLK PF33000SL115V/BLK PF33000SLDC24V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT.

GRAY GRILL)

PF33000SL230V PF33000SL115V PF33000SLDC24V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz DC

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 24 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

152 (258) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3)

115 (196)

POWER CONSUMPTION

19 / 18 20 / 20 5 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.12 / 0.18 0.24 / 0.23 0.21 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

WEIGHT

1.9 (0.87) 1.3 (0.61) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

terminal strip cable, 2-core, length 310 mm

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA 12 - fluted filter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

sleeve bearing ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

37500 40000 62500 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 30000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA30000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA300005

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

SLIMLINE FILTERFAN® PF 33000 SL

E87

inches

(mm) PF 33000 SL PFA 30000

AC DC Exhaust

X7.95 (202) 7.95 (202) 7.95 (202)

Y7.95 (202) 7.95 (202) 7.95 (202)

Z1 .24 (6) .24 (6) .24 (6)

Z2 3.43 (87) 3.19 (81) 1.34 (34)

A16.97 (177)26.97 (177)26.97 (177)2

B16.97 (177)26.97 (177)26.97 (177)2

1 for material thicknesses up to .07" (2 mm)

+1 mm for thickness of material > .07" (2 mm) ≤ 1.2" (3 mm)

2 add .039" (1 mm) for EMC version

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 33000 SL PF 33000 SL

AIR

CONDITIONING

SLIMLINE FILTERFAN® PF 33000 SL

E88

4TH GENERATION FILTERFAN® WITH LOW

INSTALLATION DEPTH

•Installationsize6,airflowrateupto325CFM

•Threeperformanceclasses,cut-out-compatible

•SystemofprotectionIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,

CSA pending

DATA PF 65000 SL UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011

(BLACK GRILL)

PF65000SL230V/BLK PF65000SL115V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT.

GRAY GRILL)

PF65000SL230V PF65000SL115V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

325 (550) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3)

250 (423)

POWER CONSUMPTION

64 / 80 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.29 / 0.35 0.58 / 0.70 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

54 / 52

WEIGHT

7 (3.3) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 4

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA60000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA60000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

SLIMLINE FILTERFAN® PF 65000 SL

E89

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 65000 SL PF 65000 SL

inches

(mm) PF 65000 SL PFA 60000

X12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Y12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Z1 .28 (7) .28 (7)

Z2 4.88 (124) 1.54 (39)

A111.46 (291) 11.46 (291)

B111.46 (291) 11.46 (291)

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

AIR

CONDITIONING

SLIMLINE FILTERFAN® PF 65000 SL

SLIMLINE FILTERFAN® PF 33000 SL

E90

4TH GENERATION FILTERFAN® WITH LOW

INSTALLATION DEPTH

•Installationsize6,airflowrateupto427CFM

•Threeperformanceclasses,cut-out-compatible

•SystemofprotectionIP55,NEMAType12

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,

CSA pending

DATA PF 67000 SL UNIT

PART NUMBER

RAL 9011

(BLACK GRILL)

PF67000SL460V/BLK PF67000SL230V/BLK PF67000SL115V/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT.

GRAY GRILL)

PF67000SL460V PF67000SL230V PF67000SL115V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

400 / 460 230 115 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

427 (725) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3)

342 (580)

POWER CONSUMPTION

110 / 165 127 / 180 120 / 165 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

0.2 / 0.23 0.56 / 0.79 1.05 / 1.45 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

66 / 69

WEIGHT

(8.49) 3.85 8.93 (4.05) 8.82 (4.00) lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

spring-type terminal

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

NEMA Type 12 - ﬂuted ﬁlter / IP 55

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

91 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

40000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

made of injection-molded thermoplastic, self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO, UV-resistant optional

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA60000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA60000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate

or the operating noises are out of the ordinary

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

SLIM LINE FILTERFAN® PF 67000 SL

E91

Dimensions

Cooling Capacity Performance Curves Static Pressure Performance Curves

PF 67000 SL PF 67000 SL

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

inches

(mm) PF 67000 SL PFA 60000

X12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Y12.6 (320) 12.6 (320)

Z1 .28 (7) .28 (7)

Z2 5 (127) 1.54 (39)

A111.46 (291) 11.46 (291)

B111.46 (291) 11.46 (291)

AIR

CONDITIONING

SLIM LINE FILTERFAN® PF 67000 SL

E92

FILTERFANS®

4TH GENERATION INSTALLATION SIZE CUT-OUT

INCHES (MM)

FILTERFANS®

3RD GENERATION

FLAT PROFILE FILTERFANS® FROM THE PF SERIES

PF 11000 1 3.62 x 3.62 (92 x 92) PF 1000

PF 22000 2 4.92 x 4.92 (125 x 125) PF 2000

PF 32000 3 6.97 x 6.97 (177 x 177) N/A

PF 42500

4 8.78 x 8.78 (223 x 223)

PF 2500

PF 43000 PF 3000

PF 65000

6 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291)

PF 5000

PF 66000 PF 6000

PF 67000 PF 7000

FLAT PROFILE EXHAUST FILTERS FROM THE PFA SERIES

PFA 10000 1 3.62 x 3.62 (92 x 92) PFA 1000

PFA 20000 2 4.92 x 4.92 (125 x 125) PFA 2000

PFA 30000 3 6.97 x 6.97 (177 x 177) N/A

PFA 40000 4 8.78 x 8.78 (223 x 223)

PFA 2500

PFA 3000

PFA 60000 6 11.46 x 11.46 (291 x 291)

PFA 5000

PFA 6000

PFA 7000

Filterfans® 3rd / 4th Generation

Comparison

FILTERFANS® – 3RD & 4TH GENERATION

AIR

CONDITIONING

E93

3rd Generation Filterfans®

TYPE AIR FLOW RATE

CFM2 RATED VOLTAGE

CUT-OUT

DIMENSIONS

INCHES (MM)

APPROVALS

UL CUL GOST CSA CE

PF SERIES FILTERFANS®

PF 1000 16

115 V / 230 V AC

3.62 x 3.62

(92 x 92)

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 2000 38

115 V / 230 V AC

4.92 x 4.92

(125 x 125)

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 2500 89

115 V / 230 V AC

6.97 x 6.97

(177 x 177)

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 3000 169

115 V / 230 V AC

8.78 x 8.78

(223 x 223)

400 V 2 Ø1

12 V / 24 V / 48 V DC

PF 5000 324 115 V / 230 V AC

11.46 x 11.46

(291 x 291)

PF 6000 410

400 V 3 Ø

11.46 x 11.46

(291 x 291)

115 V / 230 V AC

PF 7000 506

115 V / 230 V AC

11.46 x 11.46

(291 x 291)

400 V 3 Ø

PFA SERIES EXHAUST FILTERS

PFA 1000 N/A N/A

3.62 x 3.62

(92 x 92)

PFA 2500

N/A N/A

4.92 x 4.92

(125 x 125)

PFA 3000

PFA 3000 N/A N/A

8.78 x 8.78

(223 x 223)

PFA 5000

N/A N/A

11.46 x 11.46

(291 x 291)

PFA 6000

PFA 7000

FILTERFANS® – 3RD GENERATION

AIR

CONDITIONING

E94

•2Sizes,airflowrateupto441CFM

•Threeperformanceclasses,allwiththesamecut-out

•Hardwarefree"Click&Fit"mounting

•NEMA12Systemprotection

•Optimumpassageofairandeventemperaturedistribution

(natural air convection is supported)

•Toollessmounting,patentedquickfasteningsystem

•UL,cULtoNITW2CategoryandCEapproved,CSApending

DATA PTF 60500 PTF 60700 PTF 61000 UNIT

PART NUMBER RAL 9011 (BLACK

GRILL)

PTF60500230V PTF60500115V PTF60700230V PTF60700115V PTF61000230V PTF61000115V

AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz

RATED VOLTAGE ± 10 %

230 115 230 115 230 115 V

UNIMPEDED AIRFLOW (CFM2)

206 (350) 324 (550) 441 (750) CFM

(m3/h)

AIR FLOW RATE IN COMBINATION

(PF + PFA 40000) (CFM3)

142 (242) 218 (370) 294 (500)

POWER CONSUMPTION

4 x 28 / 29 4 x 29 / 24 65 / 80 75 / 90 115 / 150 110 / 160 W

CURRENT CONSUMPTION

4 x 0.2 / 0.2 4 x 0.3 / 0.3 0.3 / 0.36 0.66 / 0.8 0.51 / 0.66 0.96 / 1.4 A

NOISE LEVEL

(ACCORDING TO EN ISO 3741)

147.71 (67) 152.12 (69) 169.76 (77)

WEIGHT

5.5 5.8 6.0 lb (kg)

TYPE OF CONNECTION

terminal strip

FUSE (RECOMMENDED)

SYSTEM OF PROTECTION

ACCORDING TO EN 60529 / UL 50

IP 33, IP 54

FILTRATION EFFICIENCY

81 %

FILTER MAT QUALITY CLASS1

G 3

DUTY CYCLE

100 %

BEARING TYPE

ball bearing

SERVICE LIFE L10 (+ 40 °C)2

approx. 500003approx. 40000 approx. 40000 h

TEMPERATURE RANGE

+ 5 … + 131 / - 15 … + 55 °F / °C

MATERIAL PROTECTION RATING

sheet steel, cover powder-coated;

snap-in housing made of injection-moulded thermoplastic (ABS-FR) self-extinguishing, UL 94 VO

ACCESSORIES PIECE PART NUMBER

EXHAUST FILTER PFA 60000 RAL 9011 (BLACK GRILL) 1

PFA60000/BLK

RAL 7035 (LT. GRAY GRILL) 1

PFA60000

THERMOSTAT FLZ 530º F 1

FLZ/THERMO

1 according to DIN EN 779

2 fan failure is defined as being when the current and speed deviate or the operating

noises are out of the ordinary

3 L10 (+25 °C)

Approvals see page E69

AIR

CONDITIONING

ROOF MOUNTING FILTERFAN® –

PTF 60500 / 60700 / 61000 – TOP EXHAUST PTFA 60000

ROOF MOUNTING FILTERFAN® –

PTF 60500 / 60700 / 61000 – TOP EXHAUST PTFA 60000

E95

Static Pressure Performance Curves

PTF 60500 IP 54 PTF 60700 IP 54

1 for material thicknesses up to .08" (2 mm)

+.039 (+1 mm) for thickness of material > .08" (2 mm) ≤ .19" (3 mm)

inches (mm) PTF 60500 PTF 60700 PTF 6000

X17 (430) 18.5 (470) 18.5 (470)

Y17 (430) 18.5 (470) 18.5 (470)

Z1 3 (75) 3.5 (90) 3.5 (90)

Z2 2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50)

A111.5 (291) 11.5 (291) 11.5 (291)

B111.5 (291) 11.5 (291) 11.5 (291)

Internal enclosure and panel fans

Distribution of cold air inside the control cabinet

PRODUCT PART NUMBER

PFP 100 4" panel fan 115 V PFP100/115V

PFP 100 4" panel fan 230 V PFP100/230V

PFP 200 6" panel fan 115 V PFP200/115V

PFP 200 6" panel fan 230 V PFP200/230V

PTF 61000 IP 54

ACCESSORIES

Dimensions

AIR

CONDITIONING

ROOF MOUNTING FILTERFAN® –

PTF 60500 / 60700 / 61000 – TOP EXHAUST PTFA 60000

ROOF MOUNTING FILTERFAN® –

PTF 60500 / 60700 / 61000 – TOP EXHAUST PTFA 60000

E96

NOTES

Heating

Designed for

Industrial Electrical Enclosures

NEMA Type

Technical Data

Power consumption 11W (~ 75W incandescent bulb)

Luminosity 900Lm

Lamp type compact fluorescent, 2G7 base, electronic ballast

Service life 10,000 hrs.

Switch (for light only) on/off switch or PIR motion sensor1)

Connection 3-pole terminal AWG 16 max. (1.5mm≤) with strain relief only

(cable not included), clamping torque 0.8Nm max.

Housing plastic, UL 94V-0, light grey

Mounting M5 screws (not included), 11.8” (300mm) hole distance or

optional attached magnet (see part nos. below)

Operating temperature -4 to +122°F (-20 to +50°C)

Storage temperature -49 to +158°F (-45 to +70°C)

Dimensions 13.6 x 3.6 x 1.6” (345 x 91 x 40mm)

Weight approx. 0.9 lbs. (400g), 1.3 lbs (600g) with magnet

Protection type IP20

Note 24VDC to 48VDC available upon request

Part No. with

On/Off Switch

Part No. with

Motion Sensor Model Operating Voltage Receptacle Rec. max.

current Protection class Approvals

02520.0-00 02520.0-03 without magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz Germany/Russia 16A I (grounded) VDE

02520.1-00 02520.1-03 with magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz Germany/Russia 16A I (grounded) VDE

02521.0-00 02521.0-03 without magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz France/Poland 16A I (grounded) VDE

02521.1-00 02521.1-03 with magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz France/Poland 16A I (grounded) VDE

02522.0-00 02522.0-03 without magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz Switzerland 10A I (grounded) VDE

02522.1-00 02522.1-03 with magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz Switzerland 10A I (grounded) VDE

02523.0-00 02523.0-03 without magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz UK/Ireland 13A I (grounded) VDE

02523.1-00 02523.1-03 with magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz UK/Ireland 13A I (grounded) VDE

02524.0-01 02524.0-04 without magnet 120VAC, 50/60Hz USA/Canada 15A I (grounded) UL File No. E234324

02524.1-01 02524.1-04 with magnet 120VAC, 50/60Hz USA/Canada 15A I (grounded) UL File No. E234324

02527.0-00 02527.0-04 without magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz none - II (double insulated) UL File No. E234324, VDE

02527.1-00 02527.1-04 with magnet 230VAC, 50/60Hz none - II (double insulated) UL File No. E234324, VDE

02527.0-10 02527.0-12 without magnet 120VAC, 50/60Hz none - II (double insulated) UL File No. E234324

02527.1-10 02527.1-12 with magnet 120VAC, 50/60Hz none - II (double insulated) UL File No. E234324

SL 025 SLIMLINE

Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility

for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog.

Speciﬁcations are subject to change without notice. Suitability of this product for its intended use and any associated risks must be determined by the end customer/buyer in its ﬁnal application.

* Note: electrical

cable not included













The SL 025 light was designed to fit in tight spaces in enclosures. It features an optional

integrated receptacle so that electrical devices (e.g. power tools) can be easily plugged

in when needed. The standard light can be screw mounted in a variety of positions, or

the light can be fitted with an available magnet mount. The motion sensor version was

designed to eliminate the need for a door switch.

1) The Passive Infrared (PIR) motion sensor detects the motion of the enclosure door being opened and

automatically turns on the light. The sensor is factory pre-set to turn the light off 6 minutes after all

motion ceases. The motion sensor does not detect movement through glass, allowing for installation

in enclosures with glass.